manualshive.com logo in svg

Chery T21 2014, Service Manual, Page: 2266 / 2266

Share
Download
Chery T21 2014 Service Manual Download Page 2266

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

INDEX

ID–

6

SQR484F Lubrication System, 

Service Specifications..................................04-18

SQR484F Starting System ...............................15-1
SQR484F Starting System, 

Preparation ..................................................03-19

SQR484F Starting System, 

Service Specifications..................................04-20

Steering Column ..............................................28-1
Steering Column, 

Preparation ..................................................03-32

Steering Column, 

Service Specifications..................................04-38

Supplemental Restraint System.......................32-1
Supplemental Restraint System, 

Preparation ..................................................03-36

Supplemental Restraint System, 

Service Specifications..................................04-43

Suspension ......................................................23-1
Suspension, 

Preparation ..................................................03-28

Suspension, 

Service Specifications..................................04-30

T

Tire And Wheel ................................................24-1
Tire And Wheel, 

Service Specifications..................................04-33

V

Vehicle Fuse & Relay, 

Wire Harness...............................................51-33

Vehicle Ground Distribution, 

Wire Harness...............................................51-26

Vehicle Information, 

Introduction.................................................. 02-11

Vehicle Power Distribution, 

Wire Harness...............................................51-12

Vehicle Wire Harness Layout, 

Wire Harness...............................................51-38

W

Wheel Alignment, 

Suspension..................................................23-47

Windshield/Window Glass................................43-1
Windshield/Window Glass, 

Preparation ..................................................03-46

Windshield/Window Glass, 

Service Specifications..................................04-52

Wiper And Washer ...........................................36-1

Wiper And Washer, 

Preparation ..................................................03-40

Wiper And Washer, 

Service Specifications..................................04-46

Wire Harness ...................................................51-1
Wire Harness Information, 

Wire Harness .................................................51-3

 

Summary of Contents for T21 2014

Page 1: ...his manual only applies to the models listed below T21 2 0L MT T21 2 0L CVT CAUTION This manual is only for specialized technicians If non specialized or uncertified individuals privately perform repa...

Page 2: ......

Page 3: ...84F ENGINE MECHANICAL SQR484F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM SQR484F EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM SQR484F INTAKE SYSTEM SQR484F EXHAUST SYSTEM SQR484F COOLING SYSTEM SQR484F LUBRICATION SYSTEM SQR484F IGNITION SYSTEM...

Page 4: ......

Page 5: ...R STEERING AIR CONDITIONING SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SEAT BELT ENGINE IMMOBILIZER LIGHTING SYSTEM WIPER AND WASHER DOOR LOCK INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AUDIO SYSTEM REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM HORN OTHER SYST...

Page 6: ......

Page 7: ...02 14 CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION 02 15 How to Use Tester 02 15 ECM Control System Troubleshooting 02 15 Diagnosis and Troubleshooting 02 16 Circuit Simulation Test 02 17 Precautions for Control Mod...

Page 8: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 02 2 02...

Page 9: ...rocedures include Detailed removal and installation instruction Illustration Torque specifications Specifications Sometimes the illustrations of similar models are used In this case minor details may...

Page 10: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 02 INTRODUCTION 02 4 02 Preparation 1 Preparation for vehicle service RT21020010 5 6 4 3 1 3 2...

Page 11: ...k prepare a tool stand special tools gauge oil and replacement parts 5 Removal and Installation Disassembly and Assembly Operations Diagnose after thoroughly understanding the proper service procedure...

Page 12: ...up and support vehicle at proper locations a Precautions for using a swing arm type lifter Follow the safety procedures described in the instruction manual Keep vehicle stable when using a lifter to...

Page 13: ...eners The reference values of fasteners and torque specifications in this service manual use metric unit Recycling all the fasteners nuts bolts etc during maintenance and service operation is importan...

Page 14: ...er removal check each part for deformation damage or other problems 5 Arrange parts Carefully arrange all the disassembled parts to make assembly easier Always separately arrange the replaced parts an...

Page 15: ...e coated part is retightened loosened or moved in any way be sure to reapply the specified adhesive 11 Rubber parts and rubber hoses Avoid gasoline or oil dripping on the rubber parts or rubber hoses...

Page 16: ...use a fan of which the power changes in proportion to the vehicle speed Connect an exhaust gas ventilator Cool the exhaust pipe with a fan Keep the area around vehicle clean and tidy Monitor the engin...

Page 17: ...deck board under the front passenger side seat Vehicle Identification Number VIN The Vehicle Identification Number VIN consists of World Manufacturer Identifier WMI Vehicle Descriptor Section VDS and...

Page 18: ...check digit It is used to check the accuracy of VIN record and made out through computation after confirming the other sixteen digits of VIN The tenth digit of VIN represents model year E represents...

Page 19: ...the exhaust manifold 4 Transmission number The transmission number for MT model is stamped on the transmission case The transmission number for CVT model is stamped on the transmission case close to...

Page 20: ...cator 8 High Coolant Temperature Indicator 9 Position Indicator 10 EPC Warning light 11 Engine Malfunction Warning Light 12 Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light 13 Turn Signal Indicator 14 SRS Warnin...

Page 21: ...another vehicle inspect the DLC on the original vehicle If communication is still not possible when the tester is connected to another vehicle the tester itself is probably defective ECM Control Syste...

Page 22: ...Obtain detailed information when electrical malfunction occurs 2 Operate affected system and perform a road test as necessary Confirm malfunction parameter If it is impossible to duplicate malfunction...

Page 23: ...e check the conditions related to vibration Check the following areas on vehicle a Connector and wire harness Determine the connectors and wire harnesses that may affect the electrical system being in...

Page 24: ...in the seat components such as slide guide When wire harness passes through the underside of mounting area check if it is damaged or stuck 2 Thermosensitive test In hot weather or after the vehicle i...

Page 25: ...in circuit may be caused by poor loose grounding corrosive switch contact and loose wire connector or adapter Precautions for Control Module and Electrical Components Inspection Before performing ele...

Page 26: ...it to vehicle Be careful not to allow fluid to adhere to the control module connector Avoid cleaning the control module with volatile fluid When using digital multimeter be careful not to get the tes...

Page 27: ...er proof connector from the wire harness side Failure to do this may damage the seal between wire harness and connector b Detect from terminal side Female terminal Do not insert any object that is big...

Page 28: ...al side view in circuit diagram is shown at the bottom of circuit diagram 2 Option splices Option splice is indicated by diamonds solid line and marked with pin number inside RT21020240 Terminal Side...

Page 29: ...1 2 3 4 1 2 G B SENSOR CONTROL MODULE A D1 D2 D3 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D4 D5 W E 049 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 W I 013 W I 003 1 2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 049 EF05 30A...

Page 30: ...cate the terminal numbers of relay 5 Color It indicates the color of this wire The color codes are as follows B Black W White R Red G Green L Blue Y Yellow Br Brown O Orange Gr Gray P Pink V Violet Lg...

Page 31: ...ndicates the terminal number in the connector of this component 14 Ignition Switch It indicates the power supply from ignition switch to electrical equipment 15 Connected to It indicates that the wire...

Page 32: ...d Introduction Preparation Service Specifications Maintenance SQR484F Engine Management System Yes SQR484F Engine Mechanical SQR484F Fuel Supply System Yes SQR484F Emission Control System Yes SQR484F...

Page 33: ...Yes Door Lock Yes Instrument Cluster Yes Audio System Yes Reversing Radar System Yes Horn Yes Other System Yes Windshield Window Glass Yes Rear View Mirror Yes Instrument Panel Seat Yes Engine Hood Do...

Page 34: ...DLC Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Engine Control Module ECM Engine Coolant Temperature ECT Engine Speed RPM Evaporative Emission EVAP Evaporative Emission Canister EVAP Canister Evaporative Emission Sys...

Page 35: ...Switch OPS Output Shaft Speed Sensor OSS Sensor Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve PCV Valve Power Supply PWR Supplemental Restraints System SRS Throttle Position Sensor TPS Transmission Control Mo...

Page 36: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 02 30...

Page 37: ...ols 03 23 CLUTCH 03 24 Tools 03 24 DIFFERENTIAL 03 25 Tools 03 25 AXLE 03 26 Tools 03 26 SUSPENSION 03 28 Tools 03 28 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM 03 29 Tools 03 29 BRAKE 03 30 Tools 03 30 PARKING BRAKE 03 31...

Page 38: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 2 03 INSTRUMENT PANEL 03 48 Tools 03 48 SEAT 03 49 Tool 03 49 ENGINE HOOD DOOR 03 50 Tool 03 50 EXTERIOR 03 51 Tool 03 51 INTERIOR 03 52 Tool 03 52...

Page 39: ...TION 03 3 03 PREPARATION SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Tools Special Tool General Tools X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Fuel Injector Cleaning Analyzer Ignition Timing Light Digital Multimete...

Page 40: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 4 03 Cylinder Pressure Gauge Fuel Pressure Gauge Oscilloscope RCH0000044 RCH0000048 RCH0000061 YES ENTER NO ESC 5 4 3 2 0 9 8 7 6 1...

Page 41: ...F ENGINE MECHANICAL Tools Special Tools Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Guide Tool Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installer Camshaft Oil Seal Installer Valve Spring Compression Adapter Valve Spring Compressor RC...

Page 42: ...d 03 PREPARATION 03 6 03 Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installer Valve Oil Seal Installer Valve Oil Seal Guide Sleeve Clutch Pressure Plate Installer Valve Oil Seal Remover RCH0000031 RCH0000034 RCH0000035...

Page 43: ...Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 7 03 Valve Cotter Installer Flywheel Holding Tool Oil Filter Remover Camshaft Timing Tool Crankshaft Timing Tool RCH0000029 RCH0000040 RCH0000054 RCH0000033 RCH000...

Page 44: ...03 General Tools Piston Installer Dial Indicator and Magnetic Holder Outer Diameter Micrometer Vernier Caliper Precision Ruler RCH0000039 RCH0000023 0 10 20 3 0 4 0 50 60 70 80 9 0 0 01mm 75mm 50 50 1...

Page 45: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 9 03 Feeler Gauge Cylinder Gauge Caliper Gauge Digital Multimeter Flexional Magnetic Rod RCH0000060 RCH0000065 RCH0000069 RCH0000002 RCH0000042...

Page 46: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 10 03 Engine Hoist Engine Equalizer Transmission Carrier Fuel Pressure Gauge Cylinder Pressure Gauge RCH0000043 RCH0000026 RCH0000005 RCH0000048 RCH0000044...

Page 47: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 11 03 Engine Service Platform RCH0000057...

Page 48: ...td 03 PREPARATION 03 12 03 SQR484F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM Tools Special Tool General Tools Fuel Tank Pressure Cap Remover RCH0000004 Digital Multimeter Fuel Pressure Gauge Transmission Carrier RCH0000002...

Page 49: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 13 03 SQR484F EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 50: ...obile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 14 03 SQR484F INTAKE SYSTEM Tools Special Tool General Tools X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter Precision Ruler Feeler Gauge RCH0000002 RCH0000063...

Page 51: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 15 03 SQR484F EXHAUST SYSTEM Tools General Tools Precision Ruler Feeler Gauge RCH0000063 RCH0000060...

Page 52: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 16 03 SQR484F COOLING SYSTEM Tools General Tools Digital Multimeter Cooling System Pressure Tester Freezing Point Tester RCH0000002 RCH0000055 RCH0000007...

Page 53: ...y Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 17 03 SQR484F LUBRICATION SYSTEM Tools Special Tools General Tool Oil Pan Remover and Scraper Oil Filter Remover RCH0000056 RCH0000054 Oil Pressure Tester RCH0000...

Page 54: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 18 03 SQR484F IGNITION SYSTEM Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 55: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 19 03 SQR484F STARTING SYSTEM Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 56: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 20 03 SQR484F CHARGING SYSTEM Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 57: ...03 PREPARATION 03 21 03 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION Tools Special Tools Input Shaft Oil Seal Installer Differential Oil Seal Installer Installer Joint Bearing Remover Punch RCH0000008 RCH0000009 RCH0000010...

Page 58: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 22 03 General Tools Puller RCH0000059 Transmission Carrier Engine Equalizer Hydraulic Press RCH0000005 RCH0000026 RCH0000012...

Page 59: ...tomobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 23 03 QR019CHB CVT Tools Special Tools General Tools Puller Differential Oil Seal Installer RCH0000059 RCH0000009 Engine Equalizer Transmission Carrier RCH0000026 RCH...

Page 60: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 24 03 CLUTCH Tools Special Tool General Tools Clutch Pressure Plate Installer RCH0000018 Vernier Caliper Digital Multimeter RCH0000019 RCH0000002...

Page 61: ...d 03 PREPARATION 03 25 03 DIFFERENTIAL Tools Special Tools General Tools Bearing Remover Punch RCH0000011 RCH0000015 Hydraulic Press Dial Indicator and Magnetic Holder RCH0000012 RCH0000023 0 10 20 3...

Page 62: ...PREPARATION 03 26 03 AXLE Tools Special Tool General Tools Ball Pin Separator RCH0000024 Dial Indicator and Magnetic Holder Transmission Carrier Hydraulic Press RCH0000023 0 10 20 3 0 4 0 50 60 70 80...

Page 63: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 27 03 Bearing Remover Engine Equalizer RCH0000011 RCH0000026...

Page 64: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 28 03 SUSPENSION Tools Special Tool General Tools Spring Compressor RCH0000021 Transmission Carrier Engine Equalizer RCH0000005 RCH0000026...

Page 65: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 29 03 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 66: ...TION 03 30 03 BRAKE Tools Special Tool General Tools Brake Caliper Piston Pressing Tool RCH0000053 Dial Indicator and Magnetic Holder Vernier Caliper Digital Multimeter RCH0000023 0 10 20 3 0 4 0 50 6...

Page 67: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 31 03 PREPARATION PARKING BRAKE Tools General Tools Digital Multimeter Vernier Caliper RCH0000002 RCH0000019...

Page 68: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 32 03 STEERING COLUMN Tools Special Tool General Tool Steering Wheel Remover RCH0000014 Electric Drill RCH0000013...

Page 69: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 33 03 HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING Tool Special Tool Ball Pin Separator RCH0000024...

Page 70: ...ery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 34 03 ELECTRONIC POWER STEERING Tools Special Tools General Tool Ball Pin Separator X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000024 RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH00000...

Page 71: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 35 03 AIR CONDITIONING Tools General Tools Refrigerant Recycling Machine Digital Multimeter RCH0000046 RCH0000002...

Page 72: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 36 03 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 73: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 37 03 SEAT BELT Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 74: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 38 03 ENGINE IMMOBILIZER Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 75: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 39 03 LIGHTING SYSTEM Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 76: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 40 03 WIPER AND WASHER Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 77: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 41 03 DOOR LOCK Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 78: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 42 03 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 79: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 43 03 AUDIO SYSTEM Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 80: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 44 03 REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 81: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 45 03 HORN Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 82: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 46 03 WINDSHIELD WINDOW GLASS Tools Special Tool General Tool Interior Crow Plate RCH0000025 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 83: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 47 03 REAR VIEW MIRROR Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 84: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 48 03 INSTRUMENT PANEL Tools Special Tools Steering Wheel Remover Interior Crow Plate RCH0000014 RCH0000025...

Page 85: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 49 03 SEAT Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 86: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 50 03 ENGINE HOOD DOOR Tool General Tool Interior Crow Plate RCH0000025...

Page 87: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 51 03 EXTERIOR Tool General Tool Interior Crow Plate RCH0000025...

Page 88: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 52 03 INTERIOR Tool General Tool Interior Crow Plate RCH0000025...

Page 89: ...ns 04 25 DRIVE SHAFT 04 26 Specifications 04 26 DIFFERENTIAL 04 27 Specifications 04 27 AXLE 04 28 Specifications 04 28 SUSPENSION 04 30 Specifications 04 30 TIRE AND WHEEL 04 33 Specifications 04 33...

Page 90: ...AR VIEW MIRROR 04 53 Specifications 04 53 INSTRUMENT PANEL 04 54 Specifications 04 54 SEAT 04 56 Specifications 04 56 ENGINE HOOD DOOR 04 57 Specifications 04 57 EXTERIOR 04 59 Specifications 04 59 IN...

Page 91: ...ANAGEMENT SYSTEM Specifications Torque Specifications Description Torque N m Coolant Temperature Sensor 11 16 Knock Sensor Fixing Bolt 20 5 Engine Speed Sensor Fixing Bolt 8 2 Camshaft Position Sensor...

Page 92: ...ion Ignition Type Electrical control Ignition Sequence 1 3 4 2 Idle Speed r min 750 50 Rated Power kW 102 Rated Power Speed r min 5750 Max Torque N m 182 Max Torque Speed r min 4300 4500 Max Permissib...

Page 93: ...ndary Dimension Length Width Height mm 641 613 644 Starting Performance With atmospheric temperature at 25 C engine can start smoothly within 30 seconds without taking special measures Starting test s...

Page 94: ...47 7 Operating Preload Operating Height 260 11 N 41 mm Valve Guide Valve Guide Length mm 38 0 25 Inner Diameter mm 6 6 015 Outer Diameter mm 11 040 11 051 Depression Depth mm 16 0 3 Valve Stem Protrus...

Page 95: ...0 15 0 40 Item Specification 0 0 019 0 0 016 Description Torque N m Accessory Drive Belt Upper Idler Pulley Assembly Fixing Bolt 40 5 Accessory Drive Belt Lower Idler Pulley Assembly Fixing Bolt 40 5...

Page 96: ...acket and Transmission Case for MT Model 55 5 Coupling Bolt Between Rear Mounting Cushion Assembly and Front Sub Frame Welding Assembly for CVT Model 70 5 Locking Nut for Through Bolt Between Rear Mou...

Page 97: ...y Bracket and Engine Block 50 5 Coupling Nut Between Shift Cable and Shift Arm for CVT Model 18 2 Coupling Plug Between Pipe II Assembly and Clutch Release Cylinder 16 2 Bracket II Fixing Bolt 15 2 Br...

Page 98: ...40 Connecting Rod Bearing Shell and Crankshaft Connecting Rod Journal SM10W 40 Main Bearing Cap Bolt Head SM10W 40 Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Lip and Crankshaft Oil Seal Journal SM10W 40 Crankshaft Re...

Page 99: ...n Crankshaft Frame and Cylinder Block Loctite 518 Crankshaft Frame and Oil Pan Loctite 5910 Cylinder Head Bowl Plug Loctite 11747 Cylinder Head Oil Passage Plug Loctite 577 First Bearing Cap Bottom Pl...

Page 100: ...ilter Bracket Fixing Screw 3 5 0 5 Fuel Tank Pressure Cap 75 5 Coupling Bolt Between Filler Tube Assembly and Body 22 2 Filler Tube Assembly Fixing Nut 7 1 Fuel Tank Fixing Strap Fixing Bolt 25 3 Fuel...

Page 101: ...ations Torque Specifications Description Torque N m Activated Charcoal Canister Solenoid Valve Bracket Fixing Bolt 7 1 Coupling Bolt Between Activated Charcoal Canister Assembly and Body 7 1 Exhaust M...

Page 102: ...pper Housing and Lower Housing 1 3 0 2 Air Induction Pipe Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 1 Air Filter Assembly Left Fixing Bolt 7 1 Air Filter Assembly Right Fixing Bolt 7 1 Hot Wire Air Flow Meter Fixing Bol...

Page 103: ...ft Coupling Bolt Between Precatalytic Converter Assembly Bracket and Cylinder Block 23 2 Right Coupling Bolt Between Precatalytic Converter Assembly Bracket and Cylinder Block 50 5 Coupling Nut Betwee...

Page 104: ...1 Tank Upper Crossmember Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 1 Expansion Tank Fixing Bolt 7 1 Activated Charcoal Canister Solenoid Valve Bracket Fixing Bolt 7 1 Thermostat Housing Fixing Bolt 8 3 Engine Ground Wi...

Page 105: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 04 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04 17 04 Cooling System Test Pressure Item System Pressure bar Cooling System Test Pressure 1 3 0 2...

Page 106: ...ne Type SQR484F Oil Capacity L 4 0 5 Oil Specifications Summer SAE 10W 40 SM grade or higher Winter SAE 5W 40 SM grade or higher Description Torque N m Drain Plug 35 3 Oil Filter 25 3 Coupling Bolt Be...

Page 107: ...CATIONS 04 19 04 SQR484F IGNITION SYSTEM Specifications Torque Specifications Spark Plug Specifications Description Torque N m Spark Plug 30 3 Ignition Coil Fixing Bolt 8 3 Engine Type SQR484F Spark P...

Page 108: ...Ltd 04 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04 20 04 SQR484F STARTING SYSTEM Specifications Torque Specifications Description Torque N m Starter Power Cable Nut 13 1 Starter Fixing Bolt 35 5 ignition Starting Switc...

Page 109: ...Plate Fixing Nut 7 1 Coupling Bolt Between Battery Pressure Plate and Tank Upper Crossmember 7 1 Coupling Bolt Between Battery Tray and Air Filter Bracket 7 1 5 Battery Tray Fixing Bolt 20 2 Battery...

Page 110: ...se 25 2 Gear Shift Mechanism Locating Bolt 35 5 25 Back up Light Switch 20 2 Shift Shaft Locating Bolt 35 5 25 Gear Shift Control Mechanism Fixing Bolt 23 2 Drain Retaining Plug 40 6 Shift Arm Bracket...

Page 111: ...ng Bolt 10 12 Gear Shift Arm Fixing Nut 18 25 Gear Shift Control Mechanism Fixing Bolt 18 22 Gear Shift Cable Dust Boot Fixing Bolt 8 10 TCU Fixing Bolt 6 8 Transmission Ground Wire Harness Fixing Bol...

Page 112: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 04 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04 24 04 Fluid Type SP III Transmission Fluid Capacity L 8 0 0 2 Item Parameter...

Page 113: ...ications Clutch Driven Disc Specifications Description Torque N m Clutch Pedal Fixing Nut 25 2 Pipe Assembly II Joint 16 2 Clutch Release Cylinder Fixing Bolt 22 2 Clutch Pressure Plate 25 2 Measureme...

Page 114: ...SHAFT Specifications Torque Specifications Description Torque N m Drive Shaft Fixing Nut 300 20 Coupling Nut Between Steering Knuckle and Control Arm Ball Pin 180 10 Coupling Bolt Between Front Left...

Page 115: ...IONS 04 27 04 DIFFERENTIAL Specifications Torque Specification Clearance Specification Description Torque N m Final Drive Driven Gear Bolt 111 118 Description Acceptable Range mm Clearance Between Dif...

Page 116: ...er Protector Assembly and Side Rail Welding Assembly 10 1 Coupling Bolt Between Rear Mounting Cushion Assembly and Rear Mounting Bracket 70 5 Coupling Nut Between Rear Mounting Cushion Assembly and Re...

Page 117: ...Assembly and Rear Sub Frame Assembly 120 10 Coupling Nut Between Rear Suspension Upper Swing Arm Assembly and Rear Sub Frame Assembly 120 10 Coupling Bolt Between Rear Suspension Lower Swing Arm Assem...

Page 118: ...elding Assembly 180 10 Coupling Nut Between Front Control Arm Ball Pin Assembly and Front Control Arm Assembly 150 10 Coupling Bolt Between Front Control Arm Ball Pin Assembly and Front Control Arm As...

Page 119: ...rm Assembly and Rear Sub Frame Assembly 120 10 Coupling Nut Between Rear Suspension Upper Swing Arm Assembly and Rear Sub Frame Assembly 120 10 Coupling Bolt Between Rear Suspension Lower Swing Arm As...

Page 120: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 04 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04 32 04 Steering Tie Rod Locking Nut 55 5 Steering Wheel Locking Nut 35 5 Description Torque N m...

Page 121: ...Specification Tire Type Rim Type Tire Pressure Specifications of Cold Tire Description Torque N m Wheel Mounting Bolt 110 10 Description Parameter Tire Type 225 65 R17 102H Description Parameter Rim T...

Page 122: ...n Torque N m Wheel Mounting Bolt 110 10 Brake Pipe Coupling Plug 16 2 ABS Control Module Assembly Mounting Bracket Fixing Bolt 23 2 ABS Control Module Assembly Mounting Bracket Fixing Nut 23 2 ABS Con...

Page 123: ...Front Brake Caliper Assembly and Front Brake Hose Assembly 27 2 Coupling Bolt Between Front Brake Caliper Assembly and Front Steering Knuckle Assembly 100 10 Front Brake Disc Positioning Screw 10 1 Fr...

Page 124: ...ke Rear DIH Drum in hat Description Standard Thickness mm Minimum Thickness mm Maximum Runout mm Front Brake Disc 25 23 0 06 Front Brake Lining 9 2 2 Description Standard Thickness mm Minimum Thicknes...

Page 125: ...mbly Fixing Bracket and Body 23 2 Coupling Bolt Between Parking Brake Rear Cable Assembly Fixing Bracket and Rear Trailing Arm Assembly 23 2 Coupling Bolt Between Parking Brake Rear Cable Assembly Fix...

Page 126: ...Bracket Fixing Bolt 25 3 Coupling Bolt Between Steering Column with Intermediate Shaft Assembly and Steering Gear Input Shaft 30 3 Coupling Bolt Between Electronic Power Steering Column with Intermed...

Page 127: ...Bracket Bolt 1 9 1 Fluid Return Pipe Bracket Nut 2 7 1 Fluid Return Pipe Bracket Bolt 3 7 1 Fluid Return Pipe Bracket Nut 4 7 1 High Pressure Fluid Pipe Joint Hollow Bolt 40 3 Cooling Pipe Bracket Nut...

Page 128: ...04 ELECTRONIC POWER STEERING Specifications Torque Specifications Description Torque N m Ball Pin Locking Nut 35 3 Coupling Bolt between Steering Gear Input Shaft and Steering Column with Intermediat...

Page 129: ...en Expansion Valve and Expansion Valve Mounting Pressure Plate 7 1 Blower Case Assembly Upper Fixing Screw 2 5 0 5 Blower Case Assembly Lower Fixing Screw 2 5 0 5 Evaporator Case Assembly Fixing Screw...

Page 130: ...ut Between Right Mounting Cushion Assembly and Right Mounting Bracket 80 6 Coupling Bolt Between Right Mounting Cushion Assembly and Body 70 5 Coupling Bolt Between Compressor Assembly and Mounting Br...

Page 131: ...43 04 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM Specifications Torque Specifications Description Torque N m Coupling Bolt Between Front Passenger Airbag and Instrument Panel Crossmember Assembly 10 1 Coupling Nu...

Page 132: ...ew 3 0 5 Front Seat Belt Assembly Center Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Rear Seat Belt Assembly Fixing Bolt 50 5 Rear Seat Belt Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Center Seat Belt Assembly Fixing Bolt 50 5 Center Se...

Page 133: ...ear Turn Signal Light PY21W Back up Light W16W Side Turn Signal Light LED Front Dome Light C10W Rear Dome Light 10W Luggage Compartment Light C5W Front Door Courtesy Light 3W Description Torque N m He...

Page 134: ...otor and Link Rod Assembly Fixing Bolt 10 1 Front Wiper Motor Assembly Fixing Screw 10 1 Front Wiper Motor Assembly Fixing Nut 10 1 Rear Wiper Arm Assembly Upper Fixing Nut 10 1 Rear Wiper Motor Assem...

Page 135: ...ew 5 8 0 7 Front Door Key Cylinder Cover Fixing Screw 5 1 Front Door Lock Striker Assembly Fixing Screw 10 1 Rear Door Lock Assembly Fixing Screw 5 8 0 7 Rear Door Lock Striker Assembly Fixing Screw 1...

Page 136: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 04 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04 48 04 NSTRUMENT CLUSTER Specification Torque Specification Description Torque N m Instrument Cluster Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5...

Page 137: ...ing Screw 2 0 5 Tweeter Assembly Fixing Screw 3 0 5 Front Woofer Assembly Fixing Screw 2 5 0 5 Rear Woofer Assembly Fixing Screw 2 5 0 5 Antenna Assembly Fixing Nut 5 1 No Disc DVD Control Panel Fixin...

Page 138: ...Automobile Co Ltd 04 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04 50 04 REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM Specification Torque Specification Description Torque N m Fixing Bolt Between Reversing Radar Control Module Assembly and Bo...

Page 139: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 04 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04 51 04 HORN Specification Torque Specification Description Torque N m Horn Fixing Bolt 16 2...

Page 140: ...Weather Bar Fixing Screw 1 3 0 2 Rear Door Outer Weather Bar Fixing Screw 1 3 0 2 Front Door Glass Rear Guide Rail Assembly Fixing Bolt 9 1 Rear Door Glass Rear Guide Rail Assembly Fixing Bolt 9 1 Rea...

Page 141: ...Ltd 04 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04 53 04 REAR VIEW MIRROR Specifications Torque Specifications Description Torque N m Outside Rear View Mirror Assembly Fixing Bolt 6 1 Inside Rear View Mirror Assembly F...

Page 142: ...Left Protector Assembly Fixing Screw 2 0 5 Front Passenger Airbag Assembly Fixing Bolt 10 1 Instrument Panel Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 1 Face Air Duct Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Defroster Duct Assemb...

Page 143: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 04 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04 55 04 Instrument Panel Crossmember Assembly Fixing Screw 7 1 Instrument Panel Crossmember Bracket Assembly Fixing Bolt 25 3 Description Torque N m...

Page 144: ...ixing Nut 50 5 Seat Inner Shield Assembly Fixing Screw 4 8 0 5 Seat Track Assembly Fixing Bolt 24 2 4 Rear Seat Assembly Fixing Bolt 50 5 Attachment Trim Cover Fixing Screw Between Rear Seat Cushion a...

Page 145: ...Front Door Assist Grip Mounting Bracket Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Front Door Outside Handle Base Assembly Fixing Screw 5 1 Fixing Bolt Between Front Door Hinge Assembly and Door 70 3 Fixing Bolt...

Page 146: ...een Back Door Hinge Assembly and Back Door 23 2 Back Door Hinge Assembly Fixing Nut 23 2 Back Door Lock Striker Assembly Fixing Screw 10 1 Back Door Upper Trim Board Assembly Fixing Screw 3 1 Back Doo...

Page 147: ...te Cover Assembly Fixing Screw 3 1 Apron Plate Assembly Fixing Screw 3 1 Front Bumper Center Stiffener Bracket Assembly Fixing Bolt 10 1 Front Bumper Lower Stiffener Bracket Assembly Fixing Nut 10 1 F...

Page 148: ...Nut 3 5 0 5 Back Door Locating Seat Fixing Bolt 1 5 1 Rear Bumper Energy Absorber Fixing Bolt 23 2 Rear Fog Light Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Back Door Upper Trim Board Assembly Fixing Screw 3 1 Back Door U...

Page 149: ...Lower Protector Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 1 C pillar Upper Protector Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 1 Sun Visor Assembly Fixing Screw 3 0 5 Sun Visor Holder B Fixing Screw 3 0 5 Front Seat Belt Assembly L...

Page 150: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 04 62...

Page 151: ...able 05 3 REPLACEMENT INSTRUCTION 05 6 ADJUSTMENT ITEM 05 7 INSPECTION ITEMS 05 8 Off vehicle Inspection 05 8 On vehicle Inspection 05 8 Engine Compartment Inspection 05 10 Brake System Inspection 05...

Page 152: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 05 2 05...

Page 153: ...if necessary I I I Engine oil Replace R R R Engine oil filter Replace R R R Engine Check for fluid leakage engine oil coolant fuel etc I I I Air conditioning system Check for air conditioning line lea...

Page 154: ...heck protection layer for damage I Seat belt Check seat belts for damage I I Toe in and camber Check and adjust if necessary I I Ball pin Check clearance of ball pin I I Rear axle rubber bush Check fo...

Page 155: ...nt every 20000 km and adjust if necessary 8 It is recommended to clean the throttle valve body every 15000 km 9 It is recommended to check the air filter every 5000 km Clean or replace the filer eleme...

Page 156: ...10 14 Fuel Filter Replacement 08 12 Engine Oil Replacement 13 11 Oil Filter Replacement 13 13 Transmission Oil Replacement 17 14 Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF Replacement 18 110 Power Steering Flui...

Page 157: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 05 MAINTENANCE 05 7 05 ADJUSTMENT ITEM Adjustment Item See page Front Combination Light Adjustment 35 70...

Page 158: ...ck the back door See page 47 55 On vehicle Inspection 1 Check the seat belt a Check the seat belt buckle and retractor Pull out the seat belt quickly and repeatedly when it is static If seat belt retr...

Page 159: ...of operating range of each wiper on the windshield b Check wiper blades for cracks Replace the wiper blades if necessary See page 36 24 6 Check the windshield defroster a When the air conditioning de...

Page 160: ...air or replace related parts if necessary f If crankshaft front oil seal leaks after repair it may be caused by the following 3 reasons Crankshaft thrust washer wear Crankcase ventilation system block...

Page 161: ...5 Check the front disc brake assembly See page 26 32 6 Check the rear disc brake assembly See page 26 45 Power Steering System Inspection 1 Check the steering wheel free play See page 28 9 2 Check th...

Page 162: ...ainly include Power steering pump assembly Steering fluid reservoir assembly Steering gear assembly Steering gear high pressure line Steering gear return line Steering gear suction line Chassis Inspec...

Page 163: ...oors Door locks operate properly Doors close properly 3 Back door Door lock operates properly Back door closes properly 4 Seat Seat adjusts easily and locks securely in any position Front seatback loc...

Page 164: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 05 14...

Page 165: ...63 P0122 00 06 63 P0123 00 06 63 P0130 00 06 69 P0131 00 06 69 P0132 00 06 69 P0133 00 06 69 P0134 00 06 69 P2195 00 06 69 P2196 00 06 69 P0136 00 06 75 P0137 00 06 75 P0138 00 06 75 P0140 00 06 75 P...

Page 166: ...or 06 247 Removal Installation Downstream Oxygen Sensor 06 247 Camshaft Position Sensor 06 248 Description 06 248 Operation 06 248 Removal 06 248 Installation 06 248 Engine Speed Sensor 06 249 Descrip...

Page 167: ...nding electrical signals the function of ECM is to receive the input signals from sensors and perform calculation according to set procedure producing corresponding control signals and outputting them...

Page 168: ...thus avoiding or reducing knocking Emission control The three way catalytic converter can convert engine exhaust gas into harmless gas and discharge it into atmosphere When engine temperature becomes...

Page 169: ...ng Therefore be careful not to casually remove the fuel pipe during servicing when it is necessary to service the fuel system discharge the pressure in fuel system before removing fuel pipe The way to...

Page 170: ...n Torque N m Coolant Temperature Sensor 11 16 Knock Sensor Fixing Bolt 20 5 Engine Speed Sensor Fixing Bolt 8 2 Camshaft Position Sensor Fixing Bolt 8 0 5 VVT Control Valve Fixing Bolt 8 2 Engine Cont...

Page 171: ...bile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 7 06 Digital Multimeter Cylinder Pressure Gauge Fuel Pressure Gauge Oscilloscope RCH0000002 RCH0000044 RCH0000048 RCH0000061 YES ENTER NO ESC 5 4 3 2...

Page 172: ...Injector Bank 3 32 Engine Speed Sensor A 9 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater 33 Engine Speed Sensor B 10 Fuel Injector Bank 4 34 5 V Power Supply 1 11 Throttle Actuator 35 Ignition Coil Drive 2 12 36 Ign...

Page 173: ...Switch Start MT 45 Electronic Accelerator Pedal Sensor 1 14 46 15 Noncontinuous Power Supply 47 Ground 16 Noncontinuous Power Supply 48 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater 17 CAN Bus Line Low 49 18 50 19...

Page 174: ...RTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Gr E 076 W E...

Page 175: ...LR RL C9 10A EF26 C10 B C B A A C IGNITION COIL AIR FLOW METER CYL1 CYL4 CYL3 CYL2 3 1 36 1 35 1 38 1 21 1 27 1 45 1 30 1 2 3 1 2 2 1 2 1 4 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1...

Page 176: ...EC TOR 4 INJEC TOR 3 INJEC TOR 2 INJEC TOR 1 1 4 1 3 1 8 1 10 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 RL RL VARIABLE CAMSHAFT TIMING INTAKE VARIABLE CAMSHAFT TIMING EXHAUST 1 7 2 1 GR GW GR GB GBr RL GR RL 1 5 2 1 1 2 1 2 1...

Page 177: ...ULATOR MICROPR OCESSOR OUTPUT M INPUT A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 Gr E 076 W E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 1...

Page 178: ...3 24 25 27 26 1 F1 F2 F3 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F4 F5 F6 F7 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43...

Page 179: ...5 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 1 2 4 2 5 3 6 1 23 1 26 1 25 1 11 1 22 1 14 1 43 1 13 RG GY WY GY WY RL RB L WL RL RG RL RB R WL RL ELECTRONIC THROTTLE M 2 28 TO HVA...

Page 180: ...9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1 1 37 1 20 1 34 1 29 1 31 1 41 2 6 2 19 2 24 2 47 2 3 1 Y LG LR WR Br W LR LR WR Br Br W Y LG COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 2 CLUTCH SWITCH A C PRESSURE SENSOR 3 2 1 OFF ON B V V L...

Page 181: ...3 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ECM 2 ECM 1 E 033 E 035 2 45 4 WR 2 37 6 LR 2 7 5 YR 2 30 1 WG 2 36 3 WL 2 59 2 32 2 WR WR LY LR WG RL RL RL WR 1 32 1 WR 1 33 2 GW WR GW 2 63 2 64 1...

Page 182: ...t Look for the data that has changed or the DTC to reset during the wiggle test Look for broken bent protruded or corroded terminals Inspect sensors and mounting areas for damage foreign matter etc th...

Page 183: ...n Timing Over Retarded P0013 00 B Camshaft Position Actuator Circuit Open P0015 00 B Camshaft Position Timing Over Retarded P0016 00 Crankshaft Position Camshaft Position Correlation Bank 1 Sensor A P...

Page 184: ...etected P0170 00 Fuel Trim Bank1 Malfunction P0171 00 Fuel Trim Bank1 System too Lean P0172 00 Fuel Trim Bank1 System too Rich P0201 00 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit P0271 00 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit...

Page 185: ...1 P0662 00 Intake Manifold Tuning Valve Control Circuit High Bank 1 P0688 00 EMC PCM Power Relay Sense Circuit Open P0691 00 Cooling Fan 1 Control Circuit Low P1106 00 Throttle Pos Contr Malfunction P...

Page 186: ...P2188 00 System Too Rich at Idle P2195 00 O2 Sensor Signal Stuck Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1 P2196 00 O2 Sensor Signal Stuck Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1 P2270 00 O2 Sensor Signal Stuck Lean Bank 1 Sensor 2 P2271 00...

Page 187: ...2 15 2 16 R R R 86 87 85 30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F...

Page 188: ...9 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38...

Page 189: ...ion indicated by the datastream is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch off b Disconnect ECM connector E 033 c Check voltage between terminals of ECM connector E 033...

Page 190: ...45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 RT21065002 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 20 E 076 A2 Continuity Multimeter Connectio...

Page 191: ...Continuity when battery voltage is applied between terminals 85 and 86 Replace fuse or main relay NG OK 6 Check wire harness and connector ECM engine compartment fuse and relay box E 076 E 033 A1 A2...

Page 192: ...43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 RT21065004 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 5 E 069 F14 Continuity Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 0...

Page 193: ...52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 RT21065006 Multimeter Connection Specified...

Page 194: ...MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 30 06 10 Check ignition switch assembly See page 15 67 Replace ignition switch assembly Repair or replace engine compartment fuse and relay box or wire harness engine compartment...

Page 195: ...R484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DTC P0030 00 O2 Sensor Heater Contr Circ Bank1 1 Sensor 1 DTC P0031 00 O2 Sensor Heater Contr Circ Bank1 1 Sensor 1 Low DTC P0032 00 O2 Sensor Heater Contr Circ Bank1 1...

Page 196: ...A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 1 2 3 4 Gr E 076 W E 069 E 084 B E 084 E 076 E 069 B E 033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64...

Page 197: ...1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 DTC C...

Page 198: ...ON b Check voltage between terminal 4 of upstream oxygen sensor connector E 084 and body ground 2 Check upstream oxygen sensor connector RT21090110 Repair or replace connector NG 3 Check upstream oxyg...

Page 199: ...terminals Check for Open Check for Short 4 Check upstream oxygen sensor power supply circuit E 076 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 E 084 1 2 3 4 RT21065009 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Co...

Page 200: ...7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 RT21065010 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 084 3 E 035 9 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 084 3 or E 035 9 Body gro...

Page 201: ...to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0030 00 P0031 00 P0032 00 or P0053 00 still exists 7 Check for DTCs Replace ECM OK NG System is operating normally Reassemble...

Page 202: ...STEM 06 38 06 DTC P0036 00 O2 Sensor Heater Contr Circ Bank1 1 Sensor 2 DTC P0037 00 O2 Sensor Heater Contr Circ Bank1 1 Sensor 2 Low DTC P0038 00 O2 Sensor Heater Contr Circ Bank1 1 Sensor 2 High DTC...

Page 203: ...X IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 Gr E 076 W E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64...

Page 204: ...If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 DTC Co...

Page 205: ...Check voltage between terminal 4 of downstream oxygen sensor connector E 043 and body ground 2 Check downstream oxygen sensor connector RT21060040 Repair or replace connector NG 3 Check downstream ox...

Page 206: ...terminals Check for Open Check for Short 4 Check downstream oxygen sensor power supply circuit E 076 E 043 1 2 3 4 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 RT21065012 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified C...

Page 207: ...4 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 RT21065013 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 043 3 E 033 48 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 0...

Page 208: ...to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0036 00 P0037 00 P0038 00 or P0054 00 still exists 7 Check for DTCs Replace ECM System is operating normally Reassemble vehicl...

Page 209: ...Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 45 06 DTC P0101 00 Mass or Volume Air Flow Circ Range Performance DTC P0102 00 Mass or Volume Air Flow Circ Low Input DTC P0103 00 Mass or Volume Air Flow...

Page 210: ...6 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ECM 2 E 033 10A EF27 RL LR LG LG LR...

Page 211: ...Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18...

Page 212: ...er measure voltage between connector E 017 terminal 5 and body ground 2 Check air flow meter connector RT21060050 Repair or replace connector NG 3 Check air flow meter signal voltage OK E 017 1 2 3 4...

Page 213: ...E 017 1 2 3 4 5 V RT21065014 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 017 4 Body ground IgnitionswitchON 5 V E 017 2 Body ground 11 to 14 V Go to step 6 OK 5 Check air flow meter power su...

Page 214: ...017 2 or E 023 C9 Battery positive Always No continuity Replace wire harness or connector air flow meter ECM or engine compartment fuse and relay box 6 Check air flow meter signal circuit NG OK E 017...

Page 215: ...to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0101 00 P0102 00 or P0103 00 still exists 7 Check air flow meter Clean or replace air flow meter and go to next step 8 Check f...

Page 216: ...E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11...

Page 217: ...urrent Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM gr...

Page 218: ...ltimeter measure voltage between connector E 017 terminal 1 and body ground 2 Check air flow meter connector RT21060050 Repair or replace connector NG 3 Check intake temperature sensor signal OK E 017...

Page 219: ...T21065018 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 017 1 Body ground Ignition switch ON 5 V Go to step 6 OK 5 Check intake temperature sensor signal circuit NG E 017 E 035 37 38 39 40 41...

Page 220: ...13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 RT21065020 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 017 3 E 035 21 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condit...

Page 221: ...t Temp Circ High Input ET21065005 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 035 2 1 1 37 1 20 Y LG Y LG...

Page 222: ...p 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 DTC...

Page 223: ...ion switch to ON b Check voltage between engine coolant temperature sensor terminal and body ground 2 Check engine coolant temperature sensor connector RT21060090 Repair or replace connector NG 3 Chec...

Page 224: ...or power supply circuit E 021 E 035 1 2 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 RT21065022 Multimeter Con...

Page 225: ...3 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 RT21065023 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 021 1 E 035 20 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specifie...

Page 226: ...ester to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0116 00 P0117 00 or P0118 00 still exists 7 Check for DTCs Replace ECM System is operating normally Reassemble vehicle a...

Page 227: ...r A Circ High Input ET21065006 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 035 1 4 2 5 3 6 1 23 1 11 1 22...

Page 228: ...C is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 DTC Code DTC...

Page 229: ...nnector NG 3 Check throttle position sensor 1 signal voltage OK RT21060120 sensor voltage from throttle potentiometer 1 sensor voltage from throttle potentiometer 2 additive correction of the mixture...

Page 230: ...power supply voltage E 009 1 2 3 4 5 6 V RT21065024 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 009 3 Body ground Ignition switch ON 5 V Go to step 6 OK 5 Check throttle position sensor pow...

Page 231: ...4 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 RT21065026 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 009 6 E 035 13 Always...

Page 232: ...timeter Connection Condition Specified Condition Terminal 3 Terminal 2 At normal temperature 1 067 k Terminal 6 Terminal 2 Throttle valve is rotated Resistance increases as throttle valve opens Termin...

Page 233: ...00 O2 Sensor Circ Bank1 Sensor1 Low Voltage DTC P0132 00 O2 Sensor Circ Bank1 Sensor1 High Voltage DTC P0133 00 O2 Sensor Circ Bank1 Sensor1 Slow Response DTC P0134 00 O2 Sensor Circ Bank1 Sensor1 No...

Page 234: ...A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 1 2 3 4 Gr E 076 W E 069 E 084 B E 084 E 076 E 069 B E 033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64...

Page 235: ...agnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 DTC Code DTC Definitions DTC Detection Conditions Possible Cause P0130 00 O2 Sensor...

Page 236: ...start the engine and idle it for about 3 minutes c Using multimeter measure voltage between terminals 2 and 1 of connector E 084 1 Check ECM ground point Repair or replace ground wire harness or grou...

Page 237: ...47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 RT21065027 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 084 2 E 035 40 Always...

Page 238: ...rmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0130 00 P0131 00 P0132 00 P0133 00 P0134 00 P2195 00 or P2196 00 still exists Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 084 1 or E 035 16 Body ground Alwa...

Page 239: ...ensor2 Malfunction DTC P0137 00 O2 Sensor Circ Bank1 Sensor2 Low Voltage DTC P0138 00 O2 Sensor Circ Bank1 Sensor2 High Voltage DTC P0140 00 O2 Sensor Circ Bank1 Sensor2 No Activity Detected DTC P2270...

Page 240: ...X IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 Gr E 076 W E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64...

Page 241: ...C is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 DTC Code DTC Definitions DTC Detection Conditions Possible...

Page 242: ...voltage between terminals 2 and 1 of connector E 043 1 Check ECM ground point Repair or replace ground wire harness or ground point NG 2 Check downstream oxygen sensor connector OK RT21060040 Repair...

Page 243: ...8 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 RT21065029 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 043 2 E 033 21 Alway...

Page 244: ...nfirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0136 00 P0137 00 P0138 00 P0140 00 P2270 00 or P2271 00 still exists Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 043 1 or E 033 43 Body ground Always No...

Page 245: ...76 W E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 1...

Page 246: ...ot detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 a Disconnect injec...

Page 247: ...connector E 023 d Check wire harness between injector connector terminals and engine compartment fuse and relay box connector terminals Check for Open 3 Check injector power supply voltage of cylinder...

Page 248: ...harness or connector injector of cylinder 1 engine compartment fuse and relay box NG 5 Check injector control circuit of cylinder 1 OK E 010 E 035 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30...

Page 249: ...DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0201 00 still exists 6 Check injector of cylinder 1 1 2 RT21080290 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition 1 2 12 at 20 C Replace injector of cylinder 1 NG...

Page 250: ...13 Gr E 076 W E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5...

Page 251: ...detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 a Disconnect injecto...

Page 252: ...connector E 023 d Check wire harness between injector connector terminals and engine compartment fuse and relay box connector terminals Check for Open 3 Check injector power supply voltage of cylinder...

Page 253: ...arness or connector injector of cylinder 4 engine compartment fuse and relay box NG 5 Check injector control circuit of cylinder 4 OK E 013 E 035 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30...

Page 254: ...DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0271 00 still exists 6 Check injector of cylinder 4 1 2 RT21080290 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition 1 2 20 at 20 C Replace injector of cylinder 4 NG...

Page 255: ...INE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DTC P1106 00 Throttle Pos Contr Malfunction DTC P1110 00 Throttle Actuator Electrical Malfunction MT only DTC P1111 00 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position Mechanical Malfunction...

Page 256: ...14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 035 1 4 2 5 3 6 1 23 1 11 1 22 1 14 1 43 1 13 RG RL RB L WL RL RG RL RB R WL RL ELECTRONIC THROTTLE M 8 5 7 4 6 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10...

Page 257: ...detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 DTC Code DTC Definit...

Page 258: ...tage from throttle potentiometer 1 sensor voltage from throttle potentiometer 2 additive correction of the mixture adaptation Voltage PWG potentiometer 1 Voltage PWG potentiometer 2 Doubled PWG potent...

Page 259: ...6 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 RT21065037 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 035 23 E 009 1 Always Contin...

Page 260: ...23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 RT21065038 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 035 22 E 009 2 Always Continuity E 035 14 E 009 5 Always Continuity E 035 43 E 009 3 Alway...

Page 261: ...4 5 6 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition Terminal 3 Terminal 2 At normal temperature 1 067 k Terminal 6 Terminal 2 Throttle valve is rotated Resistance increases as throttle valve ope...

Page 262: ...ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 98 06 DTC P0300 00 Random Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected DTC P0301 00 Cyl 1 Misfire Detected DTC P0302 00 Cyl 2 Misfire Detected DTC P0303 00 Cyl 3 Misfire Detected DT...

Page 263: ...10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 Gr E 076 W E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36...

Page 264: ...f DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 DTC Code...

Page 265: ...urns cracks or deposits c Check spark plug gap OK 0 8 0 9 mm a Connect ignition coil connector b Connect spark plug and ignition coil and ground spark plug housing c Start and run the engine for no mo...

Page 266: ...y winding of ignition coil 5 Check compression of misfiring cylinder Check engine to confirm cause of low compression NG Check injectors valve clearance intake system and fuel pressure etc of misfirin...

Page 267: ...Open Check for Short 8 Check ignition coil power supply voltage OK 1 2 3 4 E 018 V RT21065039 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 018 3 Body ground Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V Go...

Page 268: ...se and relay box NG 10 Check ignition coil control circuit OK E 035 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11...

Page 269: ...ile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 105 06 Replace ECM NG System is operating normally Reassemble vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that malfunction reported by customer has bee...

Page 270: ...033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ECM 2...

Page 271: ...e DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Ch...

Page 272: ...nnector a Remove engine speed sensor b Check and clean engine speed sensor and installation area and check for damage foreign matter or excessive movement etc that cause signal incorrectness 2 Check e...

Page 273: ...ed sensor 3 2 1 RT21060210 Replace engine speed sensor NG 6 Check engine speed sensor circuit OK E 016 E 035 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 1...

Page 274: ...tness a Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0322 00 still exists Replace wire harness or connector engine speed sensor ECM NG 7 Ins...

Page 275: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 111 06 DTC P0327 00 Knock Sensor 1 Circ Low Input DTC P0328 00 Knock Sensor 1 Circ High Input...

Page 276: ...2 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54...

Page 277: ...procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See...

Page 278: ...or OK Clean installation area or replace knock sensor NG 4 Check resistance of knock sensor OK Replace knock sensor NG 5 Check knock sensor signal circuit OK E 035 E 005 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46...

Page 279: ...knock sensor with multimeter at the same time a Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0327 00 or P0328 00 still exists 6 Check knock...

Page 280: ...63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 34 1 29 1 31 1 41 2 3 1...

Page 281: ...e Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 1...

Page 282: ...an oscilloscope a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect camshaft position sensor connectors E 020 and E 015 c Check camshaft position sensor connector 2 Check camshaft position sensor signal wavef...

Page 283: ...n Condition Specified Condition E 020 3 or E 015 3 Body ground Ignition switch ON 5 V Go to step 6 OK 5 Check camshaft position sensor power supply circuit NG E 020 E 035 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46...

Page 284: ...15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 2 1 E 015 RT21065046 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 020 2 E 035 29 Always Continuity E 015 2 E 035 41 E 020 1 E 015 1...

Page 285: ...erve the signal waveform of camshaft position sensor with an oscilloscope a Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0341 00 or P0346 00...

Page 286: ...is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Connect X 431 3G diagnostic tester to Data Link Connector DLC b Turn ignition switch to ON St...

Page 287: ...ensor Voltage Quickly fluctuates between 0 1 to 0 9 V A Downstream Oxygen Sensor Voltage Fluctuates slightly at about 0 45 V B Average Injection Pulse Width 1 5 2 9 ms C Replace upstream oxygen sensor...

Page 288: ...iagnostic tester to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0420 00 still exists 5 Check for DTCs Replace ECM NG System is operating normally Reassemble vehicle and perf...

Page 289: ...06 125 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DTC P0444 00 Evaporative Emiss System Purge Control Valve Circ Open DTC P0458 00 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Low DTC P0459 00 Ev...

Page 290: ...64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ECM 2 E 033 RL C9 10A EF27 1...

Page 291: ...agnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 0...

Page 292: ...switch to ON b Measure voltage between canister solenoid valve connector terminal and body ground 2 Check canister solenoid valve connector RT21060240 Repair or replace connector NG 3 Check canister s...

Page 293: ...ector terminals Check for Open Check for Short 4 Check canister solenoid valve power supply circuit E 024 1 2 E 023 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 RT21065048 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified...

Page 294: ...nfirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0444 00 P0458 00 or P0459 00 still exists 5 Check canister solenoid valve control circuit E 024 E 035 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 3...

Page 295: ...ile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 131 06 Replace ECM NG System is operating normally Reassemble vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that malfunction reported by customer has bee...

Page 296: ...hery Automobile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 132 06 DTC P0480 00 Cooling Fan 1 Control Circuit DTC P0481 00 Cooling Fan 2 Control Circuit DTC P0691 00 Cooling Fan 1 Control Circuit Lo...

Page 297: ...76 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14...

Page 298: ...DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Che...

Page 299: ...engine compartment fuse and relay box b Check if fuse is normal c Check cooling fan relay 2 Check cooling fan controller connector Repair or replace connector NG 3 Check cooling fan fuse and relay OK...

Page 300: ...ied Condition Terminal 87 Body ground Always 11 to 14 V Terminal 86 Body ground Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V Terminal 85 Body ground Always 0 V Check engine compartment fuse and relay box repair or r...

Page 301: ...nection Specified Condition E 059 2 E 046 1 Continuity E 046 3 Body ground Continuity Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 059 2 or E 046 1 Body ground No continuity E 059 2 or E 046 1 Battery...

Page 302: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 138 06 DTC P0560 00 System Voltage Malfunction DTC P0562 00 System Voltage Low Voltage DTC P0563 00 System Voltage High Voltage...

Page 303: ...F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 Gr E 076 W E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 6...

Page 304: ...re Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Check if battery voltage is normal a Check if battery terminals are loose or...

Page 305: ...CM ground point Repair or replace ground wire harness or ground point NG 4 Check ECM connector OK Repair or replace ECM connector NG 5 Check ECM power supply voltage battery voltage OK E 033 49 50 51...

Page 306: ...ent fuse and relay box OK E 076 E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6...

Page 307: ...resistance less than 1 8 Check ECM power supply voltage ignition switch voltage E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43...

Page 308: ...45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 RT21065055 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 35 E 076 A4 Continuity Multimeter Connectio...

Page 309: ...ry Automobile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 145 06 DTC P0627 00 Fuel Pump A Control Circuit Open DTC P0628 00 Fuel Pump A Control Circuit Low DTC P0629 00 Fuel Pump A Control Circuit H...

Page 310: ...64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ECM 2 E 033 37 38 39 40 41 42...

Page 311: ...1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 DTC...

Page 312: ...applied between terminals 1 and 2 Replace fuel pump relay NG 3 Check fuel pump relay control circuit OK E 033 E 069 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60...

Page 313: ...T21060280 V 1 2 5 3 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition Fuel pump relay terminal 1 engine compartment fuse and relay box side Body ground Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V Go to step 6 OK...

Page 314: ...y Automobile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 150 06 DTC P0645 00 A C Clutch Relay Circuit DTC P0646 00 A C Clutch Relay Control Circuit Low DTC P0647 00 A C Clutch Relay Control Circuit...

Page 315: ...6 W E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10...

Page 316: ...he DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b C...

Page 317: ...2 1 5 3 1 2 3 5 RT21060270 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition 3 5 No continuity 3 5 Continuity when battery voltage is applied between terminals 1 and 2 Replace A C compressor relay NG 3 Check...

Page 318: ...tion Condition Specified Condition E 033 42 MT or E 033 58 CVT or E 069 F1 Body ground Always No continuity E 033 42 MT or E 033 58 CVT or E 069 F1 Battery positive Always No continuity Repair or repl...

Page 319: ...A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 Gr E 076 W E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53...

Page 320: ...indicated by the DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition swi...

Page 321: ...nd body ground 2 Check main relay and fuse 85 86 30 87 RT21060020 87 30 85 86 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition 30 87 No continuity 30 87 Continuity when battery voltage is applied between ter...

Page 322: ...8 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 RT21065058 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 5 E 069 F14 Continuity Multimeter Connection Specified...

Page 323: ...Automobile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 159 06 System is operating normally Reassemble vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that malfunction reported by customer has been repair...

Page 324: ...See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 a Disconnect ECM connector E 033 and E 035 b Check if connector is normal DTC P0604...

Page 325: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 161 06 Replace ECM OK...

Page 326: ...s not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 a Disconnect EC...

Page 327: ...M DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P1619 00 still exists 3 Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to match ECM See page 34 7 and check for DTCs Replace ECM NG System is operating norma...

Page 328: ...33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 4...

Page 329: ...rrent Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM gro...

Page 330: ...41 3 2 1 V RT21065060 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 041 3 Body ground Ignition switch ON 5 V Go to step 5 OK 4 Check A C pressure sensor power supply circuit NG E 033 49 50 51...

Page 331: ...6 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 E 041 3 2 1 RT21065062 Multimeter Co...

Page 332: ...Automobile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 168 06 System is operating normally Reassemble vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that malfunction reported by customer has been repair...

Page 333: ...21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 TCU 2 1 2 17 41 CAN H1 CAN L1 CAN H1 CAN L1 42 OB O OB O E 030 B E 030 ECM 2 ECM 1 E 033 E 035 2 63 2 64 1 47 Br Br B B Br B 1 48 E 026 E 028 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 4...

Page 334: ...ected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 a Disconnect ECM connect...

Page 335: ...41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 RT21065063 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 1 E 030 41 Continu...

Page 336: ...1 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53...

Page 337: ...gnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 02...

Page 338: ...7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1 38 25 RT21065064 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 1 E 085 26 Continuity E 033 17 E 085 14 Continuity M...

Page 339: ...7 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36...

Page 340: ...nosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028...

Page 341: ...A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 RT21065065 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 1 I 005 A15 Continuity E 033 17 I 005 A14...

Page 342: ...6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9...

Page 343: ...ected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 a Disconnect ECM connect...

Page 344: ...12 13 14 I 005 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 RT21065065 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 1 I 00...

Page 345: ...3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 I 015 RT21065066 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition I 015 30 I 005 A31 Continuity I 015 29 I 005 A30 Continuity Multimeter Connection Specified Condition...

Page 346: ...2 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A1...

Page 347: ...malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 a Disconnect ECM connector E 033...

Page 348: ...12 13 14 I 005 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 RT21065065 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 1 I 00...

Page 349: ...22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 RT21065067 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition K 012 13 I 005 A31 Continuity K 012 14 I 005 A30 Continuity Multimeter Connection Specifi...

Page 350: ...38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1...

Page 351: ...indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 a Disconnect ECM connector E 033 b Disconnect...

Page 352: ...28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 7 5 3 1 8 6 4 2 I 018 RT21065068 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 1 I 018 8 Continuity E 033 17 I 018 6 Continuity Multimeter Connection Specified C...

Page 353: ...osis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028...

Page 354: ...ve intake exhaust VVT control valves c Check intake exhaust VVT control valves d When battery voltage is applied between terminals 1 and 2 control valve should move quickly 2 Check VVT control valve c...

Page 355: ...ic tester to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P000A 00 or P000B 00 still exists 5 Check for DTCs OK Replace ECM NG System is operating normally Reassemble vehicle...

Page 356: ...A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 Gr E 076 W E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18...

Page 357: ...procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See...

Page 358: ...ctors a Turn ignition switch to ON b Check voltage between connector terminals and body ground RT21070530 Repair or replace connector NG 3 Check VVT control valve power supply voltage OK E 008 E 006 1...

Page 359: ...ol valve power supply circuit and fuse EF08 E 008 E 006 1 2 E 023 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 RT21065071 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 006 1 E 023 C3 Always Continuity E 008...

Page 360: ...6 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 RT21065072 E 008 E 006 1 2 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 006 2 E 035 7 Always Continuity E 008 2 E 035 5 Multimeter Connect...

Page 361: ...tic tester to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0010 00 or P0013 00 still exists 7 Check for DTCs Replace ECM NG System is operating normally Reassemble vehicle an...

Page 362: ...procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See p...

Page 363: ...X 431 3G diagnostic tester to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0012 00 or P0015 00 still exists 2 Check VVT control valve connector RT21070520 RT21070530 Repair o...

Page 364: ...47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 34 1 29 1 31 1 41 2 3 1 LR WR Br W LR LR...

Page 365: ...alfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Detecti...

Page 366: ...scope a Disconnect intake camshaft position sensor connector E 020 1 b Disconnect exhaust camshaft position sensor connector E 015 2 c Check camshaft position sensor connectors 2 Check camshaft positi...

Page 367: ...n Condition Specified Condition E 020 3 or E 015 3 Body ground Ignition switch ON 5 V Go to step 6 OK 5 Check camshaft position sensor power supply circuit NG E 020 E 035 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46...

Page 368: ...15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 2 1 E 015 RT21065046 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 020 2 E 035 29 Always Continuity E 015 2 E 035 41 E 020 1 E 015 1...

Page 369: ...e the signal waveform of engine speed sensor with an oscilloscope a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect engine speed sensor connector E 016 c Check engine speed sensor connector 7 Check camshaft...

Page 370: ...b Check wire harness between engine speed sensor connector terminals and ECM connector terminals Check for Open 10 Check installation of engine speed sensor Clean or replace engine speed sensor NG 11...

Page 371: ...onnection Condition Specified Condition E 016 1 or E 035 32 Body ground Always No continuity E 016 1 or E 035 32 Battery positive E 016 2 or E 035 33 Body ground E 016 2 or E 035 33 Battery positive R...

Page 372: ...tic tester to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0016 00 or P0018 00 still exists 15 Check for DTCs Replace ECM NG System is operating normally Reassemble vehicle a...

Page 373: ...he trouble areas first Otherwise it will affect the repair work for the following trouble diagnosis Diagnostic Help 1 Confirm that there are no trouble records for engine 2 Confirm that complained tro...

Page 374: ...ottle Intake pipe Ignition timing Spark plug Engine mechanical Engine starts normally but idles roughly at anytime Water in fuel 06 223 Injector Spark plug Throttle Intake pipe Ignition timing Engine...

Page 375: ...n accelerating Water in fuel 06 233 Air flow meter and throttle position sensor Spark plug Throttle Intake pipe Injector Ignition timing Exhaust pipe Slow response when accelerating Water in fuel 06 2...

Page 376: ...of improper engine lubricant and gear oil selection a Check if engine internal mechanical resistance is too strong causing starter motor not to run or run slowly Engine does not crank or cranks slowl...

Page 377: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 213 06 Go to Diagnostic Help OK...

Page 378: ...ngine and check if spark is generated OK Spark is generated a Measure compression of misfiring cylinder See page 07 20 Engine cranks normally but cannot start successfully while starting 1 Check fuel...

Page 379: ...and ground E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14...

Page 380: ...s generated OK Spark is generated Difficult to start with hot engine 1 Check fuel pressure Condition Fuel System Pressure kPa Key ON 400 Engine Idling 400 Key LOCK 400 Repair or replace fuel system NG...

Page 381: ...tion Replace fuel NG 6 Check ECM power supply and ground OK E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23...

Page 382: ...OK Spark is generated Difficult to start with cold engine 1 Check fuel pressure Condition Fuel System Pressure kPa Key ON 400 Engine Idling 400 Key LOCK 400 Repair or replace fuel system NG 2 Check sp...

Page 383: ...NG 6 Check fuel condition OK Replace fuel NG 7 Check pressure of cylinder OK Check engine to confirm cause of low compression NG 8 Check ECM power supply and ground OK E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32...

Page 384: ...cylinder and ground spark plug housing Start the engine and check if spark is generated OK Spark is generated Engine speed is normal but it is difficult to start at anytime 1 Check air filter for blo...

Page 385: ...start engine and observe if engine starts successfully at this time Check and repair wire harness or replace sensor OK 6 Depress accelerator pedal slightly and observe if it is easy to start NG Clean...

Page 386: ...y and ground E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1...

Page 387: ...ngine starts normally but idles roughly at anytime 1 Check air filter for blockage and intake pipe for air leakage Check and repair intake system NG 2 Check if throttle is stuck OK Repair or replace t...

Page 388: ...onfirm cause of low compression NG 8 Check engine ignition sequence and ignition timing OK Check and repair ignition timing NG 9 Check ECM power supply and ground OK E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 4...

Page 389: ...up 1 Check air filter for blockage and intake pipe for air leakage Check and repair intake system NG 2 Check spark plug OK Replace spark plug NG 3 Check throttle for carbon deposits OK Clean throttle...

Page 390: ...engine to confirm cause of low compression NG 8 Check ECM power supply and ground OK E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 4...

Page 391: ...p 1 Check air filter for blockage and intake pipe for air leakage Check and repair intake system NG 2 Check spark plug OK Replace spark plug NG 3 Check throttle for carbon deposits OK Clean throttle N...

Page 392: ...engine to confirm cause of low compression NG 8 Check ECM power supply and ground OK E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 4...

Page 393: ...at observe changes of ignition advance angle injection pulse width and intake air volume using diagnostic tester OK Go to step 4 OK 3 Connect ECM adapter and disconnect pin cable of ECM corresponding...

Page 394: ...and ground E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14...

Page 395: ...t or replace accelerator pedal NG 2 Check intake system and connected vacuum pipe for air leakage OK Check and repair intake system NG 3 Check throttle for carbon deposits OK Clean throttle NG 4 Disco...

Page 396: ...and ground E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14...

Page 397: ...stalls when accelerating 1 Check air filter for blockage and intake pipe for air leakage Check and repair intake system NG 2 Check fuel pressure OK Condition Fuel System Pressure kPa Key ON 400 Engine...

Page 398: ...ition timing are as specified a Check exhaust system for leakage or blockage 6 Check injector for leakage or blockage OK Clean or replace injector NG 7 Check fuel condition OK Replace fuel NG 8 Check...

Page 399: ...y and ground E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1...

Page 400: ...when accelerating 1 Check air filter for blockage and intake pipe for air leakage Check and repair intake system NG 2 Check fuel pressure OK Condition Fuel System Pressure kPa Key ON 400 Engine Idlin...

Page 401: ...ition timing are as specified a Check exhaust system for leakage or blockage 6 Check injector for leakage or blockage OK Clean or replace injector NG 7 Check fuel condition OK Replace fuel NG 8 Check...

Page 402: ...y and ground E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1...

Page 403: ...s generated OK Spark is generated Lack of power and poor performance when accelerating 1 Check if malfunctions that clutch slipping low tire inflation pressure brake dragging incorrect tire size and i...

Page 404: ...m NG 6 Check throttle for carbon deposits OK Clean throttle NG 7 Check air flow meter and throttle position sensor and wire harness OK Check and repair wire harness or replace sensor NG 8 Check inject...

Page 405: ...and ground OK E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13...

Page 406: ...aust camshaft thus changing the timing of intake valve and exhaust valve Removal Use the same procedures of removal for exhaust VVT control valve and intake VVT control valve The procedures listed bel...

Page 407: ...o control air fuel mixture ignition timing A C compressor and radiator fan on off timing Removal 1 Turn off all electrical equipment and ignition switch 2 Disconnect negative battery cable 3 Drain coo...

Page 408: ...44 06 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Perform sealing with anaerobic seal gum Confirm that the sensor is tightened fully during installation After installing engin...

Page 409: ...to an AC voltage signal to output it As intensity of vibration increases knock sensor output voltage increases accordingly Because frequency of vibration signal caused by engine knocking is far more...

Page 410: ...of gasket and washer between sensor and engine block Only the metal part of sensor can contact with the engine block directly DO NOT apply lubricant grease or seal gum when installing knock sensor Ke...

Page 411: ...conditions Upstream Oxygen Sensor The input signal from upstream heated oxygen sensor informs Engine Control Module ECM of the oxygen content in exhaust gas Based on this input signal Engine Control...

Page 412: ...so that the compression top dead center and exhaust top dead center of crankshaft can be distinguished Removal 1 Turn off all electrical equipment and ignition switch 2 Disconnect negative battery ca...

Page 413: ...to generate output voltage with a certain frequency that is sent to Engine Control Module ECM And the output signal can indicate the speed and position of crankshaft Removal 1 Turn off all electrical...

Page 414: ...The control circuit outputs a certain heating current to hot wire resistance RH When there is mass flow the electrical axle is out of balance due to change of RH resistance cooling of RH resulting fr...

Page 415: ...housing etc The primary and secondary windings form an induced circuit An instant induced voltage generated by turning primary circuit switch on and off and an instant high voltage generated by second...

Page 416: ...ng Fuel is filled around the pump and motor in the housing and used for heat dissipation and lubrication Operation The battery supplies power to electric fuel pump via electric fuel pump relay which c...

Page 417: ...ration The Engine Control Module ECM sends electric pulse to injector coil forming magnetic field force When magnetic field force increases enough to overcome the resultant force from return spring pr...

Page 418: ...n and control intake air volume to meet the intake requirement for engine in different operating conditions and send back the position signals of throttle valve plate to control unit to achieve accura...

Page 419: ...off Operation The canister solenoid valve consists of solenoid coil magnet armature valve etc The air volume through canister solenoid valve depends on electric pulse duty ratio that outputs from Engi...

Page 420: ...ed control A C compressor and idle speed etc The Engine Control Module ECM enables the program to suit ever changing operation conditions Removal 1 Turn off all electrical equipment and ignition switc...

Page 421: ...e Control Module ECM from bracket Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21060410 CAUTION Pay attention to static electricity protection when installing Take care to protect co...

Page 422: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 06 258...

Page 423: ...oval 07 39 Installation 07 40 Flywheel 07 42 Removal 07 42 Inspection 07 42 Installation 07 43 Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal 07 44 Removal 07 44 Installation 07 45 Cylinder Head Cover 07 46 Removal 07 46 I...

Page 424: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 07 2 07...

Page 425: ...d in the cylinder head Power output from the crankshaft drives the camshaft to rotate by crankshaft timing pulley and timing belt to make the camshaft interact with valve hydraulic lifter to open and...

Page 426: ...splash lubrication Fuel Pressure bar 4 Cylinder Compression Pressure bar 180 250 r min 10 13 5 Oil Pressure kPa Low Idling Speed 700 50 r min Higher than 150 kPa when oil temperature is 90 C High Idle...

Page 427: ...008 Grommet Width mm Intake Valve 2 263 Exhaust Valve 2 828 Clearance Between Valve Stem and Guide mm Intake Valve 0 012 0 043 Exhaust Valve 0 032 0 063 Grommet Cone Angle Intake Valve 90 90 5 Exhaus...

Page 428: ...meter mm 54 Coaxially mm 0 04 Cylindricity mm 0 007 Roundness mm 0 004 Connecting Rod Journal Diameter mm 47 9 Parallelism to Main Journal 0 008 Cylinder Block Overall Height mm 293 Bore Roundness mm...

Page 429: ...y Fixing Bolt 120 5 Crankshaft Timing Pulley Fixing Bolt 1st step 130 10 2nd step 65 5 Flywheel Fixing Bolt 1st step 35 5 2nd step 45 5 Engine Wire Harness Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 1 Intake Camshaft Pos...

Page 430: ...Model 90 5 Fixing Nut Between Left Mounting Bracket and Transmission Case for MT Model 80 6 Left Mounting Cushion Assembly Locking Nut for CVT Model 80 6 Coupling Bolt Between Left Mounting Cushion A...

Page 431: ...Knock Sensor Inner Torx Fixing Bolt 20 5 Small Circulation Metal Tube Fixing Bolt 20 5 Engine Accessory Bracket Fixing Bolt 40 5 Power Steering Pump Bracket Fixing Bolt 30 5 Oil Cooler Bracket Fixing...

Page 432: ...W 40 Connecting Rod Bearing Shell and Crankshaft Connecting Rod Journal SM10W 40 Main Bearing Cap Bolt Head SM10W 40 Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Lip and Crankshaft Oil Seal Journal SM10W 40 Crankshaft R...

Page 433: ...en Crankshaft Frame and Cylinder Block Loctite 518 Crankshaft Frame and Oil Pan Loctite 5910 Cylinder Head Bowl Plug Loctite 11747 Cylinder Head Oil Passage Plug Loctite 577 First Bearing Cap Bottom P...

Page 434: ...NICAL 07 12 07 Tools Special Tools Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Guide Tool Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installer Camshaft Oil Seal Installer Valve Spring Compression Adapter Valve Spring Compressor RCH0000...

Page 435: ...484F ENGINE MECHANICAL 07 13 07 Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installer Valve Oil Seal Installer Valve Oil Seal Guide Sleeve Clutch Pressure Plate Installer Valve Oil Seal Remover RCH0000031 RCH0000034 RCH...

Page 436: ...bile Co Ltd 07 SQR484F ENGINE MECHANICAL 07 14 07 Valve Cotter Installer Flywheel Holding Tool Oil Filter Remover Camshaft Timing Tool Crankshaft Timing Tool RCH0000029 RCH0000040 RCH0000054 RCH000003...

Page 437: ...L 07 15 07 General Tools Piston Installer Dial Indicator and Magnetic Holder Outer Diameter Micrometer Vernier Caliper Precision Ruler RCH0000039 RCH0000023 0 10 20 3 0 4 0 50 60 70 80 9 0 0 01mm 75mm...

Page 438: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 07 SQR484F ENGINE MECHANICAL 07 16 07 Feeler Gauge Cylinder Gauge Caliper Gauge Digital Multimeter Flexional Magnetic Rod RCH0000060 RCH0000065 RCH0000069 RCH0000002 RCH0000042...

Page 439: ...mobile Co Ltd 07 SQR484F ENGINE MECHANICAL 07 17 07 Engine Hoist Engine Equalizer Transmission Carrier Fuel System Pressure Tester Cylinder Pressure Gauge RCH0000043 RCH0000026 RCH0000005 RCH0000048 R...

Page 440: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 07 SQR484F ENGINE MECHANICAL 07 18 07 Engine Service Platform RCH0000057...

Page 441: ...ecting rod noise Engine oil low pressure 13 10 Engine oil lean 13 11 Connecting rod bearing cap loose fixing nut 07 98 Connecting rod misaligned 07 97 Connecting rod bearing shell excessive radial cle...

Page 442: ...s fully charged and the engine starter is in good operating condition Otherwise the indicated compression pressure used for diagnosis may be invalid Measurement Procedures a Turn off all the electrica...

Page 443: ...and the pressure difference between each cylinder should not be above 3 bar If cylinder pressure of engine is lower than the standard value it indicates that cylinder pressure is insufficient Add a s...

Page 444: ...or from an oil passage to the external of engine Possible indications of cylinder head gasket leakage between adjacent cylinders are as follows Engine power loss Engine stall Low fuel economy Possible...

Page 445: ...07 ON VEHICLE SERVICE Accessory Drive Belt Description 1 Alternator 2 Upper Idler Pulley 3 A C Compressor 4 Lower Idler Pulley 5 Accessory Drive Belt 6 Power Steering Pump Pulley 7 Crankshaft Pulley 8...

Page 446: ...spection 1 Check belt surface for pilling oiliness and deterioration etc If any of the defects is found replace the accessory drive belt 2 Check the Internal and edge of belt for damage wear foreign m...

Page 447: ...orce to center part of the belt between alternator pulley and tensioner with your thumb Check that the displacement of belt should be within 5 6 mm If the displacement is too large or too small adjust...

Page 448: ...N m Inspection 1 Rotate idler pulley assembly by hands and check if the rotation is smooth and if abnormal noise occurs 2 Wiggle idler pulley assembly in the axial and radial direction to check the be...

Page 449: ...abnormal noise occurs 2 Wiggle tensioner assembly in the axial and radial direction to check the bearing for looseness 3 Check if there is damage on tensioner assembly operating surface Installation I...

Page 450: ...ke Phaser Cover 8 Intake Camshaft Phaser Assembly Fixing Bolt 9 Contacting Idler Pulley 10 Timing Belt Front Cover Upper Body 11 Timing Belt 12 Timing Belt Idler Pulley 13 Timing Belt Tensioner 14 Cra...

Page 451: ...pulley and remove the crankshaft pulley 1 Tightening torque 1st step tighten to 25 5 N m 2nd step retighten by 30 5 HINT Shift the transmission into 5th gear for MT model or D position for CVT model...

Page 452: ...the bottom of engine block Tightening torque 40 5 N m d Carefully screw in the crankshaft timing tool arrow until the crankshaft is stuck completely 481H EX 481H IN RT21070110 1 2 3 CAUTION After inst...

Page 453: ...on the back of belt as shown in the illustration 1 b There are cracks at the bottom or cord fabric layer of belt as shown in the illustration 2 3 and 5 c Belt worn as shown in the illustration 6 d Be...

Page 454: ...r assembly a While holding the hexagon surface on exhaust camshaft with an open wrench loosen the exhaust phaser cover 1 with a torque wrench in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration Tig...

Page 455: ...in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration Tightening torque 120 5 N m 3 Install the timing belt HINT Install the timing belt and be sure that the exhaust camshaft phaser assembly 1 intake...

Page 456: ...nsioner are aligned return to an angle after rotating by 5 10 then align the marks again 5 Tighten the timing belt tensioner fixing bolt arrow Tightening torque 20 5 N m 6 Tighten the intake camshaft...

Page 457: ...aser assembly fixing bolt f Remove the camshaft locking special tool g Remove the crankshaft timing tool 11 Tighten the intake exhaust phaser covers Tightening torque 30 N m 12 Other installation proc...

Page 458: ...ove the exhaust camshaft phaser assembly a While holding the hexagon surface on exhaust camshaft with an open wrench loosen the exhaust phaser cover 1 with a torque wrench in the direction of arrow as...

Page 459: ...agon surface on intake camshaft with an open wrench loosen the fixing bolt of intake camshaft phaser assembly 1 with a torque wrench in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration and remove t...

Page 460: ...eal a Using a special tool camshaft oil seal installer 1 install the intake camshaft oil seal 2 to intake camshaft 3 2 Other installation procedures are in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Remove...

Page 461: ...timing pulley fixing bolt arrow Tightening torque 1st step tighten to 130 10 N m 2nd step retighten by 65 5 HINT Shift the transmission into 5th gear for MT model or D position for CVT model when loos...

Page 462: ...Install the lining 4 5 Using a brass bar install the semi circle key 5 in place HINT Protrusion height of semi circle key should be 2 2 2 3 mm 6 Install the crankshaft timing pulley 3 washer 2 and bo...

Page 463: ...GINE MECHANICAL 07 41 07 7 Tighten the crankshaft timing pulley fixing bolt arrow Tightening torque 1st step tighten to 130 10 N m 2nd step retighten by 65 5 8 Other installation procedures are in the...

Page 464: ...f crankshaft position signal gear is distorted or deformed If damaged replace the flywheel Clean the signal gear before installation 2 Check if starter drive gear ring is worn If excessively worn repl...

Page 465: ...the flywheel fixing bolts with precoated seal gum with new ones 3 Install the flywheel fixing bolts arrow and then hold the flywheel securely with the flywheel holding tool 1 Tighten the flywheel fix...

Page 466: ...14 5 Remove the flywheel See page 07 42 6 Remove the crankshaft rear oil seal a Using a screwdriver with the tip wrapped with tape remove the crankshaft rear oil seal 1 CAUTION Be sure to wear necess...

Page 467: ...oil seal lip or crankshaft rear oil seal journal 3 Other installation procedures are in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to clean the dirt around oil seal retainer and on the inner wall b...

Page 468: ...head cover e Remove the high voltage cables See page 14 8 f Disconnect the intake camshaft position sensor connector 1 and exhaust camshaft position sensor connector 2 g Remove the fixing bolt 1 from...

Page 469: ...amshaft 1st bearing cap and cylinder head cover with a scraper 2 Replace the cylinder head cover gasket 3 Install the cylinder head cover gasket into the groove of cylinder head cover HINT Before inst...

Page 470: ...ts to the specified torque in sequence shown in the illustration HINT First screw the bolts in order until they press against the cylinder head and fit closely with cylinder head then tighten them aga...

Page 471: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 07 SQR484F ENGINE MECHANICAL 07 49 07 Camshaft Description RT21070390 4 4 4 4 8 8 4 6 3 2 1 5 11 10 9 8 19 7 18 20 17 12 13 15 16 14 4...

Page 472: ...exhaust phaser cover Tightening torque 30 N m 1 Exhaust VVT Control Valve 2 Camshaft 1st Bearing Cap 3 Camshaft 1st Bearing Cap Fixing Bolt 4 Intake VVT Control Valve 5 Exhaust Camshaft Bearing Cap 6...

Page 473: ...ench loosen the intake phaser cover 1 with the open wrench in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration and remove the intake phaser cover Tightening torque 30 N m b While holding the hexago...

Page 474: ...ts separately in the order shown in the illustration and place the romoved camshaft bearing caps in order Tightening torque 8 3 N m HINT During removal tighten the fixing bolts in steps in the order s...

Page 475: ...diameter is not within the specified range replace camshaft c Check cam lift Measure cam lift with the outer diameter micrometer as shown in the illustration If camshaft cam lift is not within the sp...

Page 476: ...e camshaft bearing cap fixing bolts by hand without tightening 4 Tighten the camshaft bearing cap fixing bolts in the order shown in the illustration 5 Install the camshaft oil seals See page 07 38 6...

Page 477: ...tion 1 Valve Cotter 2 Valve Spring Upper Seat 3 Valve Spring 4 Valve Oil Seal 5 Valve Spring Lower Seat 6 Valve Guide 7 Cylinder Head Fixing Bolt 8 Cylinder Head Fixing Bolt Washer 9 Cylinder Head 10...

Page 478: ...ssembly See page 08 26 11 Remove the exhaust manifold assembly See page 11 7 12 Disconnect the intake VVT control vavle connector arrow 13 Disconnect the exhaust VVT control vavle connector arrow 14 R...

Page 479: ...and cylinder head gasket Disassembly 1 Remove the camshaft See page 07 52 2 Remove the rocker arm and hydraulic lifter See page 07 52 3 Using a special tool valve spring compressor 1 compress the val...

Page 480: ...are scratches on the camshaft bearing journal Remove carbon deposits and varnish inside valve guide with the valve guide cleaner Make sure that valve cotter can move and rotate in cylinder bore freely...

Page 481: ...sing a scraper remove the carbon deposited on valve head Using a wire brush clean the valve thoroughly b Check valve height Using a micrometer measure valve height If height is less than specified val...

Page 482: ...Using a caliper gauge measure the inside diameter of valve guide Clearance between valve and valve guide Valve guide inner diameter Valve stem diameter If clearance is not within the specified range r...

Page 483: ...ring lower seat should face the cylinder head 3 Install the valve oil seal HINT Apply a light coat of engine oil to the installation surface of valve oil seal end when assembling the valve oil seal a...

Page 484: ...installer 2 5 Install the valve spring 1 and valve spring upper seat 2 6 Using a valve spring compressor compress the valve spring and install the valve cotter 3 in place 7 Tap valve cotter lightly wi...

Page 485: ...without any chips and scratches The side stamped with part number of cylinder gasket should face upward Install cylinder gasket to flat surface of cylinder block with a dowel pin Clean the joint surfa...

Page 486: ...ar mounting cushion assembly Tightening torque 70 5 N m c Remove the locking nut 1 for through bolt between rear mounting bracket and rear mounting cushion assembly and remove the through bolt 2 Tight...

Page 487: ...h bolt between rear mounting bracket and rear mounting cushion assembly and remove the through bolt 2 Tightening torque 70 5 N m c Remove the engine rear mounting cushion assembly 7 Remove the engine...

Page 488: ...m b Remove the locking nut arrow for through bolt between front mounting cushion assembly and front mounting bracket and remove the through bolt Tightening torque 70 5 N m c Remove the engine front mo...

Page 489: ...t 1 for through bolt between left mounting cushion assembly and left mounting bracket and remove the through bolt 2 Tightening torque 105 10 N m b Remove 4 coupling bolts arrow between left mounting c...

Page 490: ...coupling bolt 1 between left mounting bracket and transmission case Tightening torque 80 6 N m c Remove the left mounting bracket 11 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Removal Installati...

Page 491: ...bracket Tightening torque 80 6 N m c Remove 3 coupling bolts arrow between right mounting cushion assembly and body Tightening torque 70 5 N m d Remove the engine right mounting bracket 7 Remove the e...

Page 492: ...pe assembly See page 10 16 16 Remove the air filter assembly and its bracket See page 10 17 17 Remove the exhaust manifold assembly See page 11 7 18 Remove the brake fluid reservoir See page 26 14 19...

Page 493: ...se c Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from expansion tank Tightening torque 7 1 N m d Take out the expansion tank from expansion tank bracket and move the expansion tank to one side 25 Disconnect the conne...

Page 494: ...9 Move away the engine outlet hose a Loosen the engine outlet hose elastic clamp arrow and disconnect the connection between engine inlet hose and thermostat housing b Move the engine outlet hose to o...

Page 495: ...connect the gear shift cable from gear shift arm Tightening torque 18 2 N m b Push 2 locating claws on gear shift cable 1 in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration and disengage the gear...

Page 496: ...acket I from transmission Tightening torque 15 2 N m 33 Move away the transmission ground wire a Remove the transmission ground wire fixing bolt arrow and move away the transmission ground wire for MT...

Page 497: ...e 2 fixing bolts arrow between A C high low pressure line and compressor assembly and disengage the A C high low pressure line from compressor assembly Tightening torque 25 2 5 N m 36 Disconnect the e...

Page 498: ...onnect the second shaft speed sensor 2 c Disconnect the connector B 1 d Disconnect the connector A 2 e Disconnect the clutch speed sensor 3 f Disconnect the primary shaft speed sensor 4 g Disconnect t...

Page 499: ...at all the components are disconnected from engine 45 Hang the engine with transmission out of engine compartment 46 Remove the engine wire harness and battery wire harness from engine 47 Separate the...

Page 500: ...L 07 78 07 SQR484F ENGINE MECHANICAL Engine Block Description 1 Cylinder Head Gasket 2 Cylinder Block 3 Crankshaft Main Bearing Upper Shell 4 Thrust Washer 5 Crankshaft 6 Crankshaft Main Bearing Lower...

Page 501: ...ating 3 Connecting Rod 4 Connecting Rod Bearing Upper Shell 5 Connecting Rod Bearing Lower Shell 6 Connecting Rod Bearing Cap 7 Connecting Rod Fixing Bolt 8 First Compression Ring 9 Second Compression...

Page 502: ...7 26 10 Remove the compressor assembly See page 31 99 11 Remove the engine right mounting bracket a Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow from right mounting bracket Tightening torque 55 5 N m b Remove the engi...

Page 503: ...move the oil cooler bracket with oil pressure switch assembly and intake manifold lower bracket a Remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from oil cooler bracket Tightening torque 40 5 N m b Remove the oil cooler...

Page 504: ...1 Remove the crankshaft pulley bolt arrow and remove the crankshaft pulley 1 Tightening torque 1st step tighten to 25 5 N m 2nd step rotate for 30 5 22 Remove the cylinder head cover See page 07 46 23...

Page 505: ...ar oil seal See page 07 44 33 Remove the oil deflector assembly a Remove 7 fixing bolts arrow from oil deflector assembly Tightening torque 8 3 N m b Remove the oil deflector assembly 34 Remove the pi...

Page 506: ...the piston Piston pin is semi floating and cannot be assembled by general process after removal so it is not allowable to be removed in service If there are abnormal noises caused by improper piston p...

Page 507: ...he crankshaft frame HINT If it is difficult to remove the crankshaft frame due to seal gum tap it gently with a rubber hammer to make it loose Be sure not to damage surrounding components d Take out t...

Page 508: ...flatness of engine block upper surface It is not allowed to grind the block upper surface If the flatness of engine block upper surface exceeds the limit replace the engine block 3 Check cylinder a Cy...

Page 509: ...al direction at point C minimum bore diameter measured in thrust direction and axial direction at point B 2 Compare maximum value roundness measured at A B and C with the standard cylinder roundness b...

Page 510: ...e piston connecting rod assembly 5 Check clearance between piston ring and ring groove side Using a feeler gauge measure the clearance between new piston ring and ring groove side If piston ring side...

Page 511: ...g shell is still not within the specified range after replacement replace the crankshaft b Calculate the crankshaft cylindricity by measured values measured area is shown in the illustration Roundness...

Page 512: ...ssed feeler gauge The measured value is the crankshaft radial clearance If crankshaft radial clearance is not within the specified range install new main bearing shell Replace the crankshaft if necess...

Page 513: ...ls with new ones and check the radial clearance of connecting rod bearing shell If radial clearance of connecting rod bearing shell is still not within the specified range after replacement replace th...

Page 514: ...ecting rod bearing caps and tighten the connecting rod bearing cap fixing bolts to the specified torque b Install a dial indicator 2 with its measuring rod contacting the side of connecting rod cap 1...

Page 515: ...AAABB on the first crankshaft front end balancer shown in the illustration the first letter A is for the lower shell type of crankshaft main bearing first journal and so on the fifth letter B is for...

Page 516: ...ourth digit 1 is for the lower shell type of the fourth cylinder piston connecting rod 3 Precautions for connecting rod bearing shell assembly a The connecting rod upper and lower bearing shells witho...

Page 517: ...e aligned with the crankshaft frame 2 Install the crankshaft thrust washer a Clean the crankshaft thrust washers and cylinder block inner wall before installation b Apply a coat of engine oil to the c...

Page 518: ...ression ring should face downward b The oil ring is steel band combination oil ring and composed of upper rail 3 lower rail 5 and expander 4 When installing the oil ring first install the expander int...

Page 519: ...assembly b Carefully install the connecting rod bearing lower shell 1 in the direction of arrow and keep the groove opening of each connecting rod bearing lower shell face the connecting rod bearing c...

Page 520: ...cap fixing bolts arrow by hands then tighten the connecting rod bearing cap fixing bolts in two steps Tightening torque 1st step tighten to 25 3 N m 2nd step retighten for 90 5 8 Other assembly is in...

Page 521: ...9 Fuel System Pressure Release 08 10 Fuel Supply System Pressure Test 08 11 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 08 12 Fuel Filter Assembly 08 12 Removal 08 12 Installation 08 13 Electric Fuel Pump Assembly 08 14 On v...

Page 522: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 08 2 08...

Page 523: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 08 SQR484F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM 08 3 08 SQR484F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM GENERAL INFORMATION Description RT21080010 3 5 7 4 9 1 2 3 5 6 8 17 16 13 15 14 11 12 10...

Page 524: ...cations Torque Specifications Fuel Pressure Specifications 1 Fuel Pump Pressure Cap 2 Electric Fuel Pump Assembly 3 Fuel Tank Seal Ring 4 Fuel Level Sensor 5 Fuel Tank Cap Assembly 6 Filler Tube Assem...

Page 525: ...Ltd 08 SQR484F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM 08 5 08 Tools Special Tool General Tools Fuel Tank Pressure Cap Remover RCH0000004 Digital Multimeter Fuel System Pressure Tester Transmission Carrier RCH0000002 RCH...

Page 526: ...ome fuel flows back to electric fuel pump assembly pressure regulator 2 directly When fuel supply system pressure is high diaphragm spring in the regulator is jacked up by pressure then valve opens an...

Page 527: ...073 E 069 E 033 BATTERY R P RF23 10A INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 23 10A RF06 6 11 21 13 IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX I 007 I 015 I 003 3 5 B Br Br B 032 1 2 Q 12 I 006 B 003...

Page 528: ...2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 GW GR GB GBr 12 13 14 15 E 007 E 038 E 010 E 011 E 012 E 013 A 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 31 35 39 40 41 42 32 33 36 37 38 34...

Page 529: ...tric fuel pump assembly strainer blocked 08 14 Fuel pressure in fuel supply system is too high Fuel injector clogged 08 26 Electric fuel pump assembly 08 14 Electric fuel pump assembly has loud operat...

Page 530: ...upply system pressure to prevent fuel from spraying out accidentally Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury or death RT21080030 Fuse puller EF20 10A EF19 10A EF18 1...

Page 531: ...d pressure value is too high it indicates that injector may be clogged or electric fuel pump assembly pressure modulating valve may be malfunctioning Replace injector See page 08 26 or electric fuel p...

Page 532: ...work area should be in good ventilation and keep fire sources or open flames away from the work area in which the fire extinguisher should be equipped After performing procedures for fuel system press...

Page 533: ...prevent foreign matter from entering ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Removed fuel filter should be handled by the specialized department according to local laws and regulations Never discard it at will CAUTI...

Page 534: ...tery voltage to terminals 3 and 4 Check if electric fuel pump assembly operates in 10 seconds HINT These tests must be finished within 10 seconds to prevent coils from being burnt Leave electric fuel...

Page 535: ...joint with a piece of cloth or equivalent to prevent fuel from spraying out If fuel leakage occurs when operating fuel supply system please handle the leaked fuel in time CAUTION Be sure to wear nece...

Page 536: ...the coupling joint 2 between electric fuel pump assembly and inlet and return pipe assembly e Using special tool fuel tank pressure cap remover remove the fuel tank pressure cap as shown in the illus...

Page 537: ...ric fuel pump assembly under dry or water condition Otherwise it will reduce its service life In addition DO NOT connect battery positive and negative poles inversely CAUTION DO NOT connect the negati...

Page 538: ...m fuel filler door hinge assembly in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration WARNING Before operating fuel supply system please touch vehicle body to discharge static electricity failure t...

Page 539: ...en the worm clamp 1 and disconnect the connection between fuel breather hose and filler tube assembly Tightening torque 3 5 0 5 N m b Loosen the worm clamp 2 and disconnect the connection between fuel...

Page 540: ...SQR484F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM 08 20 08 d Remove 3 fixing screws arrow from filler tube assembly Tightening torque 7 1 N m e Remove the filler tube assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse or...

Page 541: ...operating fuel supply system work area should be in good ventilation and keep fire sources or open flames away from the work area in which the fire extinguisher should be equipped After performing pr...

Page 542: ...e the fuel filter assembly See page 08 12 7 Remove the fuel tank a Loosen the worm clamp 1 and disconnect the connection between fuel breather hose and filler tube assembly Tightening torque 3 5 0 5 N...

Page 543: ...the coupling joint arrow between fuel vapor pipe I assembly and fuel vapor pipe of fuel tank g Support the fuel tank with a transmission carrier h Remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from fuel tank fixing st...

Page 544: ...Description 1 Fuel Vapor Valve Function of Fuel Vapor Valve When fuel vapor is produced in fuel tank the vapor will enter charcoal canister through fuel vapor valve 1 by fuel vapor pipe 2 When vehicl...

Page 545: ...DO NOT break the float when installing the fuel level sensor RT21080251 1 2 CAUTION Fuel lines and ventilation pipes must be reinstalled to the original positions on fuel tank Otherwise the friction...

Page 546: ...urces or open flames away from the work area in which the fire extinguisher should be equipped After performing procedures for fuel system pressure release there still remains some pressure in fuel li...

Page 547: ...Inspection 1 Disconnect the injector connectors 2 Measure resistance between 2 terminals injector side of injector with a digital multimeter Installation Installation is in the reverse order of remov...

Page 548: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 08 28...

Page 549: ...ap Assembly Inspection 09 6 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 09 7 Activated Charcoal Canister Solenoid Valve and Bracket 09 7 Removal 09 7 Inspection 09 8 Installation 09 8 Activated Charcoal Canister Assembly 09 9...

Page 550: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 09 2 09...

Page 551: ...y plays an important role in the emission control system The activated charcoal canister assembly can be used to absorb and filter moisture and fuel vapor Fresh air enters the bottom of activated char...

Page 552: ...ontent in exhaust gas and determine whether combustible air fuel mixture is completely burnt out or not so as to guarantee the maximum efficiency of catalyst assembly in converting the HC CO and NOx i...

Page 553: ...MAIN RELAY ECM 10A EF19 10A EF40 10A EF39 A2 F14 2 20 RL 2 5 Br A6 A7 2 15 2 16 2 21 R R R R R R WG YL GW RL YL GL 86 30 85 87 REAR OXYGEN SENSOR 2 48 1 40 2 43 1 9 3 1 16 1 4 2 3 4 2 1 FRONT OXYGEN...

Page 554: ...rt B check that air flows from port A If result is not as specified replace canister Fuel Tank Cap Assembly Inspection 1 Visually check that fuel tank cap assembly is not deformed or damaged 2 If resu...

Page 555: ...er solenoid valve from the hose c Remove the canister solenoid valve from the bracket 5 Remove the activated charcoal canister solenoid valve bracket a Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from the activated c...

Page 556: ...09 Inspection Measure resistance between 2 pins of canister solenoid with a digital multimeter Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal 2 1 RT21090050 Multimeter Connection Measur...

Page 557: ...rom body bracket in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration d Loosen the elastic clamps arrow disconnect the connection between hose and activated charcoal canister assembly and remove the...

Page 558: ...coal canister assembly and activated charcoal canister protection box Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21090080 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Unneeded activated charcoal canis...

Page 559: ...e the PCV valve rubber boot 2 from T joint Inspection 1 Install a clean hose to PCV valve 2 Check PCV valve operation a Blow air into the T joint side and check that air flows smoothly b Blow air into...

Page 560: ...OL SYSTEM 09 12 09 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Press PCV valve rubber boot into T joint then press in the PCV valve End surface of PCV valve larger diameter is...

Page 561: ...st manifold heat insulator and remove the exhaust manifold heat insulator Tightening torque 23 2 N m c Remove the upstream oxygen sensor arrow from precatalytic converter assembly Tightening torque 40...

Page 562: ...r with a digital multimeter If result is not as specified replace upstream oxygen sensor Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21090140 A B C D Multimeter Connection Condition...

Page 563: ...ygen sensor with a digital multimeter If result is not as specified replace downstream oxygen sensor Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal WARNING Temperature of exhaust system...

Page 564: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 09 16...

Page 565: ...Meter 10 13 Removal 10 13 Installation 10 13 Air Filter Element 10 14 Removal 10 14 Installation 10 15 Air Induction Pipe Assembly 10 16 Removal 10 16 Installation 10 16 Air Filter Assembly Bracket 1...

Page 566: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 10 2 10...

Page 567: ...Filter Upper Housing 5 Air Filter Element 6 Air Filter Lower Housing 7 Air Filter Assembly Bracket 8 Air Induction Pipe Assembly 9 Worm Clamp 10 Front Intake Hose 11 Electronic Throttle Assembly 12 E...

Page 568: ...t intake requirement of engine in different operating conditions and sends back position signals of throttle valve plate to control unit to achieve accurate control Specifications Torque Specification...

Page 569: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 10 SQR484F INTAKE SYSTEM 10 5 10 General Tools Digital Multimeter Precision Ruler Feeler Gauge RCH0000002 RCH0000063 RCH0000060...

Page 570: ...5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 Gr E 076 W E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25...

Page 571: ...AUST 10 24 25 27 26 9 2 3 1 ECM E 035 E 007 E 038 E 021 E 015 E 020 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 31 35 39 40 41 42 32 33 36 37 38 34 27 28 29 30 B E 007 L E...

Page 572: ...43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 W E 029 B B 053 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17...

Page 573: ...mbly dirty 10 20 Intake manifold assembly broken leaked 10 24 Activated charcoal canister solenoid valve remains open 09 7 Hot wire air flow meter 10 13 Throttle gasket damaged 10 20 Fuel rail injecto...

Page 574: ...the connection between rear intake hose and hot wire air flow meter Tightening torque 5 0 5 N m b Loosen the worm clamp arrow and disconnect the connection between front intake hose and engine trim co...

Page 575: ...fixing bolt arrow and remove the trim cover front bracket Tightening torque 7 1 N m 6 Remove the trim cover rear right bracket a Remove the exhaust manifold heat insulator b Remove 2 fixing bolts arro...

Page 576: ...10 7 Remove the trim cover rear left bracket a Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from the trim cover rear left bracket and remove the trim cover rear left bracket Tightening torque 7 1 N m Installation Inst...

Page 577: ...e hot wire air flow meter a Disconnect the hot wire air flow meter connector 1 b Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from the hot wire air flow meter Tightening torque 4 5 0 5 N m c Remove the hot wire air fl...

Page 578: ...0 5 N m b Disconnect the hot wire air flow meter connector 1 c Move the inlet pipe II assembly 1 and fuel vapor tube III assembly 2 from the pipe clamp on the air filter upper housing d Remove 2 coup...

Page 579: ...ilter upper housing and lower housing 2 Install a new air filter element 3 Other installation procedures are in the reverse order of removal RT21100120 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Unneeded air filter ele...

Page 580: ...ipe assembly a Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from the air induction pipe assembly Tightening torque 7 1 N m b Remove the air induction pipe assembly from the air filter assembly Installation Installatio...

Page 581: ...bly 4 Remove the air filter assembly a Loosen the worm clamp arrow and disconnect the connection between rear intake hose and hot wire air flow meter Tightening torque 5 0 5 N m b Disconnect the hot w...

Page 582: ...Tightening torque 7 1 N m f Remove the air filter assembly from the bracket HINT Make sure that connection between wire harness and air filter assembly is disconnected 5 Remove the hot wire air flow m...

Page 583: ...ly bracket a Disconnect 3 wire harness clips from the air filter assembly bracket b Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow from the air filter assembly bracket Tightening torque 7 1 N m c Remove the air filter a...

Page 584: ...ge PWG potentiometer 1 Voltage PWG potentiometer 2 Doubled PWG potentiometer 2 voltage multiplicative correction of the mixture adaptation lambda controller output Datastream name Value 1 00 1 03 0 00...

Page 585: ...fixing bolts arrow from the electronic throttle assembly Tightening torque 8 3 N m f Remove the electronic throttle assembly and its gasket RT21100180 2 1 RT21100190 CAUTION After disconnecting throt...

Page 586: ...ease use plastic wooden or bamboo thin stick Do not use metal thin stick avoiding scratching or deforming the valve plate 2 Clean cloth or paper towel RT21100210 RT21100211 1 2 3 4 5 6 Tester Connecti...

Page 587: ...rform cleaning with the same procedures as above Repeat several times until it is clean 6 Push the valve plate by hand and check if valve plate rotates smoothly If it is stuck clean the valve plate ag...

Page 588: ...bber boot in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration b Loosen the elastic clamp 1 and disconnect the connection between vacuum booster hose and intake manifold assembly c Loosen the elasti...

Page 589: ...he intake manifold assembly Tightening torque 8 3 N m i Move the engine wire harness away and remove the intake manifold assembly HINT While removing the intake manifold assembly disconnect the intake...

Page 590: ...surface warpage of cylinder head intake side with precision ruler and feeler gauge diagonally as shown in the illustration If surface warpage is more than 0 04 mm replace the cylinder head Installatio...

Page 591: ...isconnect the electronic accelerator pedal connector 1 b Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow from the electronic accelerator pedal Tightening torque 10 2 N m c Remove the electronic accelerator pedal Installa...

Page 592: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 10 28...

Page 593: ...m Gas Leakage Inspection 11 6 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 11 7 Exhaust Manifold Assembly 11 7 Removal 11 7 Inspection 11 8 Installation 11 9 Precatalytic Converter Assembly 11 10 Removal 11 10 Installation 11...

Page 594: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 11 2 11...

Page 595: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 11 SQR484F EXHAUST SYSTEM 11 3 11 SQR484F EXHAUST SYSTEM GENERAL INFORMATION Description 4 4 3 2 2 RT21110010 11 12 7 9 2 3 6 5 8 10 13 14 15 16 17 4 1...

Page 596: ...ly 12 Spring Bolt 13 Sphere Flange Grommet 14 Muffler Assembly Heat Insulator I 15 Muffler Assembly Heat Insulator II 16 Hanger Block III Assembly 17 Muffler Assembly Description Torque N m Exhaust Ma...

Page 597: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 11 SQR484F EXHAUST SYSTEM 11 5 11 Tools General Tools Precision Ruler Feeler Gauge RCH0000063 RCH0000060...

Page 598: ...xhaust manifold and cylinder head is prohibited The judging standard is that engine does not shudder and no poof sound can be heard at the joints Symptom Suspected Area See page Excessive exhaust nois...

Page 599: ...ifold heat insulator 5 Remove the exhaust manifold assembly a Remove 4 coupling nuts arrow disconnect the connection between exhaust manifold assembly and precatalytic converter assembly and take off...

Page 600: ...e warpage on the surface of exhaust manifold assembly with a precision ruler and a feeler gauge If warpage on the surface is greater than 0 5 mm replace it 2 Measure warpage on the surface of cylinder...

Page 601: ...SYSTEM 11 9 11 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION When installation is completed check that there is no exhaust gas leakage between exhaust manifold assembly and cyl...

Page 602: ...connector arrow from the bracket b Remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from the exhaust manifold heat insulator and remove the exhaust manifold heat insulator Tightening torque 23 2 N m WARNING The temperatu...

Page 603: ...downstream oxygen sensor connector arrow from the bracket e Remove 2 coupling nuts arrow between precatalytic converter upper body assembly and precatalytic converter lower body assembly Tightening t...

Page 604: ...1 and downstream oxygen sensor 2 from the precatalytic converter upper body assembly Tightening torque 40 60 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21110110 1 2 1 RT211101...

Page 605: ...e connecting part Tightening torque 50 5 N m b Remove 2 coupling nuts arrow disconnect the connection between main catalytic converter assembly and center pipe assembly and take off the gasket in the...

Page 606: ...it and remove foreign matter on joints and threads If there are any cracks or leakage in main catalytic converter assembly replace as necessary Keep sufficient distance between main catalytic converte...

Page 607: ...ect the connection between center pipe assembly and muffler assembly and take off the sphere flange grommet in the connecting part Tightening torque 50 5 N m WARNING The temperature of exhaust system...

Page 608: ...and threads If sphere flange grommet is damaged replace it and remove foreign matter on joints and threads If there are cracks or leaks replace the damaged parts During installation check that exhaust...

Page 609: ...r block 1 between left side of muffler assembly and body hook c Detach the hanger block III 2 between left side of muffler assembly and body hook WARNING The temperature of exhaust system is very high...

Page 610: ...50 5 N m b Remove the hanger block III assembly from the left side of muffler assembly c Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from hanger block III assembly on the right side of muffler assembly Tightening to...

Page 611: ...ged replace it and remove foreign matter on joints and threads If there are cracks or leaks replace the damaged parts During installation make sure that clearance between tailpipe of muffler pipe and...

Page 612: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 11 20...

Page 613: ...lant Draining 12 13 Coolant Adding 12 14 Tank Upper Crossmember Assembly 12 16 Removal 12 16 Installation 12 17 Expansion Tank 12 18 Removal 12 18 Installation 12 18 Thermostat 12 19 Removal 12 19 Ins...

Page 614: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 12 2 12...

Page 615: ...Ltd 12 SQR484F COOLING SYSTEM 12 3 12 SQR484F COOLING SYSTEM GENERAL INFORMATION Description RT21120010 33 34 35 36 37 21 25 26 23 22 24 18 17 6 3 1 2 4 5 8 7 10 9 13 14 15 16 11 12 27 28 29 30 31 32...

Page 616: ...Tank Outlet Hose 4 Discharge Pipe I 5 Discharge Steel Pipe 6 Engine Discharge Hose 7 Engine Inlet Pipe 8 Engine Inlet Pipe for CVT Model 9 Throttle Body Glow Outlet Hose 10 Water Pump Assembly 11 Wat...

Page 617: ...ssembly Fixing Bolt 7 1 Expansion Tank Fixing Bolt 7 1 Activated Charcoal Canister Solenoid Valve Bracket Fixing Bolt 7 1 Thermostat Housing Fixing Bolt 8 3 Engine Ground Wire Fixing Bolt 7 1 Engine S...

Page 618: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 12 SQR484F COOLING SYSTEM 12 6 12 Tools General Tools Digital Multimeter Cooling System Pressure Tester Freezing Point Tester RCH0000002 RCH0000055 RCH0000007...

Page 619: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 12 SQR484F COOLING SYSTEM 12 7 12 Cooling System Operation Flowchart RT21120020 13 20 14 15 19 17 6 7 8 9 4 1 2 3 5 10 11 16 18 12...

Page 620: ...properly the cooling fan operates under the following conditions a If engine coolant temperature sensor malfunctions the cooling fan remains rotate when engine operates properly b When A C compressor...

Page 621: ...30 85 87 MF02 60A FAN RELAY B BY R F22 1 2 2 56 B 3 VOTAGE REGULATOR MICROPR OCESSOR OUTPUT M INPUT ECM E 033 E 035 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 076 E 078 E 069 E 046 E 051 BATTERY ECM MAI...

Page 622: ...mostat seat cracked and damaged 12 22 Water pump bearing loose and leaked 12 31 Engine cylinder head gasket damaged 07 55 Engine cylinder head water jacket leaked 07 55 Engine block water jacket leake...

Page 623: ...nsion tank cap or remove drain cock plug when engine is operating or cooling system overheats The overheated engine coolant and steam with high pressure may flow out and cause serious personal injury...

Page 624: ...the ethylene glycol coolant freezing point value The freezing point value must be kept at 35 C or lower If the freezing point is beyond the specified value replace the coolant HINT Scale 1 is used to...

Page 625: ...t stops flowing retighten the radiator drain cock plug WARNING Always make sure engine is cold before operating cooling system Never open expansion tank cap or remove drain cock plug when engine is op...

Page 626: ...the cooling fan operates Item Capacity L Cooling System 7 5 G11 Additive Soft Water 50 50 WARNING If it is necessary to add coolant when engine is hot loosen expansion tank cap slightly first to relea...

Page 627: ...lant level is below the MIN line repeat all above procedures If the coolant level is above the MAX line drain the coolant until the level is between MAX and MIN lines CAUTION If there is no coolant in...

Page 628: ...ly a Press the clips on both sides of engine compartment contact switch in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration and remove the engine compartment contact switch from tank upper crossmem...

Page 629: ...te and remove the radiator left tension plate Tightening torque 7 1 N m e Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from radiator right tension plate and remove the radiator right tension plate Tightening torque 7...

Page 630: ...N m e Remove the expansion tank from expansion tank bracket Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal WARNING Always make sure engine is cold before operating cooling system Never o...

Page 631: ...cket Tightening torque 7 1 N m 7 Remove the thermostat housing a Loosen the elastic clamp arrow and disconnect the connection between engine outlet hose and thermostat housing WARNING Always make sure...

Page 632: ...n 1 As show in the illustration check if the protrusion 2 of thermostat grommet and chock 1 of thermostat are installed at an angle of 180 If the result is not as specified adjust the thermostat gromm...

Page 633: ...at opens fully b Check that the thermostat closes when temperature is low 5 C lower than the opening temperature c If above conditions are not met replace the thermostat Installation Installation is i...

Page 634: ...osen the elastic clamp 3 and disconnect the connection between oil cooling pipe assembly I and thermostat seat e Remove the fixing bolt 1 from engine ground wire and disconnect the engine wire harness...

Page 635: ...between small circulation outlet hose and thermostat seat h Remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from thermostat seat Tightening torque 8 3 N m i Remove the thermostat seat and thermostat seat gasket 9 Remove...

Page 636: ...12 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Check that coolant has been added to the specified level after installation Replace thermostat seat gasket with a new one durin...

Page 637: ...troller Tightening torque 7 1 5 N m c Remove the fan controller from cooling fan assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal WARNING Perform removal procedures with engine co...

Page 638: ...move the radiator grille assembly See page 48 8 6 Remove the water tank upper crossmember trim board See page 48 10 7 Remove the engine hood lock assembly See page 37 39 8 Remove the tank upper crossm...

Page 639: ...e the fixing band 1 of engine outlet hose from cooling fan assembly d Remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from cooling fan assembly Tightening torque 7 1 N m e Remove the cooling fan assembly from radiator as...

Page 640: ...y Automobile Co Ltd 12 SQR484F COOLING SYSTEM 12 28 12 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Check that the coolant has been added to the specified level after installat...

Page 641: ...Remove the cooling fan assembly See page 12 26 11 Remove the radiator assembly a Loosen the elastic clamp arrow and disconnect the connection between engine outlet hose and radiator assembly WARNING...

Page 642: ...and disconnect the connection between radiator discharge hose and radiator assembly c Loosen the elastic clamp 2 and disconnect the connection between engine inlet pipe and radiator assembly d Remove...

Page 643: ...dler pulley and remove the timing belt idler pulley Tightening torque 40 5 N m b Remove 6 fixing bolts arrow from water pump assembly Tightening torque 8 3 N m WARNING Always make sure engine is cold...

Page 644: ...ces of water pump assembly and cylinder block is uneven b Impeller of water pump assembly is damaged c Bearing of water pump assembly is loosened d There is abnormal noise when water pump assembly is...

Page 645: ...SERVICE 13 11 Engine Oil Replacement 13 11 Engine Oil Draining 13 11 Engine Oil Adding 13 12 Oil Filter 13 13 Removal 13 13 Installation 13 14 Oil Dipstick Tube 13 15 Removal 13 15 Installation 13 15...

Page 646: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 13 2 13...

Page 647: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 13 SQR484F LUBRICATION SYSTEM 13 3 13 SQR484F LUBRICATION SYSTEM GENERAL INFORMATION Description RT21130010 4 4 7 2 6 18 9 6 7 8 2 3 10 5 4 1 12 13 11...

Page 648: ...stick 3 Oil Dipstick Tube 4 Oil Cooler Bracket Shim 5 Oil Cooler Bracket 6 Oil Cooler Assembly 7 Oil Filter Joint 8 Oil Strainer Filter 9 Oil Pan 10 Oil Strainer 11 Oil Baffle Plate 12 Oil Pump Assemb...

Page 649: ...84F Oil Capacity L 4 0 5 Oil Specifications Summer SAE 10W 40 SM grade or higher Winter SAE 5W 40 SM grade or higher Description Torque N m Drain Plug 35 3 Oil Filter 25 3 Coupling Bolt Between Oil Pa...

Page 650: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 13 SQR484F LUBRICATION SYSTEM 13 6 13 Tools Special Tools General Tool Oil Pan Remover and Scraper Oil Filter Remover RCH0000056 RCH0000054 Oil Pressure Tester RCH0000006...

Page 651: ...nt 2 Hollow arrow indicates the flow of low pressure lubricant 3 Dark area indicates the high pressure lubricant 4 Bright area indicates the low pressure lubricant 1 Oil Filler Cap 2 Cylinder Head 3 O...

Page 652: ...aged 07 39 Crankshaft rear oil seal damaged 07 44 Oil pressure switch 13 16 Oil drain plug leaked Oil pan leaked 13 20 Each engine seal surface leakage Engine oil leakage Oil pressure warning light co...

Page 653: ...oil level is proper 4 Pull out the oil dipstick again check if oil level is proper If engine oil level is low check for leakage and add oil up to the full level mark a If oil level is at or above the...

Page 654: ...system pressure is still low it shows there is a malfunction in the oil pump and the oil pump must be replaced Oil pressure at idling speed 700 50 r min higher than 1 5 bar Oil pressure at high idling...

Page 655: ...ntil engine cools down Prolonged and repeated contact with engine oil will be harmful to your skin If engine oil spills on your skin wash it off immediately with water In addition the used engine oil...

Page 656: ...roximately 5 minutes Check if oil level is between MIN mark and MAX mark Refill oil if necessary 3 Check the vehicle for leakage after replacing oil ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Wasted engine oil should b...

Page 657: ...il engine cools down Prolonged and repeated contact with engine oil will be harmful to your skin If engine oil spills on your skin wash it off immediately with water In addition the used engine oil co...

Page 658: ...acks If there are damages or cracks replace the grommet Check and clean the installation surface of oil filter and oil filter bracket Apply a layer of clean engine oil to new oil filter grommet Slight...

Page 659: ...orque 8 3 N m b Remove the oil dipstick tube with oil dipstick assembly from the engine block frame c Separate the oil dipstick from the oil dipstick tube Installation Installation is in the reverse o...

Page 660: ...n the illustration WARNING DO NOT remove oil pressure switch until engine cools down Prolonged and repeated contact with engine oil will be harmful to your skin If engine oil spills on your skin wash...

Page 661: ...ine and oil pressure warning light 3 comes on then observe the pressure reading on tester If oil pressure warning light still comes on when oil pressure is higher than 75 kPa replace the oil pressure...

Page 662: ...der WARNING DO NOT disconnect oil cooler inlet hose and oil cooler outlet hose until engine is in low temperature Otherwise overheated engine coolant and steam with high pressure may flow out and caus...

Page 663: ...4F LUBRICATION SYSTEM 13 19 13 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Clean installation surface of oil cooler assembly Replace fuel filter Add engine oil to specified le...

Page 664: ...il pan for MT model Tightening torque 50 5 N m WARNING DO NOT drain engine oil and remove oil pan until engine cools down Prolonged and repeated contact with engine oil will be harmful to your skin If...

Page 665: ...o tap it during removal but it can be tapped slowly from left and right with a rubber hammer 6 Remove the residual seal gum on oil pan with oil pan remover and scraper 1 2 6 3 7 15 10 14 25 11 1 8 4 5...

Page 666: ...the reverse order of removal CAUTION When applying seal gum check the type and expiration date of seal gum Remove impurities iron chips and residue of seal gum on oil pan Remove oil stain and residue...

Page 667: ...of removal Pay attention to the following points during installation 1 Clean the oil strainer mesh 2 Replace the grommet Oil strainer grommet 1 Oil pump and oil pan connecting pipe grommet 2 Oil filt...

Page 668: ...move the oil pump assembly a Remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from the oil pump assembly Tightening torque 17 23 N m b Using a proper tool 1 pry out the oil pump assembly 2 WARNING DO NOT remove oil filter...

Page 669: ...oil pump assembly with plane A of crankshaft as shown in the illustration The relief valve flange on the pump 1 on oil pump assembly is facing the outlet direction of cylinder block frame and the side...

Page 670: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 13 26...

Page 671: ...l 14 4 Circuit Diagram 14 5 DIAGNOSIS TESTING 14 6 Problem Symptoms Table 14 6 Service Precautions 14 7 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 14 8 High voltage Cable 14 8 Removal 14 8 Inspection 14 9 Installation 14 9 I...

Page 672: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 14 2 14...

Page 673: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 14 SQR484F IGNITION SYSTEM 14 3 14 SQR484F IGNITION SYSTEM GENERAL INFORMATION Description RT21140010 4 MAX MAX MIN MIN 1 2 3 8 4 5 6 7 9...

Page 674: ...ence from the ignition coil with distributor is that a spark plug is connected to the ignition coil secondary winding at each end which makes two spark plugs ignite simultaneously Two primary windings...

Page 675: ...8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ECM E 033 E 035 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 076 E 069 BATTERY ECM MAIN RELAY 10A EF19 10A EF40 A2 F14 2 20 RL 2 5 Br A6 2 15 2 16 R R R 86 30 85 87 E 023 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8...

Page 676: ...VVT control valve 06 242 Wire harness Knock Ignition coil 14 10 Knock sensor 06 245 ECM 06 256 Difficult to start Battery 16 7 Ignition coil 14 10 Spark plug 14 12 Engine hesitation power drop unstab...

Page 677: ...ors are inserted fully 6 Check if all electrical connectors are installed correctly and securely 7 Check the following electrical connections a Engine speed sensor b Oxygen sensor c Intake pressure te...

Page 678: ...coil side to one side b Remove 3 high voltage cable clips arrow c Loosen the high voltage cables 1 in order and pull them upward to remove them from the spark plug holes d Remove the high voltage cab...

Page 679: ...nstallation is in the reverse order of removal RT21140040 Measurement Item Condition Specification k Cylinder 1 High voltage Cable Normal temperature 7 5 11 2 Cylinder 2 High voltage Cable Normal temp...

Page 680: ...oltage cables arrow for each cylinder and put them aside c Loosen and remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from the ignition coil assembly Tightening torque 8 3 N m d Remove the ignition coil CAUTION Be sure t...

Page 681: ...secondary winding If result is not as specified replace the ignition coil Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21140070 1 2 3 4 Multimeter Connection Condition Specification...

Page 682: ...a special spark plug socket wrench 1 loosen the spark plug 2 b Remove the spark plug 2 CAUTION Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents when repairing Try to prevent body paint...

Page 683: ...ing holes for pre tightening and then retighten the spark plugs with a torque wrench Tightening torque 30 3 N m 2 Other procedures are in the reverse order of removal RT21140100 CAUTION Check the spar...

Page 684: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 14 14...

Page 685: ...e Start PEPS Controller Terminal List 15 20 Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Chart 15 22 B1500 13 15 23 B1501 13 15 23 B1516 19 15 23 B1517 23 15 23 B1502 13 15 30 B1503 13 15 30 B1504 13 15 30 B1506 00 15...

Page 686: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 15 2 15...

Page 687: ...GENERAL INFORMATION Description w o PEPS System Starting system equipped in the vehicle without Passive Entry Passive Start PEPS system consists of battery ignition switch and starter etc 1 Ignition S...

Page 688: ...e Co Ltd 15 SQR484F STARTING SYSTEM 15 4 15 w PEPS System 1 Engine Switch 2 Passive Entry Passive Start PEPS Controller 3 Fuse and Relay Box 4 Battery 5 Starter RT21150020 MAX MAX MIN MIN 4 5 3 2 1 EN...

Page 689: ...3 antennas are equipped in vehicle to position where the key is anti theft coil to back up starting door handle sensor built into front left right door handle back door opener switch and smart key Pa...

Page 690: ...d switch can also short out the ignition coil additional resistance when starting 2 Drive train mechanism it makes the starter drive gear get engaged with the flywheel gear when engine starts and tran...

Page 691: ...Specifications Torque Specifications Tools Special Tool General Tool Description Torque N m Starter Power Cable Nut 13 1 Starter Fixing Bolt 35 5 Ignition Starting Switch Fixing Screw 13 2 X 431 3G D...

Page 692: ...E COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX ECM E 014 1 L2 L1 B E 014 W E 022 E 022 W E 069 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 E 067 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63...

Page 693: ...TMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 014 1 L2 L1 B E 014 W E 022 E 022 W E 069 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 E 067 E 069 W E 067 H8 H16 H7 H15 H6 H14 H5...

Page 694: ...0 ENGINE SWITCH I 017 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 B I 007 E20 E19 E18 E17 E12 E11 E10 E9 E4 E3 E2 E1 E8 E7 E6 E5 E16 E15...

Page 695: ...J103 J104 J105 J106 J107 J108 J109 J110 J111 J112 J113 J114 J115 J116 Gr I 029 E 078 10 11 B W W R RY ACC RELAY ERLY13 85 30 86 F18 F17 J103 I2 87 EF48 20A E 078 8 4 B R R RW RW IGN1 RELAY ERLY10 85...

Page 696: ...71 I 004 LW L J107 2 3 E 027 I 034 CONNECTOR A ABS CONTROL MODULE E 050 LR J201 1 RL J202 2 E 085 BACK DOOR SWITCH T 006 RB RB J112 J116 3 16 B 059 I 035 11 T 004 B 012 YB YB J301 2 1 15 T 004 B 012 B...

Page 697: ...I 006 RW RW J303 2 12 LY LY J302 1 9 F 007 B 040 LEFT HANDLE SENSOR F 003 LB LB J307 2 18 BG BG J306 1 10 H 002 B 061 RIGHT HANDLE SENSOR H 004 LW J308 1 GW J304 2 REAR BUMPER LOW FREQUENCY ANTENNA B...

Page 698: ...ol Module ECM 06 256 Engine switch indicator does not come on Engine switch 15 6 Wire harness or connector Passive Entry Passive Start PEPS controller 15 71 Symptom Suspected Area See page When igniti...

Page 699: ...eck starter relay a Using a digital multimeter measure resistance according to the value s in the table below Standard Resistance If result is not as specified replace the starter relay RT21150040 30...

Page 700: ...supply condition before the battery became depleted is not known 4 Make sure that battery is fully charged to reduce the repeat operating time of starter After the battery is disconnected and reconne...

Page 701: ...mportant to ask the customer about the problem and the conditions at the time the malfunction occurred Standard voltage 11 to 14 V If voltage is below 11 V recharge or replace the battery before proce...

Page 702: ...no DTC then go to step 10 8 Troubleshoot according to Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC chart then go to step 10 9 Troubleshoot according to Problem Symptoms Table then go to step 10 10 Confirm problem is...

Page 703: ...ction Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting If malfunction is intermittent perform the followings Check if connectors are loose Check if wire harnesses are worn pierced pinched or partially broken Wiggle r...

Page 704: ...add on accessories interfere with the ground circuit 6 If several wire harnesses are crimped into one ground terminal check if they are installed correctly Make sure all wire harnesses are clean secu...

Page 705: ...or Amber J213 Engine Switch 2 J206 Low Frequency Antenna 1 Negative J214 Low Frequency Antenna 1 Positive J207 Low Frequency Antenna 2 Negative J215 Low Frequency Antenna 3 Negative J208 Low Frequency...

Page 706: ...No Subtype Information B150D 00 Abnormality on ESCL LCK_GND No Subtype Information B150E 00 Abnormality on ESCL LCK_PS No Subtype Information B150F 00 ESCL Anti scanning No Subtype Information B1510...

Page 707: ...QR484F STARTING SYSTEM 15 23 15 DTC B1500 13 Driver Door Outside LF Antenna Circuit Open DTC B1501 13 Passenger Door Outside LF Antenna Circuit Open DTC B1516 19 HSU Overload DTC B1517 23 HSU Switch C...

Page 708: ...1 9 F 007 B 040 LEFT HANDLE SENSOR F 003 LB LB J307 2 18 BG BG J306 1 10 H 002 B 061 RIGHT HANDLE SENSOR H 004 J304 J303 J302 J301 J308 J307 J306 J305 B B 056 PEPS J3 B 056 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14...

Page 709: ...the PEPS controller connector B 056 e Disconnect the front left door wire harness connector F 007 and body wire harness connector B 040 f Disconnect the front right door wire harness connector H 002...

Page 710: ...ontinuity B 056 J302 B 040 9 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition B 056 J303 or B 040 12 Body ground Always No continuity B 056 J302 or B 040 9 Body ground Always No c...

Page 711: ...7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 7 10 13 16 17 5 8 11 14 17 18 6 9 12 15 18 F 007 1 2 F 003 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition F 007 12 F 003 2 Always Continuity F 007 9 F 003 1 Always C...

Page 712: ...r to Data Link Connector DLC again to check if any DTC is detected RT21150240 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 7 10 13 16 17 5 8 11 14 17 18 6 9 12 15 18 H 002 1 2 H 004 Multimeter Conne...

Page 713: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 15 SQR484F STARTING SYSTEM 15 29 15 Repair or replace PEPS controller NG System operates normally OK...

Page 714: ...tomobile Co Ltd 15 SQR484F STARTING SYSTEM 15 30 15 DTC B1502 13 Front Internal LF Antenna Circuit Open DTC B1503 13 Middle Internal LF Antenna Circuit Open DTC B1504 13 Rear Internal LF Antenna Circu...

Page 715: ...UENCY ANTENNA 3 B 035 G G J208 1 13 Y Y J207 2 14 B 059 I 035 BG BG J216 1 16 RY RY J215 2 15 B 003 I 006 PEPS J2 I 030 1 2 B I 043 1 2 B B 035 1 2 B B 024 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1...

Page 716: ...ency antenna connector I 043 middle internal low frequency antenna connector B 024 and rear internal low frequency antenna connector B 035 e Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness connectors I 0...

Page 717: ...030 J206 I 043 2 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition I 030 J214 or I 043 1 Body ground Always No continuity I 030 J206 or I 043 2 Body ground Always No continuity I...

Page 718: ...207 J208 J209 J210 J211 J212 J213 J214 J215 J216 I 030 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 I 006 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition I 030 J216 I 006 16 Always Con...

Page 719: ...ty Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition B 059 13 or B 024 1 Body ground Always No continuity B 059 14 or B 024 2 Body ground Always No continuity B 059 13 or B 024 1 Battery positive Al...

Page 720: ...54 b Install new low frequency antenna c Connect X 431 3G diagnostic tester to Data Link Connector DLC again to check if any DTC is detected B 003 16 or B 035 1 Battery positive Always No continuity B...

Page 721: ...of Engine Switch No Subtype Information ET21140080 CVT J211 1 WL J210 2 GW J213 3 L J204 4 LW J203 5 RW J205 8 R PEPS J2 I 030 ENGINE SWITCH I 017 J201 J202 J203 J204 J205 J206 J207 J208 J209 J210 J2...

Page 722: ...9 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch b Disconnect the negative battery cable c Disconnect the PEPS controller connector I 030 d Disconnect the engine switc...

Page 723: ...4 Always Continuity I 030 J203 I 017 5 Always Continuity I 030 J205 I 017 8 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition I 030 J211 or I 017 1 Body ground Battery positive Alw...

Page 724: ...a Connect related wire harness connectors b Connect the negative battery cable c Turn ignition switch ON d Connect X 431 3G diagnostic tester to Data Link Connector DLC to check if any DTC is detected...

Page 725: ...2 ST2 ACC ON START PEPS J1 I 029 I 013 J101 J102 J103 J104 J105 J106 J107 J108 J109 J110 J111 J112 J113 J114 J115 J116 Gr I 029 E 078 10 11 B W W R RY ACC RELAY ERLY13 85 30 86 F18 F17 J103 I2 87 EF48...

Page 726: ...tion switch b Disconnect the negative battery cable c Remove the fuses EF15 15 A EF48 20 A and EF43 20 A from engine compartment fuse and relay box d Remove the IGN1 relay IGN2 relay and ACC relay fro...

Page 727: ...eck wire harness battery engine compartment fuse and relay box OK Repair or replace wire harness battery engine compartment fuse and relay box NG 4 Check engine compartment wire harness OK RT21150300...

Page 728: ...6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 E 073 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 073 B1 E 071 11 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition...

Page 729: ...7 H15 H6 H14 H5 H13 H4 H12 H3 H11 H2 H10 H1 H9 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 067 H7 E 071 7 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 067 H7 or E...

Page 730: ...4 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition I 004 10 I 029 J104 Always Continuity I 004 8 I 029 J103 Always Continuity I 004 7 I 029 J102 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Sp...

Page 731: ...a Link Connector DLC to check if any DTC is detected Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition I 004 11 or I 013 5 Body ground Battery positive Always No continuity I 004 4 or I 013 3 Body g...

Page 732: ...ality in Brake Signal No Subtype Information ET21140090 CVT PEPS J1 I 029 J101 J102 J103 J104 J105 J106 J107 J108 J109 J110 J111 J112 J113 J114 J115 J116 Gr I 029 RB RB J112 3 16 B 059 I 035 BRAKE SWI...

Page 733: ...electrical equipment and ignition switch b Disconnect the negative battery cable c Disconnect the brake switch connector B 052 and PEPS controller connector I 029 d Disconnect the instrument panel wir...

Page 734: ...ntinuity B 052 3 or B 059 16 Battery positive Always No continuity Repair or replace body wire harness NG 3 Check instrument panel wire harness OK RT21150380 J101 J102 J103 J104 J105 J106 J107 J108 J1...

Page 735: ...G diagnostic tester to Data Link Connector DLC to check if any DTC is detected 4 Check brake switch assembly RT21260300 1 2 3 4 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition Terminal 1 Terminal...

Page 736: ...n ET21140100 CVT PEPS J1 I 029 J101 J102 J103 J104 J105 J106 J107 J108 J109 J110 J111 J112 J113 J114 J115 J116 Gr I 029 LW L J107 2 3 E 027 I 034 ABS CONTROL MODULE E 085 B E 085 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5...

Page 737: ...trical equipment and ignition switch b Disconnect the negative battery cable c Disconnect the ABS module connector E 085 and PEPS controller connector I 029 d Disconnect the instrument panel wire harn...

Page 738: ...ition E 085 2 or E 027 3 Body ground Always No continuity E 085 2 or E 027 3 Battery positive Always No continuity Repair or replace engine compartment wire harness NG 3 Check instrument panel wire ha...

Page 739: ...tic tester to Data Link Connector DLC to check if any DTC is detected a Remove the ABS module See page 25 71 b Replace the ABS module c Connect X 431 3G diagnostic tester to Data Link Connector DLC ag...

Page 740: ...2 F14 F1 F13 E 067 E 069 W E 067 H8 H16 H7 H15 H6 H14 H5 H13 H4 H12 H3 H11 H2 H10 H1 H9 E 078 B E 050 6 4 2 1 5 3 8 7 9 10 E 050 PSE CONNECTION J1 13 1 B E 071 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 E 071 I...

Page 741: ...nd ignition switch b Disconnect the negative battery cable c Remove the fuse EF41 30 A and starter relay from engine compartment fuse and relay box d Remove the fuses RF07 7 5 A and RF47 10 A from ins...

Page 742: ...round c Turn ignition switch ON d Check the voltage between terminal J111 of PEPS controller connector I 029 and body ground 3 Check battery wire harness OK Repair or replace battery wire harness NG 4...

Page 743: ...J111 J112 J113 J114 J115 J116 I 029 E20 E19 E18 E17 E12 E11 E10 E9 E4 E3 E2 E1 E8 E7 E6 E5 E16 E15 E14 E13 I 031 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition I 031 E10 I 029 J101 Always Contin...

Page 744: ...the CVT connector A Repair or replace related wire harness or connector instrument panel fuse and relay box PEPS controller NG 6 Check CVT connector A OK RT21150451 Gearshift Position Terminal No Spec...

Page 745: ...H10 H1 H9 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition I 029 J110 E 067 H5 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition I 029 J110 or E 067 H5 Body ground Always No co...

Page 746: ...iagnostic tester to Data Link Connector DLC to check if any DTC is detected Repair or replace wire harness instrument panel engine compartment NG 8 Check starter field wire harness OK RT21150470 1 L2...

Page 747: ...emove the starter See page 15 64 b Replace the starter c Connect X 431 3G diagnostic tester to Data Link Connector DLC again to check if any DTC is detected 10 Reconfirm DTCs after replacing starter R...

Page 748: ...ect the starter power cable Tightening torque 13 1 N m b Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from starter Tightening torque 35 5 N m c Remove the starter Inspection 1 Check starter clutch a As shown in the il...

Page 749: ...embly a Perform pull in test Remove the nut and disconnect the field coil lead from terminal C As shown in the illustration connect battery to the solenoid switch and check that the starter clutch pin...

Page 750: ...e starter clutch pinion does not return replace the starter assembly d Check if starter rotates smoothly Connect the field coil lead to terminal C and tighten it with a nut As shown in the illustratio...

Page 751: ...nition starting switch a Move the wire harness connectors arrow away from ignition starting switch b Disconnect the ignition starting switch connector 1 c Remove the fixing screws arrow from ignition...

Page 752: ...cified replace the ignition starting switch Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal 1 2 3 4 5 6 RT21150160 Multimeter Connection Switch Condition Specified Condition All terminals...

Page 753: ...on switch cover See page 28 13 4 Remove the engine switch a Disconnect the engine switch connector arrow b Detach 2 claws on engine switch in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration and re...

Page 754: ...gine switch indicator does not come on If result is not as specified replace the engine switch Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21150190 ENGINE START STOP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8...

Page 755: ...is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment when repairing to prevent accidents Try to prevent vehicle protector from being scratched during removal and insta...

Page 756: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 15 72...

Page 757: ...s 16 4 Tool 16 4 Circuit Diagram 16 5 DIAGNOSIS TESTING 16 6 Problem Symptoms Table 16 6 Charging System Charging Voltage Inspection 16 6 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 16 7 Battery 16 7 Inspection 16 7 Removal 1...

Page 758: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 16 2 16...

Page 759: ...tem It is a device that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy and generates DC voltage through a rectifying circuit as one of main power sources of the vehicle The alternator operates as a...

Page 760: ...generates alternating induced electromotive force producing alternating current The three phase alternating current generated by alternator is converted to direct current from alternating current by...

Page 761: ...1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 B I 0...

Page 762: ...nd adjust blower speed to the highest Turn on A C switch Turn cold and hot switch to adjust temperature of outlet to the highest Standard voltage 14 1 14 7 V If result is not as specified replace alte...

Page 763: ...Removal 1 Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch 2 Remove the battery a Loosen the negative battery cable locking nut and remove the negative battery cable 1 b Open the battery posi...

Page 764: ...l to prevent metal tools from contacting both electrodes of battery at the same time or accidentally touching the positive electrode and vehicle body CAUTION Replace battery with a new one which confo...

Page 765: ...b Remove 6 fixing bolts 2 from the battery tray Tightening torque 20 2 N m c Remove the battery tray 4 Remove the battery tray bracket a Remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from the battery tray bracket Tight...

Page 766: ...ockwise firmly indicated by the arrow shown in the illustration Loosen the accessory drive belt 1 after it is slack 6 Remove the alternator a Move away the terminal cap remove the fixing nut 1 from al...

Page 767: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 16 SQR484F CHARGING SYSTEM 16 11 16 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal...

Page 768: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 16 12...

Page 769: ...e 17 18 Removal 17 18 Installation 17 19 Gear Shift Control Mechanism 17 20 Removal 17 20 Installation 17 20 Transmission Assembly 17 21 Removal 17 21 Disassembly 17 22 Assembly 17 27 Installation 17...

Page 770: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 17 2 17...

Page 771: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 17 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION 17 3 17 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION GENERAL INFORMATION Description Input Shaft 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 RT21170010...

Page 772: ...nchronizer Ring 7 5th Drive Gear 8 5th Gear Shaft Bushing 9 5th Needle Roller Bearing 10 4th Drive Gear 11 4th Needle Roller Bearing 12 4th Gear Gasket 13 4th Synchronizer Ring 14 Snap Ring 15 3rd 4th...

Page 773: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 17 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION 17 5 17 Output Shaft 1 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 7 12 13 14 16 15 17 11 10 10 10 13 13 RT21170020...

Page 774: ...en Gear 5 Gear Shaft Bushing 6 3rd Driven Gear 7 2nd Driven Gear 8 2nd Needle Roller Bearing 9 1st 2nd Synchronizer Outer Race 10 2nd Synchronizer Ring Set 11 Snap Ring 12 1st 2nd Synchronizer Gear Hu...

Page 775: ...al 3 Bearing Outer Race 4 Bearing Outer Race 5 Oil Deflector 6 Input Shaft Oil Seal 7 Clutch Case 8 Oil Guide 9 Transmission Case 10 Washer 11 Transmission Retaining Bolt 12 Washer 13 Drain Plug 14 Be...

Page 776: ...final drive and differential assembly thus propeller shaft is driven to turn wheels Specifications Torque Specifications Transmission Gear Ratio Table Description Torque N m Coupling Bolt Between Clu...

Page 777: ...e lubricant filling capacity is also strictly specified Filling method Park vehicle on service platform or lifter levelly without removing the transmission Prepare a container to recover used lubrican...

Page 778: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 17 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION 17 10 17 Bearing Remover Punch Puller RCH0000011 RCH0000015 RCH0000059...

Page 779: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 17 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION 17 11 17 General Tools Transmission Carrier Engine Equalizer Hydraulic Press RCH0000005 RCH0000026 RCH0000012...

Page 780: ...16 Joint surface damaged and not trimmed in time Hard shifting or impossible to shift Oil level too low 17 14 Gear worn or damaged Synchronizer ring worn or damaged Shift key spring worn or damaged J...

Page 781: ...ion perform operations carefully and keep each component of transmission clean Select appropriate or special tools Transmission can achieve a good operation condition only when strictly performing ser...

Page 782: ...ug arrow 5 Using a wrench loosen the transmission filler plug arrow Replace the drain plug washer and tighten the drain plug after draining transmission oil Tightening torque 40 6 N m 6 Fill transmiss...

Page 783: ...transmission oil to the transmission filler until it overflows c Replace the retaining plug washer and tighten the retaining plug after filling Tightening torque 40 6 N m Transmission Oil Type RT21170...

Page 784: ...d drain plug Tightening torque 40 6 N m 3 Remove the front left wheel See page 24 9 4 Remove the left drive shaft See page 20 5 5 Pull out the oil seal with a puller Installation 1 Apply an appropriat...

Page 785: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 17 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION 17 17 17 3 Fill transmission oil Other procedures are in the reverse order of removal CAUTION DO NOT damage the oil seal during installation...

Page 786: ...otter pins arrow connecting select and shift cable with transmission gear shift mechanism b Remove the flexible shaft clamps arrow and select and shift cable 6 Remove the auxiliary fascia console See...

Page 787: ...y Automobile Co Ltd 17 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION 17 19 17 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION DO NOT install the select and shift cable in reverse position during installa...

Page 788: ...iliary fascia console See page 45 9 4 Remove the gear shift control mechanism a Remove the flexible shaft clamps and cotter pins connecting select and shift cable with gear shift control mechanism b R...

Page 789: ...elect and shift cable with gear shift mechanism 11 Disconnect the back up light switch connector ground wire and clutch line bracket II 12 Remove the crankshaft position sensor a Remove the fixing bol...

Page 790: ...ide and pull the transmission to separate it from the engine Tightening torque 60 5 N m Disassembly 1 Remove the gear shift mechanism locating bolt a Remove the gear shift mechanism locating bolt arro...

Page 791: ...rusion part of gear shift mechanism case side with a rubber hammer as the seal gum makes difficulty to remove gear shift mechanism 4 Remove the shift shaft locating bolt a Remove the shift shaft locat...

Page 792: ...assembly c Separate the transmission case and clutch case and remove the transmission case HINT Tap the protrusion part of transmission case side with a rubber hammer or equivalent for easy removal a...

Page 793: ...and reverse gear a Remove the reverse gear shaft 1 and reverse gear 2 together from clutch case 9 Remove the input shaft rear washer a Remove the input shaft rear washer 1 from input shaft 10 Remove t...

Page 794: ...se HINT Gently jiggle them during removal 12 Remove the gear fork assembly a Remove the shift fork assembly 1 from input shaft and output shaft 2 1 RT21170310 CAUTION Prevent input shaft spline from d...

Page 795: ...ch case in the direction of arrow 2 Install the shift fork assembly a Install the shift fork assembly 1 to the input shaft and output shaft 2 RT21170330 1 CAUTION Before assembling the components wash...

Page 796: ...tall the reverse idler gear and reverse gear a Apply transmission oil to each slide part of reverse gear and reverse gear shaft and install the reverse idler gear 1 and reverse gear 2 together to the...

Page 797: ...gnet a Install the magnet 1 to the clutch case in the direction of arrow 8 Install the transmission case a Install the transmission case to the clutch case 1 RT21170290 CAUTION Evenly put the input sh...

Page 798: ...torque 25 2 N m 9 Install the reverse idler gear shaft locating bolt a Install the reverse idler gear shaft locating bolt arrow to the transmission case Tightening torque 40 4 N m 10 Install the gear...

Page 799: ...ism locating bolt HINT Apply thread adhesive to thread before installation a Install the gear shift mechanism locating bolt arrow to the transmission case Tightening torque 35 5 25 N m 12 Install the...

Page 800: ...INT Apply thread adhesive to thread before installation a Install the shift shaft locating bolts 1 to the transmission case Tightening torque 35 5 25 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse or...

Page 801: ...3 Using snap spring calipers 2 remove the snap ring 3 4 Loosen the fixing bolts B of reverse gear lock mechanism Tightening torque 18 2 N m 5 Remove the reverse gear lock mechanism 4 6 Tap out the do...

Page 802: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 17 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION 17 34 17 Assembly Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly CAUTION Tighten bolts to the specified torque Replace damaged dowel pins...

Page 803: ...ove the reverse gear fork a Using snap spring calipers remove the snap ring 1 b Remove the reverse gear fork 1 and return spring 2 2 Remove the 3rd 4th gear shift fork a Using a punch 1 tap out the do...

Page 804: ...3 Remove the 1st 2nd gear shift fork a Using a punch 1 tap out the dowel pin 3 from the gear shift shaft 2 b Separate the 1st 2nd gear shift fork 1 from gear shift shaft 2 4 Remove the fork a Using a...

Page 805: ...1 Check gear shift shaft for excessive wear or damage Replace if it is damaged 2 Check release fork for excessive wear or damage Replace if it is damaged Assembly Assembly is in the reverse order of d...

Page 806: ...and 3rd 4th synchronizer outer race 2 from input shaft 3 Remove the input shaft rear bearing snap ring a Using snap spring calipers remove the input shaft rear bearing snap ring 4 Remove the input sh...

Page 807: ...1 press the 5th drive gear and 5th synchronizer gear hub 3 out of input shaft 2 and remove the 5th drive gear and 5th synchronizer gear hub 6 Remove the 5th needle roller bearing a Remove the 5th need...

Page 808: ...drive gear needle roller bearing bushing and 4th drive gear 8 Remove the 4th needle roller bearing a Remove the 4th needle roller bearing arrow from input shaft 9 Remove the 3rd drive gear and 3rd 4th...

Page 809: ...th synchronizer gear hub 3 out of input shaft 2 and remove the 3rd drive gear and 3rd 4th synchronizer gear hub 10 Remove the 3rd needle roller bearing a Remove the 3rd needle roller bearing 1 from in...

Page 810: ...earing a Using a hydraulic press 1 press the input shaft front bearing 3 into input shaft 2 2 Install the 3rd needle roller bearing a Apply transmission oil to the needle roller bearing 1 and install...

Page 811: ...stall the 3rd synchronizer ring a Apply transmission oil to the 3rd synchronizer ring arrow and install it to the input shaft 5 Install the 3rd 4th synchronizer gear a Using a hydraulic press 3 press...

Page 812: ...g a Apply transmission oil to the 4th needle roller bearing arrow and install it to the input shaft 8 Install the 4th drive gear a Apply transmission oil to the 4th drive gear 1 and install it to the...

Page 813: ...synchronizer ring a Apply transmission oil to the 5th drive gear 1 and 5th synchronizer ring 2 and install them to the input shaft 12 Install the 5th synchronizer gear hub a Using a hydraulic press 3...

Page 814: ...ly transmission oil to the 5th synchronizer meshing key and spring 1 and 3rd 4th synchronizer meshing key and spring 2 and install them to the synchronizer gear hubs b Apply transmission oil to 5th sy...

Page 815: ...measure clearance between 4th drive gear and synchronizer ring Standard value 1 35 mm Limit value 1 100 1 600 mm 3 Using a feeler gauge measure clearance between 2nd drive gear and 3rd drive gear Sta...

Page 816: ...ure the output shaft rear bearing 2 b Using a hydraulic press 1 press the output shaft rear bearing 3 out of output shaft 2 and remove the output shaft rear bearing 3 Remove the 5th driven gear and 4t...

Page 817: ...gear 4 Remove the gear shaft bushing a Remove the gear shaft bushing 1 from output shaft 5 Remove the 2nd driven gear and 3rd driven gear a Using a special tool 1 secure the 2nd driven gear 2 b Using...

Page 818: ...ing 1 from output shaft 7 Remove the 1st driven gear and 1st 2nd synchronizer gear hub a Remove the 1st 2nd synchronizer ring set 2 b Remove the 1st 2nd synchronizer outer race 1 c Using snap spring c...

Page 819: ...nchronizer 8 Remove the 1st needle roller bearing a Remove the 1st needle roller bearing 1 from output shaft 9 Remove the output shaft front bearing a Using a special tool 1 secure the output shaft fr...

Page 820: ...needle roller bearing a Apply transmission oil to the 1st needle roller bearing 1 and install it to the output shaft 3 Install the 1st driven gear a Apply transmission oil to the 1st driven gear 1 an...

Page 821: ...the 1st 2nd synchronizer gear hub and 1st driven gear a Place the 1st 2nd synchronizer gear hub 1 in place and then press it into the output shaft with a hydraulic press b Using snap spring calipers...

Page 822: ...l the 2nd needle roller bearing a Apply transmission oil to the 2nd needle roller bearing arrow and install it to the output shaft 9 Install the 2nd driven gear a Apply transmission oil to the 2nd dri...

Page 823: ...g 1 and install it to the output shaft 12 Install the 4th and 5th driven gears a Using a special tool 1 secure the 4th and 5th driven gears 2 b Using a hydraulic press 1 press the 4th and 5th driven g...

Page 824: ...54 mm Limit value 1 240 1 840 mm 2 Using a feeler gauge measure clearance between 2nd driven gear and synchronizer ring Standard value 1 54 mm Limit value 1 240 1 840 mm 3 Using a feeler gauge measur...

Page 825: ...from transmission case 3 Remove the back up light switch a Remove the back up light switch arrow from transmission case 4 Remove the gear shift mechanism locating bolt a Remove the gear shift mechanis...

Page 826: ...2 Install the gear shift mechanism locating bolt HINT Apply thread adhesive to thread before installation a Install the gear shift mechanism locating bolt arrow to the transmission case Tightening to...

Page 827: ...HE TRANSMISSION 17 59 17 4 Install the shift shaft locating bolt HINT Apply thread adhesive to thread before installation a Install the shift shaft locating bolts 1 to the transmission case Tightening...

Page 828: ...joint 1 to the bearing outer race 2 b Install the puller 1 to the bearing outer race remover 2 and pull out bearing outer race 3 with the puller CAUTION Use the same removal procedures for the differe...

Page 829: ...out the drive shaft oil seal 2 3 Remove the input shaft oil seal a Using a flat tip screwdriver 1 pry out the input shaft oil seal 2 4 Remove the output shaft bearing outer race a Secure the output s...

Page 830: ...r 1 to bearing outer race remover 2 c Using the puller pull out the output shaft bearing outer race 3 5 Remove the oil deflector a Remove the oil deflector 1 from clutch case 6 Remove the magnet a Rem...

Page 831: ...all the drive shaft oil seal a Using a drive shaft oil seal installer 1 install the drive shaft oil seal 2 to the transmission case 3 2 Install the oil deflector a Install the oil deflector 1 to the c...

Page 832: ...nstall the input shaft oil seal 2 to the clutch case 3 4 Install the differential bearing outer race a Install the joint 1 to the bearing outer race 2 and install the bearing outer race 2 to the case...

Page 833: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 17 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION 17 65 17 6 Install the oil guide a Install the oil guide 1 to the transmission case 1 RT21173030...

Page 834: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 17 66...

Page 835: ...5 Ground Circuit Test 18 41 P0705 18 44 P0715 18 48 P0716 18 48 P0720 18 52 P1745 18 52 P0730 18 56 P0791 18 58 P0792 18 58 P0811 18 62 P081E 18 62 P0894 18 62 P0842 18 64 P0843 18 64 P0847 18 68 P084...

Page 836: ...allation 18 120 Valve Body Case 18 121 Removal 18 121 Installation 18 121 Valve Body 18 122 Removal 18 122 Installation 18 123 Gear Shift Control Mechanism 18 125 Removal 18 125 Installation 18 126 Ge...

Page 837: ...etary gear system Drive and driven pulley system transmission system Steel belt steel belt consists of two groups of metal rings and hundreds of metal plates Oil pump Valve body QR019CHB CVT features...

Page 838: ...2 Drive Clutch 3 Transmission Case 4 Torque Converter 5 Torque Converter Case 6 Input Shaft 7 Oil Pump Thrust Gasket 8 Oil Pump 9 Output Shaft 10 Differential 11 Steel Belt 12 Output Pulley Shaft 13...

Page 839: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 18 QR019CHB CVT 18 5 18 1 Gear Shift Cable 2 Gear Shift Lever Knob 3 Gear Indicator Panel 4 Gear Shift Control Mechanism 5 Gear Shift Cable Dust Boot 2 3 4 5 1 RT21180020...

Page 840: ...18 QR019CHB CVT 18 6 18 1 Turbine Speed Sensor 2 Secondary Shaft Speed Sensor 3 Secondary Shaft Pressure Sensor 4 Primary Shaft Speed Sensor 5 Primary Shaft Pressure Sensor 6 Transmission Range Sensor...

Page 841: ...isassembling and assembling engine and transmission make sure that the torque converter does not drop down 10 When assembling engine and transmission make sure that the dust baffle is not ignored 11 W...

Page 842: ...e life of the components of the engine and transmission system Transmission Control Unit TCU The transmission control unit TCU is installed on the battery tray It receives input signals of switches an...

Page 843: ...ar shifting The engine can be started only when the gear shift lever is at parking P and neutral N gear thus avoiding misoperation Manual Mode Switch No matter whether the vehicle is static or running...

Page 844: ...speed based on the impulse signals It is mainly used for the operations of torque converter locking clutch engagement and transmission control Turbine Secondary Shaft Speed Sensor The TCU calculates t...

Page 845: ...nals then the TCU sends the operation requirements to start the clutch pressure control solenoid for changing clutch engagement Torque Converter Pressure Control Solenoid The torque converter pressure...

Page 846: ...stem Control Logic R S RT21180180 TCU CAN Turbine speed sensor Primary shaft speed sensor Secondary shaft speed sensor Oil temperature sensor Transmission range sensor Mode select switch Oil pressure...

Page 847: ...ery Automobile Co Ltd 18 QR019CHB CVT 18 13 18 Tools Special Tools General Tools Puller Differential Oil Seal Installer RCH0000059 RCH0000009 Engine Equalizer Transmission Carrier RCH0000026 RCH000000...

Page 848: ...18 25 Gear Shift Control Mechanism Fixing Bolt 18 22 Gear Shift Cable Dust Boot Fixing Bolt 8 10 TCU Fixing Bolt 6 8 Transmission Ground Wire Harness Fixing Bolt 18 22 Engine to Upper Part of Transmi...

Page 849: ...NVENTER CONTROL SOLENOID PRIMARY PRESSURE SOLENOID OIL TEMP OIL TEMP GND R 9 A EF17 10A EF19 10A EF46 20A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 J2 J1 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F1...

Page 850: ...26 27 28 GEAR LEVEL A 15 17 45 RW RW 43 GL GL 4 Y Y 10 30 YR YR 21 18 ILLUMINATION COMMAND GEAR SHIFT B RL RL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21...

Page 851: ...1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 1...

Page 852: ...17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 27 1 2 3 PRIMARY SHAFT SPEED SENSOR CLUTCH SPEED SENSOR SECONDARY SHAFT SPEED SENSOR PRIMARY SHAFT PRESSURE SENSOR 51 23 LB GR BGr 55 1 2 3 22 21 P WR LY 54 1 2 3 5...

Page 853: ...3 7 ECM 2 BRAKE SWITCH 1 17 B RB RB RB GW GW GW GW RB B B 41 CAN H1 CAN L1 CAN H1 CAN L1 42 24 25 26 OB O OB O TO CAN SYSTEM 14 13 1 2 3 4 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 15 16 31 32...

Page 854: ...Signal 38 12 Secondary Shaft Pressure Sensor Signal 39 13 Secondary Shaft Pressure Sensor Ground 40 14 Reverse Gear Switch 41 CAN High 15 P Gear Switch 42 CAN Low 16 Neutral Switch 43 Shift Up Switch...

Page 855: ...king conditions If the fluid becomes milk white or cloudy or there is water in the fluid replace the automatic transmission fluid and check for the leaking location If the fluid becomes black with a l...

Page 856: ...r is at the P or N gear Transmission Range Sensor Inspection 1 Turn off all the electrical devices and ignition switch 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Disconnect the transmission range senso...

Page 857: ...the primary shaft speed sensor connector 3 Check for resistance between the terminals of primary shaft speed sensor as shown in the table below at normal temperature HINT The inner parts of the sensor...

Page 858: ...of turbine secondary shaft speed sensor as shown in the table below at normal temperature HINT The inner parts of the sensor are triode and capacitor and will be affected greatly by the environment a...

Page 859: ...rminals of primary secondary shaft pressure sensor as shown in the table below at normal temperature HINT The inner parts of the sensor are triode and capacitor and will be affected greatly by the env...

Page 860: ...common ground circuit or power supply circuit applied to the DTC Symptoms Suspected Area See page With power on or ignited P gear is not released after applying brake Brake switch or circuit 26 26 Ge...

Page 861: ...are as follows 1 Remove the ground bolt or nut 2 Check all contact surfaces for tarnish dirt and rust etc 3 Clean as necessary to ensure that contacting is in a good condition 4 Reinstall the ground b...

Page 862: ...que Converter Clutch Circuit Performance P0742 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Stuck On P0743 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Electrical P0744 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Intermittent P0745 Pressu...

Page 863: ...t P0845 Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor B Circuit P0846 Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor B Circuit Range Performance P0847 Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor B Circuit Low P0848 Transmission Flui...

Page 864: ...enoid Control Circuit Range P0930 Gear Shift Lock Solenoid Control Circuit Low P0931 Gear Shift Lock Solenoid Control Circuit High P0932 Hydraulic Pressure Sensor Circuit P0933 Hydraulic Pressure Sens...

Page 865: ...0 Pressure Control Solenoid C Control Circuit Low P0971 Pressure Control Solenoid C Control Circuit High P1900 Clutch Solenoid Control Circuit P1928 Shift Lock Solenoid Control Circuit P1785 Power Rel...

Page 866: ...dle Speed P Transmission engagement gear P gear Drive pulley pressure 1 9 Bar Oil temperature 71 C Driven pulley pressure 10 Bar Driver request 0 00 Engine torque signal in CAN 5 00 Engine coolant tem...

Page 867: ...coolant temperature 96 C M 1 Transmission engagement gear First gear Drive pulley pressure 0 9 Bar Oil temperature 76 C Driven pulley pressure 9 2 Bar Driver request 0 00 Engine torque signal in CAN...

Page 868: ...pressure 2 063 Bar Driven pulley pressure 10 076 Bar Oil temperature 79 C Engine coolant temperature 92 25 C Data Stream Item Engine Idle Speed Driver request 0 00 Engine speed 702 75 rpm Turbine spee...

Page 869: ...28 46 56 3 RL R L L RL R L EF17 10A EF19 10A EF46 20A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 J2 J1 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 29 30 31 32 33 34 35...

Page 870: ...f DTC is detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Inter...

Page 871: ...or continuity between terminal 3 28 31 46 and 56 of connector E 030 and ground 4 Check engine wire harness RT21180800 V E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14...

Page 872: ...battery cable b Disconnect the connector E 066 E 069 and E 076 c Check if the output voltage of the terminal J2 of connector E 066 is normal d Check if the terminal J2 of connector E 066 and ground i...

Page 873: ...69 and ground is conductive g Check if the output voltage of the terminal A2 and A4 of connector E 076 is normal RT21180840 V E 069 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3...

Page 874: ...Co Ltd 18 QR019CHB CVT 18 40 18 h Check if the terminal A2 and A4 of connector E 076 and ground is conductive RT21180870 E 076 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 Replace compartment fuse and relay box NG...

Page 875: ...18 Ground Circuit Test Ground Circuit ET21180070 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 2...

Page 876: ...etected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Intermittent DT...

Page 877: ...ttery cable d Check if there is voltage between the terminals 24 25 and 26 of TCU connector E 030 and ground 3 Check if there is voltage in ground circuit RT21180890 V E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37...

Page 878: ...7 49 4 3 2 8 1 B 18 BL 17 WR 16 Gr 14 Br 15 R SEL_PWR_FB SEL_POS_DS SEL_POS_D SEL_POS_N REV_FB SEL_POS_P 6 4 2 1 5 3 8 7 9 10 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1...

Page 879: ...DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the gear selector connector c Check if the gear sele...

Page 880: ...onnector E 030 and terminals of 1 2 3 4 and 8 of connector E 050 a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0705 still exists 3 Check wire harness connector U 010 RT21180900 E...

Page 881: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 18 QR019CHB CVT 18 47 18 OK System is normal...

Page 882: ...it DTC P0716 Input Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit Range ET21180090 TCU 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19...

Page 883: ...shooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the turbine speed sensor connector c Check if the turbine speed...

Page 884: ...y between the terminals 21 22 and 55 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground 2 Check engine compartment wire harness RT21180920 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10...

Page 885: ...k whether the system is normal a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0715 or P0716 still exists 4 Check if TCU wire harness connector E 030 is short to power RT21180940 V...

Page 886: ...745 Second Speed Sensor Plausible ET21180100 TCU 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 2...

Page 887: ...verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the secondary speed sensor connector c Check if the secondary speed sensor connector is dirty oxidized loose or damaged DTC Cod...

Page 888: ...heck for continuity between the terminals 19 50 and 54 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground 2 Check TCU wire harness RT21180950 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9...

Page 889: ...gnostic tester check whether the system is normal a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0720 or P1745 still exists 4 Check if TCU wire harness connector E 030 is short to...

Page 890: ...TC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Engine wire harness check for looseness dirt and other fault b Transmission sensor check for da...

Page 891: ...r abnormality b Transmission system should be normal c Is the check result normal a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Is DTC P0730 still present...

Page 892: ...2 Intermediate Shaft Speed Sensor A Circuit Range ET21180110 TCU 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20...

Page 893: ...minated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the primary shaft speed sensor connector c Check if the primary shaft speed sensor connector is dirty oxidized loose or...

Page 894: ...0 c Check for continuity between the terminals 23 27 and 51 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground 2 Check TCU wire harness RT21180980 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7...

Page 895: ...gnostic tester check whether the system is normal a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0791 or P0792 still exists 4 Check if TCU wire harness connector E 030 is short to...

Page 896: ...E Reverse Clutch B Slippage DTC P0894 Transmission Component Slipping DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Detection Condition DTC Set Condition Possible Cause P0811 Drive Clutch A Slippage Start engine and ke...

Page 897: ...1 P081E P0894 a Use the diagnostic tester to read the data flow related to engine and transmission system for abnormality b Transmission system should be normal c Is the check result normal a Using X...

Page 898: ...0843 Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor A Circuit High ET21180120 TCU 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 1...

Page 899: ...ated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Di...

Page 900: ...r E 030 c Check for continuity between the terminals 10 11 and 8 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground 2 Check TCU wire harness RT21181010 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4...

Page 901: ...nostic tester check whether the system is normal a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0842 or P0843 still exists 4 Check if TCU wire harness connector E 030 is short to...

Page 902: ...8 Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor B Circuit High ET21180130 TCU 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 2...

Page 903: ...ed by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disc...

Page 904: ...r E 030 c Check for continuity between the terminals 12 13 and 36 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground 2 Check TCU wire harness RT21181040 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4...

Page 905: ...ostic tester check whether the system is normal a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0847 or P0848 still exists 4 Check if the TCU wire harness connector E 030 is short...

Page 906: ...RL RL R EF19 10A EF46 20A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 J2 J1 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4...

Page 907: ...Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC a...

Page 908: ...e d Check if the output voltage of the terminals J2 of connector E 066 is normal e Check if the output voltage of the terminals F16 of connector E 069 is normal 3 Check if TCU relay 12 operates normal...

Page 909: ...E 030 E 066 E 069 and E 076 c Check for continuity between the terminal 3 of connector E 030 and terminal J2 of connector E 066 RT21181090 V E 076 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 Replace fuse box NG 5...

Page 910: ...9 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 E 069 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F2...

Page 911: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 18 QR019CHB CVT 18 77 18 DTC P0900 Clutch Actuator Circuit Open DTC P0902 Clutch Actuator Circuit Low DTC P0903 Clutch Actuator Circuit High...

Page 912: ...A9 A10 J2 J1 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50...

Page 913: ...nt DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the transmission wire harness connector c Check i...

Page 914: ...s 3 and 32 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground Repair fault NG 2 Check engine compartment wire harness OK RT21181130 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1...

Page 915: ...431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0900 P0902 or P0903 still exists 4 Check if transmission wire harness connector E 030 is short to power RT21181150 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35...

Page 916: ...tomobile Co Ltd 18 QR019CHB CVT 18 82 18 DTC P0928 Gear Shift Lock Solenoid Control Circuit Open DTC P0930 Gear Shift Lock Solenoid Control Circuit Low DTC P0931 Gear Shift Lock Solenoid Control Circu...

Page 917: ...MAND GEAR SHIFT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 B 004 B 054 E 029 B 054 E 029 E 030 B E 030 1 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 W B 004 W B 054 BATTERY TCU RELAY ERLY12 A2 J2 F16 85 30 86...

Page 918: ...nosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the gear selector connector c Check if the gear selector connector is dirty...

Page 919: ...erminal F16 of connector E 069 Repair fault NG 2 Check engine compartment wire harness OK RT21181100 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48...

Page 920: ...29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 E 076 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 RT2...

Page 921: ...he wire harness connector E 030 c Check for continuity between terminal 30 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground 3 Check body wire harness RT21181170 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18...

Page 922: ...ort to power a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0928 P0930 or P0931 still exists 5 Check if transmission wire harness connector E 030 is short to power RT21181190 E 03...

Page 923: ...Circuit Low DTC P0940 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit High ET21180170 TCU 47 20 GR V 1 2 OIL TEMP OIL TEMP GND 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44...

Page 924: ...r to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the transmission wire harness conn...

Page 925: ...ween terminals 20 and 47 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground 2 Check engine compartment wire harness RT21181200 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14...

Page 926: ...Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0938 P0939 or P0940 still exists 4 Check if transmission wire harness connector E 030 is short to power RT21181220 E 030 29 30 31 32 3...

Page 927: ...Ltd 18 QR019CHB CVT 18 93 18 QR019CHB CVT DTC P0960 Pressure Control Solenoid A Control Circuit Open DTC P0962 Pressure Control Solenoid A Control Circuit Low DTC P0963 Pressure Control Solenoid A Co...

Page 928: ...F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 1...

Page 929: ...C Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the transmission wire harness connector DTC Code DTC D...

Page 930: ...nnector E 030 c Check for continuity between terminals 3 and 35 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground Repair fault NG 2 Check engine compartment wire harness OK RT21181230 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34...

Page 931: ...31 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0960 P0962 or P0963 still exists 4 Check if transmission wire harness connector E 030 is short to power RT21181250 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 3...

Page 932: ...bile Co Ltd 18 QR019CHB CVT 18 98 18 DTC P0964 Pressure Control Solenoid B Control Circuit Open DTC P0966 Pressure Control Solenoid B Control Circuit Low DTC P0967 Pressure Control Solenoid B Control...

Page 933: ...A7 A8 A9 A10 J2 J1 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48...

Page 934: ...nt DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the wire harness connector DTC Code DTC Definitio...

Page 935: ...connector E 030 c Check for continuity between terminals 3 and 34 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground Repair fault NG 2 Check engine compartment wire harness OK RT21181260 E 030 29 30 31 32 33...

Page 936: ...31 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0964 P0966 or P0967 still exists 4 Check if transmission wire harness connector E 030 is short to power RT21181280 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 3...

Page 937: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 18 QR019CHB CVT 18 103 18 DTC P0970 Pressure Control Solenoid C Control Circuit Low DTC P0971 Pressure Control Solenoid C Control Circuit High...

Page 938: ...A7 A8 A9 A10 J2 J1 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48...

Page 939: ...rmittent Please refer to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the transmissi...

Page 940: ...tween terminals 33 and 3 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground 2 Check engine compartment wire harness RT21181290 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14...

Page 941: ...to power a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0970 or P0971 still exists 4 Check if transmission wire harness connector E 030 is short to power RT21181310 E 030 29 30 31...

Page 942: ...TC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Transmission wire harness connector check for looseness dirt and other fault b Transmission wir...

Page 943: ...ssion system oil pressure sensor for abnormality b Transmission system should be normal c Is the check result normal a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Refer to DTC Confirmation Pro...

Page 944: ...rain ATF After draining replace the drain bolt gasket and tighten the bolt Tightening torque 29 34 N m Filling 1 Add new ATF along the oil dipstick pipe filling quantity is equal to that of the draine...

Page 945: ...nd and pull the parking brake lever 3 Start engine to make it run at idle speed and then fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever for five times at each gear Finally place the lever at P...

Page 946: ...l 1 to install the differential oil seal 2 to transmission 3 3 Other installation steps are in the reverse order of removal CAUTION After the oil seal is removed use a new one during installation 2 1...

Page 947: ...te tools to plug the transmission fluid pipes after removing them to prevent transmission fluid leakage 5 Remove the transmission fluid cooler fixing bolts and remove the transmission fluid cooler Tig...

Page 948: ...sconnect the primary shaft speed sensor wire harness connector 6 Remove the fixing bolt 1 of the primary shaft speed sensor and take out the primary shaft speed sensor 2 Tightening torque 10 12 N m In...

Page 949: ...nsor wire harness connector arrow 5 Remove the fixing bolt 1 of the secondary shaft speed sensor and take out the secondary shaft speed sensor 2 Tightening torque 10 12 N m Installation Installation i...

Page 950: ...Disconnect the turbine speed sensor wire harness connector arrow 6 Remove the fixing bolt 2 of the turbine speed sensor and take out the turbine speed sensor 1 Tightening torque 10 12 N m Installatio...

Page 951: ...the wire harness connector of the primary shaft pressure sensor 6 Remove the primary shaft pressure sensor 1 Tightening torque 15 22 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal R...

Page 952: ...wire harness connector of the secondary shaft pressure sensor arrow 5 Remove the secondary shaft pressure sensor 1 Tightening torque 15 22 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse order of remo...

Page 953: ...the emergency unlock hole 2 and press the mechanical key to hold down the emergency unlock switch and move the shift lever 1 to the N neutral position to release the shift lock 6 Remove the gear shif...

Page 954: ...que 10 12 N m 12 Take out the transmission range sensor 4 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21180470 1 3 4 2 CAUTION After the spring gasket of the gear shift arm is remov...

Page 955: ...ing torque 10 12 N m HINT When removing the valve body do not damage the joint surface of the transmission case Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal 1 RT21180480 CAUTION Before...

Page 956: ...y bracket See page 16 7 4 Disconnect the wire harness connector of the transmission solenoid as shown in the illustration 5 Use a proper tool to remove the transmission solenoid wire harness assembly...

Page 957: ...m 13 Remove the valve body 1 steel ball 3 and drive lever 2 14 Remove the transmission fluid temperature sensor 1 from the valve body 15 Remove the wire harness bracket fixing bolt 2 16 Remove the sol...

Page 958: ...e and clean it up Keep the installation parts clean and avoid foreign matter entering the transmission During installation apply automatic transmission fluid on the O ring of solenoid wire harness ass...

Page 959: ...e emergency unlock switch and move the shift lever 1 to the N neutral position to release the shift lock 5 Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly See page 45 9 6 Disconnect the gear shift contro...

Page 960: ...18 QR019CHB CVT 18 126 18 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION After installation inspect the gear shift lever for gear shift positions Adjust the gear shift cable as n...

Page 961: ...1 to the N neutral position to release the shift lock 5 Disconnect the transmission gear shift cable from the gear shift control mechanism See page 18 125 6 Remove the air filter See page 10 17 7 Remo...

Page 962: ...bolts from the vehicle body Tightening torque 8 10 N m 10 Take out the gear shift cable Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21180610 CAUTION After installation inspect the g...

Page 963: ...2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the TCU and ECM connector protective cover 4 Disconnect the TCU and ECM connector 5 Remove the TCU mounting bracket 6 Remove the TCU fixing bolts arrow...

Page 964: ...r See page 06 249 10 Disconnect the primary shaft pressure sensor wire harness connector arrow 11 Disconnect the wire harness connectors on the transmission Transmission range sensor connector Transmi...

Page 965: ...transmission See page 18 127 13 Remove the transmission fluid coolant hose clamps arrow and detach the hoses 14 Use engine equalizer to fix the engine assembly 15 Remove the engine front rear and left...

Page 966: ...e section of U slot to lock the crankshaft bolts Remove 4 connecting bolts of the flywheel and torque converter Tightening torque 50 60 N m HINT The crankshaft should rotate clockwise viewing from the...

Page 967: ...Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21180740 2 1 RT21180750 RT21180760 CAUTION Turn crankshaft clockwise from the front of engine When installing torque converter temporaril...

Page 968: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 18 134...

Page 969: ...VEHICLE SERVICE 19 8 Clutch Switch 19 8 Removal 19 8 Inspection 19 8 Installation 19 8 Clutch Pedal 19 9 Removal 19 9 Installation 19 9 Clutch Master Cylinder Assembly 19 10 Removal 19 10 Installatio...

Page 970: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 19 2 19...

Page 971: ...INFORMATION Description 1 Clutch Switch 2 Clutch Pedal Assembly 3 Clutch Master Cylinder with Inlet Hose Assembly 4 Pipe Assembly I 5 Bracket I 6 Hose Assembly 7 Bracket II 8 Pipe Assembly II 9 Clutc...

Page 972: ...ile Co Ltd 19 CLUTCH 19 4 19 1 Flywheel 2 Clutch Driven Disc 3 Clutch Pressure Plate 4 Release Bearing 5 Release Bearing Clip 6 Clutch Release Fork 7 Release Fork Ball Seat 8 Dust Boot RT21190020 2 3...

Page 973: ...until it reaches the fulcrum This operation makes pressure plate move backward thus releasing clamping force from clutch driven disc Clutch master cylinder consists of piston cylinder block push rod a...

Page 974: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 19 CLUTCH 19 6 19 Tools Special Tool General Tools Clutch Pressure Plate Installer RCH0000018 Vernier Caliper Digital Multimeter RCH0000019 RCH0000002...

Page 975: ...sc torsion spring damaged 19 14 Clutch driven disc glazed 19 14 Diaphragm spring tip is out of alignment 19 14 Clutch is noisy Clutch release bearing worn dirty or damaged 19 14 Clutch driven disc tor...

Page 976: ...y cable 3 Remove the clutch switch a Disconnect the clutch switch connector 1 and remove the clutch switch 2 Inspection Check for continuity between terminals when clutch switch is turned on or off In...

Page 977: ...1 pull out the center pin 2 and disconnect the clutch master cylinder push rod 3 from clutch pedal b Remove 3 nuts arrow from clutch Tightening torque for nut 25 2 N m c Remove the clutch pedal Instal...

Page 978: ...the fork retainer 1 and pull out the center pin 2 WARNING Brake fluid in master cylinder is harmful to your skin be sure to wear protective gloves before operation Once brake fluid contacts with your...

Page 979: ...arrow from clutch master cylinder Tightening torque 25 2 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21190110 CAUTION Add brake fluid to MAX Perform bleeding procedure for hydr...

Page 980: ...nd then remove the clutch release cylinder Tightening torque 22 2 N m WARNING Brake fluid in release cylinder is harmful to your skin be sure to wear protective gloves before operation Once brake flui...

Page 981: ...t of pipe assembly II to the clutch release cylinder assembly first then tighten it after installation Be sure to align the push rod of clutch release cylinder assembly with hole in transmission case...

Page 982: ...the clutch pressure plate bolts 7 Remove the clutch pressure plate and clutch driven disc Inspection 1 Check clutch driven disc a Visually check clutch driven disc for dirt or glazing Clean or replace...

Page 983: ...smoothly by rotating the sliding part of bearing the side contacting with clutch Replace release bearing assembly if necessary Installation 1 Insert a special tool into the clutch driven disc and ins...

Page 984: ...f hose into the clear container which is full of new brake fluid 1 2 RT21190170 WARNING Brake fluid is harmful to your skin be sure to wear protective gloves before operation Once brake fluid contacts...

Page 985: ...he hydraulic clutch system any more 11 Tighten the discharge port then remove the discharge hose and replace the discharge port dust cover 12 Check the brake fluid level add DOT4 brake fluid up to MAX...

Page 986: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 19 18...

Page 987: ...scription 20 3 Operation 20 4 Specifications 20 4 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 20 5 Drive Shaft Assembly 20 5 Removal 20 5 Installation 20 7 Inner Ball Cage 20 8 Disassembly 20 8 Inspection 20 9 Assembly 20 10...

Page 988: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 20 2 20...

Page 989: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 20 DRIVE SHAFT 20 3 20 DRIVE SHAFT GENERAL INFORMATION Description RT21200010 1 2 3 4 5 6 12 13 14 7 8 9 10 11...

Page 990: ...the wheels to run vehicle Specifications Torque Specifications 1 Nut 2 Outer Ball Cage 3 Outer Dust Boot Clamp 4 Outer Dust Boot 5 Outer Dust Boot Clamp 6 Right Drive Shaft 7 Left Drive Shaft 8 Inner...

Page 991: ...witch 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the front wheel See page 24 9 4 Drain the transmission oil See page 17 14 5 Remove the fixing nut from front axle left drive shaft a Using a nut...

Page 992: ...b Remove the coupling bolt arrow between front left wheel speed sensor and front left steering knuckle assembly and disengage the front left wheel speed sensor carefully Tightening torque 10 1 N m c R...

Page 993: ...erse order of removal RT21200030 CAUTION DO NOT damage the constant velocity universal joint dust boot DO NOT use excessive force to pull the drive shaft to prevent the constant velocity universal joi...

Page 994: ...t assembly See page 20 5 2 Remove the inner ball cage dust boot clamp a Using needle nose pliers remove the inner ball cage dust boot clamps 3 Remove the inner ball cage a Separate the dust boot from...

Page 995: ...pod and drive shaft and remove the tripod 5 Remove the dust boot a Wrap tape on the spline of drive shaft and remove the dust boot Inspection 1 Check if spline of drive shaft is in good condition If i...

Page 996: ...ery Automobile Co Ltd 20 DRIVE SHAFT 20 10 20 Assembly Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly CAUTION Refill grease during assembly Operate carefully to prevent the dust boot from being damag...

Page 997: ...p and remove the outer ball cage dust boot outer clamp 3 Remove the outer ball cage dust boot inner clamp a Using a screwdriver pry out the striker of outer ball cage dust boot inner clamp and remove...

Page 998: ...r ball cage dust boot a Wrap tape on the spline of drive shaft and remove the dust boot b Remove the tape Inspection 1 Check if spline of drive shaft is in good condition If it is deformed or damaged...

Page 999: ...Tools 21 5 DIAGNOSIS TESTING 21 6 Differential Gear Clearance Inspection 21 6 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 21 7 Driven Gear of Final Drive 21 7 Removal 21 7 Installation 21 7 Differential Bearing 21 8 Removal...

Page 1000: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 21 2 21...

Page 1001: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 21 DIFFERENTIAL 21 3 21 DIFFERENTIAL GENERAL INFORMATION Description 8 7 6 5 14 1 2 3 4 RT21210010 9 10 11 12 13 8...

Page 1002: ...difference between outside and inside wheels via drive shaft when turning It forces the planetary gears to rotate thus allowing the inside and outside wheels to spin at two different speeds in order t...

Page 1003: ...e Co Ltd 21 DIFFERENTIAL 21 5 21 Tools Special Tools General Tools Bearing Remover Punch RCH0000011 RCH0000015 Hydraulic Press Dial Indicator and Magnetic Holder RCH0000012 RCH0000023 0 10 20 3 0 4 0...

Page 1004: ...ntial 2 Check the clearance of differential drive shaft gear 2 with the dial indicator 1 Gear clearance 0 025 0 150 mm 2 1 RT21210020 CAUTION If the clearance is not as specified replace and adjust th...

Page 1005: ...rive Removal 1 Remove the differential See page 17 22 2 Hold the differential in a vise 3 Remove the final drive driven gear bolts Tightening torque 111 118 N m Installation Installation is in the rev...

Page 1006: ...ferential Bearing Removal 1 Remove the differential See page 17 22 2 Remove the differential bearing a Using a hydraulic press 1 separate the bearing 2 from the differential Installation 1 Install the...

Page 1007: ...stallation is in the reverse order of removal Differential Parts Inspection 1 Clean all the components 2 Check the following components for wear Driven gear of final drive Planetary gear washer Drive...

Page 1008: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 21 10...

Page 1009: ...9 Front Hub Assembly 22 9 Removal 22 9 Installation 22 11 Front Steering Knuckle 22 12 Removal 22 12 Installation 22 13 Side Rail Welding Assembly 22 14 Removal 22 14 Installation 22 16 Front Sub Fra...

Page 1010: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 22 2 22...

Page 1011: ...onnecting Rod Assembly 6 Front Left Control Arm Assembly 7 Front Control Arm Ball Pin Assembly Locking Nut 8 Front control Arm Ball Pin Lock Pin 9 Front Left Control Arm Ball Pin Assembly 10 Front Rub...

Page 1012: ...rame Welding Assembly 3 Rear Suspension Upper Left Swing Arm Assembly 4 Rear Left Connecting Rod Assembly 5 Rear Suspension Lower Left Swing Arm Assembly 6 Rear Stabilizer Bar 7 Rear Stabilizer Bar Ru...

Page 1013: ...0 1 Coupling Bolt Between Rear Mounting Cushion Assembly and Rear Mounting Bracket 70 5 Coupling Nut Between Rear Mounting Cushion Assembly and Rear Mounting Bracket 70 5 Coupling Bolt Between Front M...

Page 1014: ...Between Rear Suspension Upper Swing Arm Assembly and Rear Sub Frame Assembly 120 10 Coupling Bolt Between Rear Suspension Lower Swing Arm Assembly and Rear Sub Frame Assembly 120 10 Coupling Nut Betwe...

Page 1015: ...22 AXLE 22 7 22 General Tools Dial Indicator and Magnetic Holder Transmission Carrier Hydraulic Press Bearing Remover Engine Equalizer RCH0000023 0 10 20 3 0 4 0 50 60 70 80 9 0 RCH0000005 RCH0000012...

Page 1016: ...r worn 22 9 Rear hub bearing loose or worn 22 19 Steering gear misaligned or damaged 29 23 Suspension component worn 23 12 Front wheel shimmy Tire worn or improperly inflated 24 7 Wheel imbalanced 24...

Page 1017: ...the front drive shaft assembly locking nut arrow while applying the brakes securely Tightening torque 300 20 N m WARNING Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents Check if safety...

Page 1018: ...steering knuckle assembly Tightening torque 70 75 N m b Remove the front left mudguard arrow and front left hub assembly 1 6 Remove the front left hub bearing a Place front left hub assembly on a hydr...

Page 1019: ...ove the front left hub bearing Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21220100 CAUTION Always tighten coupling bolts and nut to the specified torque Check that hub assembly tur...

Page 1020: ...ween front left wheel speed sensor and front left steering knuckle assembly and disengage the front left wheel speed sensor carefully Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the locking nut arrow between...

Page 1021: ...steering knuckle assembly Tightening torque 120 12 N m e Remove 2 coupling bolts and nuts arrow between front left shock absorber assembly and front left steering knuckle assembly Tightening torque 18...

Page 1022: ...1 N m d Remove the coupling bolt and nut arrow between rear mounting cushion assembly and rear mounting bracket Tightening torque 70 5 N m WARNING Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to preven...

Page 1023: ...side rail welding assembly and body Tightening torque 80 6 N m g Remove 2 coupling bolts arrow between side rail welding assembly and front mounting cushion assembly Tightening torque 70 5 N m h Remov...

Page 1024: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 22 AXLE 22 16 22 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Always tighten coupling bolts and nuts to the specified torque...

Page 1025: ...il welding assembly and rear mounting cushion assembly Tightening torque 70 5 N m d Remove 2 coupling bolts arrow between front sub frame welding assembly and steering gear assembly Tightening torque...

Page 1026: ...rear part of front sub frame welding assembly and body Tightening torque 180 10 N m g Support the front sub frame welding assembly with a transmission carrier and carefully remove it Installation Ins...

Page 1027: ...oupling bolt arrow between rear left wheel speed sensor and rear left hub bearing unit and disengage the rear left wheel speed sensor Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove 4 coupling nuts arrow between...

Page 1028: ...suspension lower left swing arm assembly and rear sub frame assembly Use the same procedure to remove the right side Tightening torque 120 10 N m c Remove 2 coupling bolts and 2 coupling nuts arrow be...

Page 1029: ...Ltd 22 AXLE 22 21 22 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Always tighten the coupling bolts and nuts to the specified torque Check and adjust the rear wheel alignment...

Page 1030: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 22 22...

Page 1031: ...ock Absorber Assembly 23 29 Removal 23 30 Inspection 23 32 Installation 23 32 Disposal 23 33 Rear Coil Spring 23 34 Removal 23 34 Inspection 23 36 Installation 23 36 Rear Suspension Upper Swing Arm As...

Page 1032: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 23 2 23...

Page 1033: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 23 SUSPENSION 23 3 23 SUSPENSION GENERAL INFORMATION Description Front Suspension 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 10 3 4 6 11 1 9 8 2 14 15 12 13 16 RT21230010 5 7...

Page 1034: ...frame is connected to body with bolts thus improving driving stability and safety 1 Front Right Link Assembly 2 Front Stabilizer Bar 3 Front Stabilizer Clamp 4 Front Stabilizer Bar Rubber Support 5 F...

Page 1035: ...bilizer Bar Rubber Support 8 Rear Stabilizer Clamp 9 Rear Right Stabilizer Link Assembly 10 Rear Suspension Lower Right Swing Arm Assembly 11 Rear Right Trailing Arm Assembly 12 Bush Rubber 13 Rubber...

Page 1036: ...ont Shock Absorber Assembly Locking Nut 82 5 Coupling Nut Between Front Control Arm Assembly Ball Pin and Front Steering Knuckle Assembly 120 12 Coupling Bolt Between Front Part of Front Control Arm A...

Page 1037: ...Lower Swing Arm Assembly and Rear Trailing Arm Assembly 120 10 Coupling Nut Between Rear Suspension Lower Swing Arm Assembly and Rear Trailing Arm Assembly 120 10 Coupling Bolt Between Rear Suspensio...

Page 1038: ...ing Bracket and Rear Trailing Arm Assembly 23 2 Coupling Bolt Between Rear Trailing Arm Assembly and Mounting Bracket 120 10 Coupling Nut Between Rear Trailing Arm Assembly and Mounting Bracket 120 10...

Page 1039: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 23 SUSPENSION 23 9 23 Tools Special Tool General Tools Spring Compressor RCH0000021 Transmission Carrier Engine Equalizer RCH0000005 RCH0000026...

Page 1040: ...aded Front coil spring too soft 23 15 Front shock absorber assembly worn or damaged 23 12 Front suspension components excessively worn or deformed 23 12 Sways pitches Front tire worn or improperly inf...

Page 1041: ...sion components excessively worn or deformed 23 29 Sways pitches Rear tire worn or improperly inflated 24 7 Rear stabilizer bar bent or broken 23 43 Rear shock absorber assembly worn or deformed 23 29...

Page 1042: ...Shock Absorber Upper Cover 2 Locking Nut 3 Front Shock Absorber Cushion 4 Connecting Bracket Assembly 5 Bearing Washer 6 Front Spring Upper Tray 7 Dust Boot 8 Front Buffer Block 9 Front Coil Spring 1...

Page 1043: ...h volatilization so we can judge it as minor leaks This is a normal phenomenon and it is not necessary to replace the shock absorber assembly c If following conditions occur Oil traces in circumferent...

Page 1044: ...t left brake hose assembly arrow from the front left shock absorber assembly c Remove 2 coupling bolts and nuts arrow between front left shock absorber assembly and front left steering knuckle assembl...

Page 1045: ...pper cover a Remove the front shock absorber upper cover arrow from front left shock absorber assembly 3 Remove the locking nut from front shock absorber assembly a Install the spring compressor 1 and...

Page 1046: ...que 82 5 N m 4 Remove the connecting bracket assembly a Remove the connecting bracket assembly arrow from upper part of front left shock absorber assembly 5 Remove the bearing washer a Remove the bear...

Page 1047: ...ft shock absorber assembly b Slowly loosen the spring compressor and carefully remove the front left coil spring 9 Remove the front buffer block a Detach and remove the front buffer block arrow from f...

Page 1048: ...sorber upper cover front shock absorber cushion bearing washer dust boot front buffer block and front spring lower cushion for cracks wear or deformation Replace as necessary b Check connecting bracke...

Page 1049: ...dle the front shock absorber assembly properly after discharging the gas WARNING Shock absorber assembly contains nitrogen and oil which are under negative pressure Before handling be sure to wear gog...

Page 1050: ...n front part of front left control arm assembly and front sub frame welding assembly Tightening torque 180 10 N m CAUTION Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents Make sure that...

Page 1051: ...N m d Remove the front left control arm assembly with ball pin Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21230210 CAUTION Always tighten coupling bolts and nuts to the specified t...

Page 1052: ...rrow between front left control arm ball pin assembly and front left control arm assembly Tightening torque 150 10 N m CAUTION Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents Make sure...

Page 1053: ...arm assembly ball pin boot for wear cracks deformation damage or grease leakage Replace as necessary b Check if control arm assembly ball pin rotates smoothly Replace as necessary Installation Instal...

Page 1054: ...orque 45 5 N m c Remove 2 coupling bolts and nut arrow between side rail welding assembly and rear mounting cushion assembly Tightening torque 70 5 N m d Remove 2 coupling bolts arrow between front su...

Page 1055: ...ear part of front sub frame welding assembly and body Tightening torque 180 10 N m g Support the front sub frame welding assembly with front stabilizer bar assembly with a transmission carrier and low...

Page 1056: ...on 1 Check front stabilizer bar assembly a Check front stabilizer bar assembly fixing clamps for wear cracks deformation or damage Replace as necessary b Check front stabilizer bar assembly rubber sup...

Page 1057: ...n wrench and remove the coupling nut arrow between front left stabilizer link assembly and front left shock absorber assembly with a fixing wrench Tightening torque 45 5 N m c Remove the front left st...

Page 1058: ...3 28 23 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to tighten coupling nuts to specified torque Make sure that the end of front stabilizer link assembly rotates smoot...

Page 1059: ...rber Assembly 1 Rear Shock Absorber Assembly Fixing Nut 2 Rear Shock Absorber Insulator Shim 3 Rear Shock Absorber Upper Insulator 4 Rear Shock Absorber Insulator Sleeve 5 Rear Shock Absorber Lower In...

Page 1060: ...ift up the rear floor carpet remove the rear left shock absorber assembly service hole cover c Remove the coupling nut arrow between upper part of rear left shock absorber assembly and body Tightening...

Page 1061: ...left shock absorber insulator shim arrow e Remove the rear left shock absorber upper insulator arrow f Remove the rear left shock absorber insulator sleeve arrow g Remove the rear left shock absorber...

Page 1062: ...und during operation If there is any abnormality replace the rear shock absorber assembly with a new one 2 Check the other components of rear shock absorber assembly a Check rear shock absorber upper...

Page 1063: ...e rear shock absorber assembly c After discharging the gas inside the rear shock absorber assembly handle the rear shock absorber assembly properly RT21230360 A B CAUTION Be careful when drilling beca...

Page 1064: ...N m c Remove 2 coupling bolts arrow between rear left shock absorber assembly fixing bracket and rear left trailing arm assembly Tightening torque 80 8 N m d Remove the coupling bolt and nut arrow be...

Page 1065: ...Tightening torque 120 10 N m f Lower the transmission carrier slowly to the appropriate height and take off the rear coil spring arrow and rear spring upper cushion 1 carefully g Detach the rear buff...

Page 1066: ...ry b Check rear coil spring upper cushion rear cushion and rear rubber cushion assembly for dirt wear cracks deformation or damage Replace as necessary Installation Installation is in the reverse orde...

Page 1067: ...coupling bolt and nut arrow between upper part of rear suspension upper left swing arm assembly and rear sub frame assembly Tightening torque 120 10 N m c Remove the rear suspension upper left swing a...

Page 1068: ...2 coupling bolts arrow between rear left shock absorber assembly fixing bracket and rear left trailing arm assembly Tightening torque 80 8 N m c Remove the coupling bolt and nut arrow between lower pa...

Page 1069: ...eft swing arm assembly and rear sub frame assembly Tightening torque 120 10 N m e Remove the rear suspension lower left swing arm assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal...

Page 1070: ...upling bolts arrow between rear left shock absorber assembly fixing bracket and rear left trailing arm assembly Tightening torque 80 8 N m b Remove the coupling bolt and nut arrow between lower part o...

Page 1071: ...s arrow between rear left wheel speed sensor fixing bracket and rear left trailing arm assembly Tightening torque 23 2 N m e Remove the coupling bolt arrow between parking brake cable fixing bracket a...

Page 1072: ...eft trailing arm assembly and mounting bracket Tightening torque 120 10 N m h Remove the rear left trailing arm assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21230470 CAUTION...

Page 1073: ...removal procedure for the right side Tightening torque 16 2 N m CAUTION Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents Make sure that safety lock of lifter has been locked when removi...

Page 1074: ...bber support 2 and rear stabilizer bar assembly 3 Inspection 1 Check rear stabilizer bar assembly a Check rear stabilizer bar assembly fixing clamps for wear cracks deformation or damage Replace as ne...

Page 1075: ...nk assembly and rear stabilizer bar assembly Tightening torque 45 5 N m c Remove the rear left stabilizer link assembly Inspection 1 Check rear stabilizer link assembly a Check rear stabilizer link as...

Page 1076: ...3 46 23 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to tighten coupling nuts to specified torque Make sure that the end of rear stabilizer link assembly rotates smooth...

Page 1077: ...shock absorber assembly Steering gear and steering tie rod Drive shaft Front sub frame welding assembly Rear suspension lower swing arm assembly Rear sub frame assembly Rear trailing arm assembly Spec...

Page 1078: ...ning part as necessary 5 Check if shock absorber assembly operates normally 6 Check if tire pressure is within the specified range and adjust it to specified pressure as necessary Standard Inflation P...

Page 1079: ...vice perform inspection procedures referring to operating instructions for four wheel alignment device 2 Manual check a Park vehicle on level ground check if front tire pressure is within the specifie...

Page 1080: ...n the steering tie rod locking nut reinstall the elastic jacket snap ring Check if locking nut is tightened in place and if jacket position is correct Tightening torque 55 5 N m 4 After adjusting fron...

Page 1081: ...gpin caster and kingpin inclination are assured by design structure and cannot be adjusted If measured value is not within the specified range check if other components that connect to steering knuckl...

Page 1082: ...place the damaged or deformed components as necessary Adjustment 1 Make adjusting preparation for wheel alignment according to the requirement of tester 2 Loosen the coupling bolt arrow between rear s...

Page 1083: ...d Replace the damaged or deformed components as necessary Adjustment 1 Make adjusting preparation for wheel alignment according to the requirement of tester 2 Loosen the coupling bolts arrow between r...

Page 1084: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 23 54...

Page 1085: ...Identification 24 3 Specifications 24 4 DIAGNOSIS TESTING 24 5 Problem Symptoms Table 24 5 Inspection 24 5 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 24 7 Tire Replacement 24 7 Wheel 24 9 Removal 24 9 Installation 24 9 Whee...

Page 1086: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 24 2 24...

Page 1087: ...g the wheel bolts firstly pre tighten the bolts by hand and then tighten them to the specified torque with a torque wrench Do not apply grease to the wheel bolts Some bad driving habits will shorten t...

Page 1088: ...Tire Type Rim Type Tire Pressure Specifications of Cold Tire Description Torque N m Wheel Mounting Bolt 110 10 Description Parameter Tire Type 225 65 R17 102H Description Parameter Rim Type 17 7 J De...

Page 1089: ...shown in the illustration Symptom Suspected Area See page Wear on one side of tire Wheel alignment wrong 23 47 Wear on both sides of tire Tire pressure insufficient 24 4 Tire center wear Tire pressur...

Page 1090: ...row as shown in the illustration When tires are worn to the indicating mark replace them 5 Use tire pressure gauge to check if pressures of all tires including spare tire are normal Inflate tires to s...

Page 1091: ...or soak air cock in glycerin fluid and then using a tool to pull or press locating ring of air cock with force to pass it through the coke hole and install it into place it is possible to use soapy wa...

Page 1092: ...tire and rim for leakage 6 Using a dynamic balancer adjust the wheel balance See page 24 10 7 Install the wheel See page 24 9 Tightening torque 110 10 N m CAUTION Avoid scratching tires and rims when...

Page 1093: ...c Using a torque wrench tighten the wheel mounting bolts evenly to the specified torque in the order shown in the illustration Tightening torque 110 10 N m RT21240060 RT21240070 4 5 3 1 2 CAUTION DO...

Page 1094: ...r automatically and the wheel automatically brakes until it stops Do not open the protector before stopping Failure to do this may lead to accident 6 According to the measurement result corresponding...

Page 1095: ...patterns These effects can be reduced by rotating the tires at regular time Advantages of tire rotation Improving tread life Maintaining traction levels Maintaining smooth and quiet driveability Rota...

Page 1096: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 24 12...

Page 1097: ...04 25 21 C1004 00 25 21 C0020 04 25 26 C0031 00 25 30 C0031 09 25 30 C0031 11 25 30 C0031 12 25 30 C0031 13 25 30 C0031 29 25 30 C0034 00 25 36 C0034 09 25 36 C0034 11 25 36 C0034 12 25 36 C0034 13 2...

Page 1098: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 25 2 25...

Page 1099: ...hydraulic control module and electronic control module Wheel speed sensors each wheel has one sensor The primary purpose of ABS is to prevent wheels from being locked during sudden braking It has the...

Page 1100: ...The symptoms are as follows a If the electronic control module is malfunctioning fail safe function will be activated ABS system will not operate and ABS warning light will come on b After vehicle is...

Page 1101: ...ces the pressure to brake pedal the brake fluid of each wheel returns to master cylinder and the brake pressure decreases Description Definition Description Definition MC1 Brake Master Cylinder Circui...

Page 1102: ...l pressure to hydraulic control module In other words the normal open valve cuts off oil passage and the oil passage of normal close valve is open in order to reduce the wheel cylinder pressure At thi...

Page 1103: ...rs maintaining pressure state In other words the normal open valve cuts off oil passage and the normal close valve also cuts off the oil passage the wheel cylinder pressure is maintained Solenoid Valv...

Page 1104: ...valve opens oil passage and the normal close valve cuts off oil passage in order to increase the wheel cylinder pressure Brake fluid stored in the low pressure accumulator is supplied to each wheel c...

Page 1105: ...Wheel Mounting Bolt 110 10 Brake Pipe Coupling Plug 16 2 ABS Control Module Assembly Mounting Bracket Fixing Bolt 23 2 ABS Control Module Assembly Mounting Bracket Fixing Nut 23 2 ABS Control Module...

Page 1106: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 25 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM 25 10 25 Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 1107: ...MENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX GR R RL O OB R L L 17 CAN L1 CAN H1 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1 38 25 F1 F2 F3 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14...

Page 1108: ...4 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53...

Page 1109: ...GW VB V 9 20 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2 1 2 1 ABS CONTROL MODULE 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1...

Page 1110: ...N ABS warning light does not come on ABS fuse 51 34 Wire harness or connector ABS control module assembly 25 71 Instrument cluster 38 42 ABS warning light remains on ABS fuse 51 34 Wire harness or con...

Page 1111: ...unction conditions and read DTCs again NEXT NEXT For current DTC go to step 7 For history DTC go to step 8 DTC occurs No DTC 6 Problem repair no DTC then go to step 9 7 Troubleshoot according to Diagn...

Page 1112: ...ult in braking performance decreasing drift long braking distance etc HINT ABS interrupted due to no power supply or power supply abnormality will cause the ABS warning light remains on without storin...

Page 1113: ...ed reinstall the ABS control module assembly to original vehicle If multiple trouble codes were set refer to the circuit diagrams to look for any common ground circuit or power supply circuit applied...

Page 1114: ...23 5 24 6 25 Battery Power Supply Valve Relay 7 26 CAN H 8 Front Left Wheel Speed Sensor Signal 27 9 28 Power Supply Ignition Switch 10 29 Rear Right Wheel Speed Sensor Signal 11 30 Brake Light Switch...

Page 1115: ...C0031 13 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor C0031 29 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor C0034 00 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor C0034 09 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor C0034 11 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor C...

Page 1116: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 25 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM 25 20 25 C1000 16 ECU Voltage Supply C1000 17 ECU Voltage Supply C1001 04 ECU C1009 00 ECU Hardware Related DTC Code DTC Definition...

Page 1117: ...Left Front Outlet Control DTC C0014 04 Right Front Inlet Control DTC C0015 04 Right Front Outlet Control DTC C0018 04 Left Rear Inlet Control DTC C0019 04 Left Rear Outlet Control DTC C001C 04 Right R...

Page 1118: ...25 ET21250040 BATTERY ABS CONTROL MODULE EF47 25A I1 25 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX R 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1 38 2...

Page 1119: ...olenoid valve but no feedback 5 Solenoid valve itself is malfunctioning 6 Valve set relay is malfunctioning Valve relay power supply is abnormal ABS control module assembly has poor ground connection...

Page 1120: ...pins are in good condition a Connect the negative battery cable b Turn ignition switch to LOCK c Disconnect the ABS control module assembly connector E 085 d Using a digital multimeter measure the vol...

Page 1121: ...Start the engine c Drive the vehicle at 15 km h or more read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with X 431 3G diagnostic tester d Check if the same DTC is output 5 Check wire harness and connec...

Page 1122: ...SYSTEM 25 26 25 DTC C0020 04 ABS Pump Motor Control ET21250050 BATTERY ABS CONTROL MODULE 1 MF01 40A R 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26...

Page 1123: ...ection 2 Return pump monitor still cannot detect the voltage signal after return pump motor relay operates for 60 ms 3 Return pump monitor detects the voltage for more than 2 5 s when return pump moto...

Page 1124: ...the negative battery cable b Turn ignition switch to LOCK c Disconnect the ABS control module assembly connector E 085 d Using a digital multimeter measure the voltage between ABS control module assem...

Page 1125: ...Start the engine c Drive the vehicle at 15 km h or more read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with X 431 3G diagnostic tester d Check if the same DTC is output 5 Check wire harness and connec...

Page 1126: ...e C0031 00 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Code C0031 09 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Code C0031 11 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Code C0031 12 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Code C0031 13 Left Front Wh...

Page 1127: ...5 28 MF01 40A EF34 20A EF36 10A ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX R RL R 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1 38 25 Gr E 074 Gr E 076...

Page 1128: ...re is connecting with the power supply wire in reverse Wheel speed sensor signal wire is short to ground Wheel speed sensor line is open connector is loose or broken Wheel speed sensor signal wire is...

Page 1129: ...vehicle straight ahead and read the data stream of front left wheel speed sensor with X 431 3G diagnostic tester c Check if the data change of front left wheel speed sensor matches the change of othe...

Page 1130: ...ort to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 5 Check wire harness and connector front left wheel speed sensor ABS control module assembly RT21250230 E 085 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2...

Page 1131: ...km h or more read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with X 431 3G diagnostic tester d Check if the same DTC is output RT21250250 E 085 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15...

Page 1132: ...0034 00 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Code C0034 09 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Code C0034 11 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Code C0034 12 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Code C0034 13 Right Front...

Page 1133: ...28 MF01 40A EF34 20A EF36 10A ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX R RL R 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1 38 25 Gr E 074 Gr E 076 A...

Page 1134: ...is connecting with the power supply wire in reverse Wheel speed sensor signal wire is short to ground Wheel speed sensor line is open connector is loose or broken Wheel speed sensor signal wire is sh...

Page 1135: ...icle straight ahead and read the data stream of front right wheel speed sensor with X 431 3G diagnostic tester c Check if the data change of front right wheel speed sensor matches the change of other...

Page 1136: ...hort to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 5 Check wire harness and connector front right wheel speed sensor ABS control module assembly RT21250260 E 085 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3...

Page 1137: ...m h or more read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with X 431 3G diagnostic tester d Check if the same DTC is output RT21250280 E 085 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15...

Page 1138: ...NTROL SYSTEM DTC C0037 00 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor DTC C0037 09 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor DTC C0037 11 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor DTC C0037 12 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor DTC C0037 13 Left R...

Page 1139: ...RTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX R RL R 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1 38 25 Gr E 074 Gr E 076 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 I2 I1 E 074 E...

Page 1140: ...wire is connecting with the power supply wire in reverse Wheel speed sensor signal wire is short to ground Wheel speed sensor line is open connector is loose or broken Wheel speed sensor signal wire...

Page 1141: ...he vehicle straight ahead and read the data stream of rear left wheel speed sensor with X 431 3G diagnostic tester c Check if the data change of rear left wheel speed sensor matches the change of othe...

Page 1142: ...open in the wire harness and connector according to the table below Standard Condition 5 Check wire harness and connector rear left wheel speed sensor ABS control module assembly RT21250290 E 085 13 1...

Page 1143: ...peed sensor is short to power supply according to the table below Standard Condition RT21250310 2 1 B 029 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 B 054 Multimeter Connection Terminal...

Page 1144: ...icle at 15 km h or more read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with X 431 3G diagnostic tester d Check if the same DTC is output Repair or replace wire harness and connector between rear left...

Page 1145: ...DTC C003A 00 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor DTC C003A 09 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor DTC C003A 11 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor DTC C003A 12 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor DTC C003A 13 Right Rear Whee...

Page 1146: ...ARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX R RL R 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1 38 25 Gr E 074 Gr E 076 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 I2 I1 E 074...

Page 1147: ...re is connecting with the power supply wire in reverse Wheel speed sensor signal wire is short to ground Wheel speed sensor line is open connector is loose or broken Wheel speed sensor signal wire is...

Page 1148: ...ehicle straight ahead and read the data stream of rear right wheel speed sensor with X 431 3G diagnostic tester c Check if the data change of rear right wheel speed sensor matches the change of other...

Page 1149: ...open in the wire harness and connector according to the table below Standard Condition 5 Check wire harness and connector rear right wheel speed sensor ABS control module assembly RT21250340 E 085 13...

Page 1150: ...speed sensor is short to power supply according to the table below Standard Condition RT21250360 2 1 B 009 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 B 054 Multimeter Connection Terminal...

Page 1151: ...cle at 15 km h or more read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with X 431 3G diagnostic tester d Check if the same DTC is output Repair or replace wire harness and connector between rear right...

Page 1152: ...SPEED SENSOR REAR LEFT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR REAR RIGHT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR R Br GY WY GR GW VB V GR GW VB V 9 20 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2 1 2 1 ABS CONTROL MODULE 13...

Page 1153: ...ring gear e Check the installation position of wheel speed sensor for dirt DTC Code DTC Definitions DTC Detection Conditions Possible Cause C006B 00 Stability System Active Too Long The DTC occurs wh...

Page 1154: ...sor connector E 060 and front right wheel speed sensor connector E 036 e Disconnect the rear left wheel speed sensor connector B 029 and rear right wheel speed sensor connector B 009 f Using a digital...

Page 1155: ...r E 085 and the terminal 1 of connector B 009 to check if there is an open in the rear right wheel speed sensor signal wire according to the table below Standard Condition RT21250400 E 085 13 12 11 10...

Page 1156: ...erminal 29 of connector E 085 and the terminal 2 of connector E 029 to check if there is an open in the rear right wheel speed sensor signal wire according to the table below Standard Condition RT2125...

Page 1157: ...the DTC b Start the engine c Drive the vehicle at 15 km h or more read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with X 431 3G diagnostic tester d Check if the same DTC is output RT21250460 2 1 B 009...

Page 1158: ...Supply ET21250110 ABS CONTROL MODULE IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START A10 28 EF34 20A EF36 10A ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX RL 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 3...

Page 1159: ...e harnesses are worn pierced pinched or partially broken DTC Code DTC Definitions DTC Detection Conditions Possible Cause C1000 16 ECU Voltage Supply These DTCs occur when any of the following conditi...

Page 1160: ...e between ABS control module assembly connector E 085 and body ground to check if the power supply circuit is normal according to the table below Standard Voltage Repair or replace ABS control module...

Page 1161: ...he engine c Drive the vehicle at 15 km h or more read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with X 431 3G diagnostic tester d Check if the same DTC is output 5 Check wire harness and connector ABS...

Page 1162: ...ET21250110 ABS CONTROL MODULE IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START A10 28 EF34 20A EF36 10A ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX RL 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33...

Page 1163: ...lated connector pins are in good condition DTC Code DTC Definitions DTC Detection Conditions Possible Cause C1001 04 ECU These DTCs occur when any of the following conditions is met 1 ABS control modu...

Page 1164: ...or E 085 and body ground to check if the system ground circuit is normal according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connector ABS control module assembly battery RT212504...

Page 1165: ...c tester to clear the DTC b Start the engine c Drive the vehicle at 15 km h or more read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with X 431 3G diagnostic tester d Check if the same DTC is output 5 R...

Page 1166: ...stem Otherwise low fluid level in the brake reservoir will cause additional air to enter the brake system Always check the brake fluid level at all times to ensure that brake fluid level in the brake...

Page 1167: ...coupling plugs arrow Tightening torque 16 2 N m WARNING When repairing ABS system first release the pressure of high pressure brake fluid in the accumulator to prevent the high pressure brake fluid f...

Page 1168: ...move the ABS control module assembly a Remove the coupling nuts arrow between the lower part of ABS control module assembly and mounting bracket Tightening torque 8 2 N m b Detach the rubber shock pad...

Page 1169: ...aulic control module and electronic control module As a unit they cannot be repaired or replaced individually When installing fixing bolts and screws be sure to tighten them to specified torque Perfor...

Page 1170: ...l speed sensor and front left steering knuckle assembly and disengage the front left wheel speed sensor carefully Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Detach the attachment part arrow of front left wheel spee...

Page 1171: ...ft wheel speed sensor wire harness cover arrow from body f Remove the front left wheel speed sensor Inspection 1 Check the front wheel speed sensor a Check front wheel speed sensor surface for breakag...

Page 1172: ...page 49 23 5 Remove the rear left wheel speed sensor a Remove the coupling bolt arrow between rear left wheel speed sensor and rear left hub bearing unit and disengage the rear left wheel speed senso...

Page 1173: ...harness connector arrow f Remove the rear left wheel speed sensor Inspection 1 Check the rear wheel speed sensor a Check rear wheel speed sensor surface for breakage dents or notch b Check rear wheel...

Page 1174: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 25 78...

Page 1175: ...m Booster with Brake Master Cylinder Assembly 26 19 On vehicle Inspection 26 19 Removal 26 20 Inspection 26 22 Installation 26 22 Brake Pedal Assembly 26 23 On vehicle Inspection 26 23 Removal 26 24 I...

Page 1176: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 26 2 26...

Page 1177: ...6 3 26 BRAKE GENERAL INFORMATION Description Front Disc Brake Assembly 1 Front Steering Knuckle 2 Front Wheel Mudguard 3 Front Hub Bearing 4 Front Hub Assembly 5 Front Brake Disc 6 Front Brake Caliper...

Page 1178: ...transmits the force to brake master cylinder assembly Hydraulic pressure produced in the brake master cylinder assembly is transmitted to ABS Hydraulic Control Unit HCU through brake tube and then di...

Page 1179: ...Caliper Assembly and Front Brake Hose Assembly 27 2 Coupling Bolt Between Front Brake Caliper Assembly and Front Steering Knuckle Assembly 100 10 Front Brake Disc Positioning Screw 10 1 Front Brake Ca...

Page 1180: ...IH Drum in hat Description Standard Thickness mm Minimum Thickness mm Maximum Runout mm Front Brake Disc 25 23 0 06 Front Brake Lining 9 2 2 Description Standard Thickness mm Minimum Thickness mm Maxi...

Page 1181: ...BRAKE 26 7 26 Tools Special Tool General Tools Brake Caliper Piston Pressing Tool RCH0000053 Dial Indicator and Magnetic Holder Vernier Caliper Digital Multimeter RCH0000023 0 10 20 3 0 4 0 50 60 70 8...

Page 1182: ...11 13 IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX 3 5 B Br 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 B I 007...

Page 1183: ...oose 26 41 Front brake disc scored 26 32 Rear brake disc scored 26 45 Excessive brake disc runout 26 41 Brake shoe stopper spring damaged 27 17 Brake shoe return tension spring damaged or elasticity i...

Page 1184: ...cracked or deformed 26 45 Front brake disc unevenly worn 26 32 Rear brake disc unevenly worn 26 45 Brake stuck Brake pedal free play minimum 26 23 Parking brake lever travel in need of adjustment 27 8...

Page 1185: ...new fluid as necessary HINT It is normal that brake fluid will become dark after being used for a period of time Do not mistake this for contamination CAUTION Use well sealed brake fluid DOT4 or equiv...

Page 1186: ...quickly Then release the brake pedal WARNING When bleeding brake system wear safety glasses Be careful when bleeding air as brake fluid at high pressure may spray out of bleeder plug CAUTION Before re...

Page 1187: ...cedures again for brake system as necessary 8 Have the vehicle tested to confirm that brake operates properly and pedal feel is correct Brake Fluid Replacement 1 Drain the brake fluid a Start the engi...

Page 1188: ...nges according to increasing or decreasing brake fluid level If result is not as specified replace brake fluid reservoir assembly d Add brake fluid to the MAX mark Removal 1 Drain the brake fluid See...

Page 1189: ...the brake fluid tube fixing clamp arrow and disengage the brake fluid tube from brake fluid reservoir assembly d Remove the brake fluid reservoir assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse o...

Page 1190: ...nly MT model CAUTION Remove the vacuum remained in vacuum booster before removing brake master cylinder assembly to avoid damaging brake master cylinder assembly and prevent booster from sucking in an...

Page 1191: ...r Tightening torque 21 25 N m e Carefully and vertically slide the brake master cylinder assembly out of vacuum booster f Remove the coupling bolt arrow between brake fluid reservoir assembly and brak...

Page 1192: ...r assembly piston If foreign matter adheres clean it off with a piece of clean cloth Then apply grease to entire outer edge contact surface of master cylinder piston Master cylinder should be handled...

Page 1193: ...replace the vacuum booster assembly Start engine Depress and hold pedal then stop engine Make sure that booster is airtight Depress and hold pedal for 30 seconds and check that pedal reserve distance...

Page 1194: ...e fluid reservoir assembly b Loosen the clutch hose fixing clamp arrow and disengage the clutch hose from brake fluid reservoir assembly for only MT model c Loosen 2 coupling plugs arrow between brake...

Page 1195: ...emove the locking pin arrow and pushrod pin 1 from vacuum booster pushrod and detach the brake pedal assembly f Remove 4 coupling nuts arrow between vacuum booster assembly and brake pedal assembly Ti...

Page 1196: ...and no airflow B from engine to vacuum booster If result is not as specified replace vacuum hose assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal B A RT21260220 CAUTION Make sure...

Page 1197: ...step and pedal position when it is released Standard brake pedal free play 1 9 mm 2 Adjust brake pedal free play a As shown in the illustration loosen the vacuum booster pushrod locking nut arrow and...

Page 1198: ...he specified value Removal 1 Remove the brake light switch assembly a Disconnect the brake light switch assembly wire harness connector arrow b Remove the brake light switch assembly by rotating it 90...

Page 1199: ...between vacuum booster assembly and brake pedal assembly Tightening torque 25 3 N m c Remove 2 coupling nuts arrow between brake pedal assembly and body Tightening torque 25 3 N m d Remove the brake p...

Page 1200: ...order of removal RT21260300 1 2 3 4 Multimeter Connection Switch Condition Specified Condition Terminal 1 Terminal 3 Brake pedal depressed switch pin released Continuity Terminal 2 Terminal 4 Brake p...

Page 1201: ...Pin Rubber Dust Boot 4 Front Disc Brake Cylinder 5 Front Disc Brake Piston Seal Ring 6 Front Disc Brake Piston 7 Front Disc Brake Piston Dust Boot 8 Front Disc Brake Caliper Fixing Bracket 9 Upper Sup...

Page 1202: ...d runout value and limit value Maximum runout for front brake disc 0 06 mm f If runout exceeds the maximum value replace the brake disc Removal HINT Use the same procedures for the right side and left...

Page 1203: ...100 10 N m c Remove the front left brake caliper assembly 4 Remove the front left brake disc a Remove 2 positioning screws arrow from front left brake disc and remove the front left brake disc Tighte...

Page 1204: ...g bracket and brake cylinder assembly b Detach the brake cylinder assembly and brake caliper fixing bracket 3 Remove the front brake caliper locating bolt guide pin w dust boot a Remove 2 brake calipe...

Page 1205: ...5 Remove the brake lining support gasket a Remove 2 brake lining support gaskets arrow from brake caliper fixing bracket 6 Remove the brake cylinder dust boot a Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped wi...

Page 1206: ...ged replace it If piston is stuck or bore is worn or corroded replace entire brake caliper assembly Use polishing cloth to remove small corrosion points inside the bore 2 Check brake caliper fixing br...

Page 1207: ...nor scratch or wear on brake disc surface is acceptable If severe scratch or deformation exists the brake disc must be replaced b Excessive wear of brake disc may cause poor contact between brake lini...

Page 1208: ...boot as shown in the illustration b Apply a light coat of grease to the entire outer circumference part contacting with the brake cylinder dust boot and front disc brake cylinder of front disc brake p...

Page 1209: ...Install the front brake lining a Securely install the inner brake lining and outer brake lining arrow onto the brake caliper fixing bracket Make sure they are clamped in place RT21260480 CAUTION Secur...

Page 1210: ...racket 7 Install the brake cylinder assembly a Using brake cylinder piston pressing tool slightly retract the brake cylinder piston both sides b Align the brake caliper locating bolts arrow with the g...

Page 1211: ...dal several times to secure the brake linings to brake disc in order to ensure safety after installing the brake linings and before moving vehicle Replace brake linings in pairs DO NOT replace it alon...

Page 1212: ...pipe Tightening torque 16 2 N m CAUTION Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents when repairing Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched during removal and instal...

Page 1213: ...lation is in the reverse order of removal RT21260510 RT21260330 CAUTION DO NOT allow brake fluid to be sprayed on your clothes or skin when removing brake hose as the brake fluid is corrosive CAUTION...

Page 1214: ...ining 4 Rear Disc Brake Caliper Fixing Bracket 5 Rear Disc Brake Piston Dust Boot 6 Rear Disc Brake Piston 7 Rear Disc Brake Piston Seal Ring 8 Rear Brake Cylinder 9 Brake Caliper Locating Bolt Guide...

Page 1215: ...ded runout value and limit value Maximum runout for front brake disc 0 06 mm f If the runout exceeds the maximum value replace the brake disc Removal HINT Use the same procedures for the right side an...

Page 1216: ...htening torque 10 1 N m Disassembly HINT Use the same procedures for the right side and left side Procedures listed below are for the left side CAUTION DO NOT allow brake fluid to be sprayed on your c...

Page 1217: ...r fixing bracket and brake cylinder assembly b Detach the brake cylinder assembly and brake caliper fixing bracket 3 Remove the rear brake caliper locating bolt guide pin w dust boot a Remove 2 brake...

Page 1218: ...etween rear disc brake piston and rear disc brake cylinder b Use compressed air 2 to carefully press out the piston from rear disc brake cylinder through the attachment hole c Clean the piston bore wi...

Page 1219: ...or deformation cracks worn and foreign matter which is difficult to remove c Install brake caliper guide pin and brake caliper guide pin rubber dust boot to brake caliper fixing bracket The brake cali...

Page 1220: ...inimum thickness 8 mm b If it is less than the minimum thickness due to wear of brake disc replace brake disc Assembly HINT Use the same procedures for the right side and left side Procedures listed b...

Page 1221: ...cylinder of the rear disc brake piston c Install the brake cylinder dust boot onto the rear disc brake piston 3 Install the brake cylinder dust boot a Install the rear disc brake piston to the rear di...

Page 1222: ...askets onto the brake caliper fixing bracket 5 Install the rear brake lining a Securely install the inner brake lining and outer brake lining arrow onto the brake caliper fixing bracket Make sure they...

Page 1223: ...ket 7 Install the brake cylinder assembly a Using brake cylinder piston pressing tool slightly retract the brake cylinder piston both sides b Align the brake caliper locating bolts arrow with the guid...

Page 1224: ...dal several times to secure the brake linings to brake disc in order to ensure safety after installing the brake linings and before moving vehicle Replace brake linings in pairs DO NOT replace it alon...

Page 1225: ...left brake hose assembly Tightening torque 20 2 N m CAUTION Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents when repairing Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched durin...

Page 1226: ...nd or damage brake tube DO NOT allow any foreign matter such as dirt and dust to enter brake tube from joint parts After removing brake line perform sealing treatment to prevent foreign matter from en...

Page 1227: ...SERVICE 27 8 Adjustment 27 8 Parking Brake Switch Assembly 27 9 On vehicle Inspection 27 9 Removal 27 9 Inspection 27 10 Installation 27 10 Parking Brake Control Mechanism Assembly 27 11 Removal 27 11...

Page 1228: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 27 2 27...

Page 1229: ...g Brake Assembly 1 Parking Brake Control Mechanism Assembly 2 Rear Right Parking Brake Cable Assembly 3 Rear Right Brake Assembly 4 Parking Brake Cable Fixing Clamp 5 Rear Left Parking Brake Cable Ass...

Page 1230: ...ifications Rear DIH Drum in hat Description Tightening Torque N m Wheel Mounting Bolt 110 10 Coupling Bolt Between Parking Brake Control Mechanism Assembly and Body 23 2 Coupling Bolt Between Parking...

Page 1231: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 27 PARKING BRAKE 27 5 27 Tools General Tools Digital Multimeter Vernier Caliper RCH0000002 RCH0000019...

Page 1232: ...23 10A RF06 6 11 13 IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START 3 5 B Br 18 BG BG 14 1 APPLIED RELEASED PARKING BRAKE SWITCH 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2...

Page 1233: ...ng brake control mechanism stroke incorrect 27 8 Parking brake shoe clearance incorrect 27 8 Parking brake shoe return tension spring damaged 27 15 Abnormal parking brake operation Parking brake shoe...

Page 1234: ...stuck for the brake shoe 6 Adjust the parking brake control mechanism stroke a Fully release the parking brake control mechanism b Rotate the parking brake control mechanism adjustment nut until the p...

Page 1235: ...ssembly 2 Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly See page 45 9 3 Remove the parking brake switch assembly a Disconnect the parking brake switch assembly wire harness connector arrow as shown in...

Page 1236: ...ssembly Inspection 1 Check parking brake switch assembly a Check parking brake switch assembly for wear or break Replace parking brake switch assembly as necessary b Check if parking brake switch asse...

Page 1237: ...l mechanism assembly to release the tension of parking brake cable assembly as shown in the illustration c Remove 4 coupling bolts arrow between parking brake control mechanism assembly and body Tight...

Page 1238: ...ure to check parking brake control mechanism stroke after installing parking brake control mechanism assembly Adjust parking brake control mechanism stroke to the proper position by adjusting parking...

Page 1239: ...ow of parking brake control mechanism assembly to release the tension of parking brake cable assembly as shown in the illustration c Disengage the parking brake rear cable assembly from two grooves ar...

Page 1240: ...INT Parking brake should be adjusted after replacing brake shoe or parking brake cable assembly Check if parking brake functions properly after adjustment is completed Fully pull up parking brake cont...

Page 1241: ...Boot 5 Parking Pulling Arm 6 Parking Push Rod 7 Left Parking Brake Shoe Lining 8 Compressed Spring Tie Rod 9 Brake Shoe Compressed Spring 10 Compressed Spring Seat 11 Brake Shoe Return Tension Spring...

Page 1242: ...Fully release the parking brake control mechanism b Remove the fixing clamp arrow and disengage the parking brake rear cable assembly from the fixing bracket c Disengage the parking brake rear cable a...

Page 1243: ...rs press brake shoe compressed spring and rotate compressed spring tie rod to remove the stopper spring sets arrow on both sides as shown in the illustration 2 Remove the brake shoe return tension spr...

Page 1244: ...nt mechanism assembly a Disengage the brake shoe linings on both sides and remove the clearance adjustment mechanism assembly as shown in the illustration 5 Remove the right brake shoe lining a Diseng...

Page 1245: ...e the parking pulling arm a Remove the parking pulling arm from the parking pulling arm dust boot as shown in the illustration 9 Remove the parking pulling arm dust boot a Disengage the parking pullin...

Page 1246: ...ximum value replace rear brake disc 3 Check other components a Check if brake shoe return tension spring upper is broken bent damaged or elasticity is weak Replace as necessary b Check if brake shoe r...

Page 1247: ...se parking brake control mechanism and check if rear wheels rotate freely If wheels are difficult to rotate freely repeat adjustment procedures After driving for a period of time parking brake control...

Page 1248: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 27 22...

Page 1249: ...SERVICE 28 10 Steering Wheel Assembly 28 10 Removal 28 10 Inspection 28 11 Installation 28 12 Combination Switch Cover 28 13 Removal 28 13 Inspection 28 14 Installation 28 15 Steering Column with Inte...

Page 1250: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 28 2 28...

Page 1251: ...ing Wheel Assembly Fixing Nut 3 Steering Wheel Assembly 4 Spiral Cable 5 Combination Switch Upper Cover 6 Wiper and Washer Combination Switch 7 Light Combination Switch 8 Steering Column with Intermed...

Page 1252: ...eering Wheel Assembly 4 Spiral Cable 5 Combination Switch Upper Cover 6 Wiper and Washer Combination Switch 7 Light Combination Switch 8 Steering Column 9 Combination Switch Lower Cover 10 EPS Control...

Page 1253: ...ing Bolt 25 3 Coupling Bolt Between Steering Column with Intermediate Shaft Assembly and Steering Gear Input Shaft 30 3 Coupling Bolt Between Electronic Power Steering Column with Intermediate Shaft A...

Page 1254: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 28 STEERING COLUMN 28 6 28 Tools Special Tool General Tool Steering Wheel Remover RCH0000014 Electric Drill RCH0000013...

Page 1255: ...ge Front axle hub bearing seriously worn 22 10 Intermediate shaft with universal joint assembly seriously worn 28 23 Ball pin assembly worn or loose 29 19 Steering tie rod assembly 29 21 Steering gear...

Page 1256: ...ing sound occurs when turning steering wheel while steering system is in operation Intermediate shaft with universal joint assembly 28 23 Control arm ball pin 23 22 Control arm 23 20 Steering gear ass...

Page 1257: ...returnability inspection should be performed during road test 1 Perform the slow turn and sharp turn test Check for deviation of steering wheel steering force required during left right turn and cent...

Page 1258: ...the steering wheel assembly fixing nut Tightening torque 35 3 N m b As shown in the illustration install the steering wheel remover and then tighten it with a wrench to loosen the steering wheel asse...

Page 1259: ...the steering wheel assembly if necessary 2 Check the spline in the steering wheel assembly for damage Replace the steering wheel assembly if necessary 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 x1000 H 20 40 60 80 100 120 140...

Page 1260: ...horn connector through the hole of steering wheel assembly and connect the steering wheel quick button connector Then align the matchmarks on steering wheel assembly and steering column assembly to i...

Page 1261: ...urn the steering wheel to left and remove the left side fixing screw arrow from the combination switch cover Tightening torque 2 0 5 N m b Turn the steering wheel to right and remove the right side fi...

Page 1262: ...teering column dust gasket and then remove the upper cover Inspection 1 Check the combination switch upper and lower covers for damage or deformation Replace the upper and lower covers if necessary 2...

Page 1263: ...ppermost position 2 Insert steering column lower cover from right side of ignition switch at an angle and then install the adjusting handle into the cover hole 3 After adjusting lower cover install up...

Page 1264: ...washer combination switch connector 2 b Loosen the combination switch clamp and pull the combination switch outward then disconnect the combination switch from the steering column to remove the combi...

Page 1265: ...e shaft assembly and steering gear input shaft Tightening torque 30 3 N m d Remove 2 fixing nuts arrow from the upper bracket of steering column assembly Tightening torque 25 3 N m e Remove 2 fixing b...

Page 1266: ...a Remove the ignition switch illumination light in the direction of arrow from the ignition switch lock body 3 Remove the ignition key cylinder a Turn the ignition switch key cylinder to ACC with key...

Page 1267: ...sary 2 Check steering column assembly for wear cracks or deformation and welding or correction is not allowed Replace the steering column assembly if necessary 3 Check steering column bearing for loos...

Page 1268: ...ration When the key is removed steering lock is locked when the key is inserted and ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON steering lock is unlocked Installation Installation is in the reverse order o...

Page 1269: ...and wiper and washer combination switch connector 2 b Loosen the combination switch clamp and pull the combination switch outward then disconnect the combination switch from the steering column to re...

Page 1270: ...nuts arrow from the upper bracket of steering column assembly and then remove the upper part of steering column Tightening torque 25 3 N m c Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from the lower bracket of stee...

Page 1271: ...r correction is not allowed Replace the steering column assembly if necessary 3 Check steering column bearing for looseness wear or sticking Replace the steering column assembly if necessary Assembly...

Page 1272: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 28 24...

Page 1273: ...mbly 29 10 Removal 29 10 Inspection 29 10 Installation 29 11 Steering Fluid Pipe 29 12 Removal 29 12 Inspection 29 16 Installation 29 16 Power Steering Pump Assembly 29 17 Removal 29 17 Disassembly 29...

Page 1274: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 29 2 29...

Page 1275: ...hery Automobile Co Ltd 29 HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING 29 3 29 HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING GENERAL INFORMATION Description RT21290010 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 7 20 21 23 24 22 19 11 12 15 16 18 17 13 10 1...

Page 1276: ...Ferrule connection is adopted between steel pipe and hose of high pressure fluid pipe assembly The Joint bolt and O ring are used between steel pipe and component and the hose and clamp are used betwe...

Page 1277: ...Fluid Return Pipe Bracket Nut 2 7 1 Fluid Return Pipe Bracket Bolt 3 7 1 Fluid Return Pipe Bracket Nut 4 7 1 High Pressure Fluid Pipe Joint Hollow Bolt 40 3 Cooling Pipe Bracket Nut 1 7 1 Cooling Pip...

Page 1278: ...ire unevenly worn deformed or wheel out of balance 24 7 Front wheel alignment wrong 23 50 Ball pin assembly worn or loose 29 19 Steering tie rod assembly worn or loose 29 21 Intermediate shaft twisted...

Page 1279: ...ns and repeat the operation several times to drain steering fluid in steering system Steering wheel turns heavily or steering effort is uneven Tire improperly inflated 24 7 Front wheel alignment wrong...

Page 1280: ...m dropping excessively and avoid air entering power steering pump assembly 4 If bubbles occur in steering fluid reservoir perform bleeding procedures Check that level is between MAX and MIN marks when...

Page 1281: ...ft and right to the limit positions do not stay at the limit positions more than 2 seconds Repeat several times to fully bleed air in system from the reservoir Observe the fluid level of fluid reservo...

Page 1282: ...ation Replace fluid reservoir if necessary 2 Check if there is contamination in steering fluid reservoir assembly Clean or replace if necessary WARNING Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to pr...

Page 1283: ...Ltd 29 HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING 29 11 29 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Install fluid suction pipe clamp and fluid return pipe clamp in place Never tap or hit t...

Page 1284: ...teering fluid reservoir and disconnect the connection between fluid suction pipe and steering fluid reservoir assembly b Remove the fluid suction pipe clamp arrow on the power steering pump assembly s...

Page 1285: ...mbly Tightening torque 40 3 N m b Remove the high pressure fluid pipe clamping bolt from the steering gear assembly Tightening torque 30 3 N m c Remove the high pressure fluid pipe bracket bolt 1 arro...

Page 1286: ...rom the steering gear assembly Tightening torque 30 3 N m b Remove the fluid return pipe bracket bolt 1 arrow Tightening torque 9 1 N m c Loosen the fluid return pipe 1 clamp and disconnect the fluid...

Page 1287: ...return pipe bracket nut 4 arrow Tightening torque 7 1 N m g Remove the fixing bolt arrow and remove the guide pipe Tightening torque 7 1 N m h Remove the fluid return pipe 2 carefully 6 Remove the coo...

Page 1288: ...que 7 1 N m e Remove the cooling pipe carefully Inspection 1 Check steering fluid pipe for cracks wear or blockage Replace steering fluid pipe assembly if necessary 2 Check steering fluid pipe joint a...

Page 1289: ...nect the connection between fluid suction pipe and power steering pump assembly c Remove 3 fixing bolts 1 2 and 3 from the steering pump bracket and the fixing bolt arrow from the idler pulley Tighten...

Page 1290: ...r blockage or damage and power steering pump bearing for looseness and abnormal noise Replace the power steering pump assembly if necessary 2 Check if power steering pump pulley is normal Replace the...

Page 1291: ...l pin separator 1 and tighten the ball pin separator bolt with a wrench 2 to separate the steering tie rod ball pin and steering knuckle assembly c Loosen the steering tie rod adjustment nut 1 and tur...

Page 1292: ...omobile Co Ltd 29 HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING 29 20 29 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION After installation it is necessary to perform wheel alignment procedure See pa...

Page 1293: ...ie rod boot clamping ring 1 and remove the steering tie rod boot c Using a wrench remove the steering tie rod ball pin arrow Inspection 1 Check steering tie rod boot for damage and clamp for normality...

Page 1294: ...IC ASSIST STEERING 29 22 29 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION It is necessary to apply thread seal gum to the ball pin It is necessary to fit the steering tie rod ba...

Page 1295: ...res listed below are for the left side WARNING Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents when servicing When removing and installing high temperature components and surrounding c...

Page 1296: ...he steering gear with tie rod assembly a Remove the high pressure fluid pipe clamping bolt 1 and fluid return pipe clamping bolt 2 from the steering gear assembly and disconnect the connectionsbetween...

Page 1297: ...teering gear assembly if necessary 2 Check if steering tie rod boot clamp and clamping ring are normal Replace if necessary to prevent water and micro dust from entering and causing parts failure prem...

Page 1298: ...rrow 3 Turn steering wheel left and right If sound is heard from steering gear assembly adjust the adjustment bolt until no clattering noise is heard when turning the steering wheel 4 Tighten the adju...

Page 1299: ...Ground Inspection 30 8 Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Chart 30 9 C1301 30 10 C1302 30 10 C1307 30 10 C1323 30 10 C1332 30 10 C1351 30 10 C1352 30 10 C1901 30 12 C1902 30 12 C1910 30 17 ON VEHICLE SERVICE...

Page 1300: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 30 2 30...

Page 1301: ...steering wheel thus improving the operation convenience and driving safety 1 Right Steering Tie Rod Ball Pin 2 Tie Rod Ball Pin Locking Nut 3 Tie Rod Dust Boot Clamp 4 Right Steering Tie Rod Dust Boot...

Page 1302: ...steering motor and the assisting current level based on the torque sensor signals to finish the steering assist When the vehicle is not turning the EPS controller does not send command to the steerin...

Page 1303: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 30 ELECTRONIC POWER STEERING 30 5 30 General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 1304: ...1 IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX EPS B2 B3 A2 TO CAN SYSTEM YB GB CAN L1 CAN H1 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86...

Page 1305: ...inition Vehicle supply controller supply connector connector A Vehicle signal controller signal connector connector B RT21300030 1 2 3 4 5 B A 6 7 8 9 10 Pin Definition A supply positive B supply nega...

Page 1306: ...Wiggle the related wire harness and connector and observe if the signal is interrupt in the related circuit 5 Try to duplicate the conditions under which the DTC is set 6 Check for the data that has...

Page 1307: ...r Not Trimmed C1307 Sensor Supply Voltage Error C1308 Fail safety Relay Error C1315 W LAMP Fault C1323 ECU Hardware Fault C1332 Torque Sensor Error C1351 Motor Position Sensor Error C1352 Motor Error...

Page 1308: ...Motor Error DTC DTC Definition Possible causes C1301 Steering Angle Sensor Electrical Error EPS booster assembly circuit EPS booster assembly fault C1302 Steering Angle Sensor Not Trimmed C1307 Sensor...

Page 1309: ...read the EPS DTC b Check if DTC C1301 C1302 C1307 C1323 C1332 C1351 or C1352 still exists 2 Check for DTCs Replace EPS booster assembly NG The system is operating normally Reassemble the vehicle and p...

Page 1310: ...ile Co Ltd 30 ELECTRONIC POWER STEERING 30 12 30 DTC C1901 Battery Under Voltage Error DTC C1902 Battery Over Voltage Error ET21300020 BATTERY R B MF09 80A A1 EPS A2 L E 077 A1 A2 E 077 E 081 E 064 EP...

Page 1311: ...Under Voltage Error Fuse Wire harness or connector Battery Battery terminal EPS booster assembly C1902 Battery Over Voltage Error CAUTION When performing the circuit diagnosis and test always refer t...

Page 1312: ...d a Check EPS power supply fuse MF09 80A outside the engine compartment fuse and relay box 4 Check EPS power supply connector Repair or replace EPS power supply connector NG 5 Check EPS power supply v...

Page 1313: ...wer supply E 077 A1 A2 E 064 RT21305002 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 064 E 077 A1 Continuity Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 077 A1 Body ground No continuity Repair or repla...

Page 1314: ...agnostic tester read the EPS DTC b Check if DTC C1901or C1902 still exists 9 Check for DTCs Replace EPS booster assembly NG The system is operating normally Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road t...

Page 1315: ...MF09 80A 7 5A RF07 7 A1 B1 IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX EPS A2 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 1...

Page 1316: ...DTC Definition Possible causes C1910 IGN Voltage Error Fuse Wire harness or connector EPS booster assembly CAUTION When performing the circuit diagnosis and test always refer to the circuit diagram f...

Page 1317: ...F07 7 5 A from instrument panel fuse and relay box b Check resistance of fuse Standard resistance less than 1 3 Check EPS ignition switch voltage E 081 I 057 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 V RT2130500...

Page 1318: ...30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 I 007 I 057 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 RT21305005 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition I 007 7 I 057 B1 Continuity Multimete...

Page 1319: ...G diagnostic tester read the EPS DTC b Check if DTC C1910 still exists 7 Check for DTCs Replace EPS booster assembly NG The system is operating normally Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test...

Page 1320: ...king nut arrow of front left steering knuckle assembly Tightening torque 35 3 N m b Install ball pin separator 1 and tighten ball pin separator bolt with wrench 2 then separate the tie rod ball pin fr...

Page 1321: ...p 2 b Remove steering tie rod boot clamping ring 1 and remove steering tie rod boot c Using a wrench remove steering tie rod assembly arrow Inspection 1 Check tie rod dust boot for damage and clamp fo...

Page 1322: ...IC POWER STEERING 30 24 30 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION It is necessary to apply thread seal gum to the tie rod ball pin It is necessary to fit the tie rod ball...

Page 1323: ...tie rod assembly ball pin and locking nut arrow of front left steering knuckle assembly Tightening torque 35 3 N m b Install ball pin separator 1 and tighten ball pin separator bolt with wrench 2 the...

Page 1324: ...enter and cause parts failure prematurely 2 Check the steering gear for damage Replace the power steering gear if necessary Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal HINT When insta...

Page 1325: ...l to the right and left 3 If there is noise in the steering gear adjust the bolt arrow until the collision noise cannot be heard when turning the steering wheel 4 Retighten the bolt in 1 8 turn approx...

Page 1326: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 30 28...

Page 1327: ...Panel Assembly 31 70 Removal 31 70 Inspection 31 71 Installation 31 71 A C Element 31 72 Removal 31 72 Installation 31 72 Blower Assembly 31 73 Removal 31 73 Inspection 31 73 Installation 31 73 Blowe...

Page 1328: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 31 2 31 Outside Temperature Sensor for Automatic A C 31 109 Inspection 31 109 Heater Core Sensor for Automatic A C 31 112 Inspection 31 112...

Page 1329: ...RMATION Description 1 Condenser Assembly w Receiver Drier 2 O ring 3 Condenser to Evaporator Line Assembly 4 HVAC Assembly 5 A C Control Panel Assembly 6 Evaporator to Compressor Line Assembly 7 Compr...

Page 1330: ...air inlet filter assembly through the cowl top opening at the right side of windshield base Fresh air flows through the evaporator core and heater core and then enters the vehicle through the outlets...

Page 1331: ...ttons on the A C control panel are used to direct temperature adjusted air through selected outlets Specifications Torque Specifications Description Torque N m A C Control Panel Assembly Fixing Screw...

Page 1332: ...unting Cushion Assembly and Front Mounting Bracket 70 5 Coupling Bolt Between Right Mounting Cushion Assembly and Right Mounting Bracket 80 6 Coupling Nut Between Right Mounting Cushion Assembly and R...

Page 1333: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 31 AIR CONDITIONING 31 7 31 Tools General Tools Refrigerant Recycling Machine Digital Multimeter RCH0000046 RCH0000002...

Page 1334: ...E12 E11 E10 E9 E4 E3 E2 E1 E8 E7 E6 E5 E16 E15 E14 E13 1 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 2...

Page 1335: ...52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F...

Page 1336: ...GR 20 2 Br 1 W 18 M A B 6 GY 8 4 BY 6 3 RY 7 2 Br 1 BBL 5 1 LW 29 2 O 22 M A B EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 1 4 1 5 2 6 3 HVAC CONTROL PANEL K 002 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2...

Page 1337: ...27 26 E20 E19 E18 E17 E12 E11 E10 E9 E4 E3 E2 E1 E8 E7 E6 E5 E16 E15 E14 E13 1 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17...

Page 1338: ...YB M BLOWER Lg ILLUMINATION 8 1 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 5 W E 069 E 063 E 063 E 069...

Page 1339: ...31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 18 17 21 20 22 7 12 19 CVT 13 14 37 3 4 1 TO CAN SYSTEM O OB GW YR 36 G LG 30 V BlW GB PW CAN L2 CAN H2 38 Y VW 22 1 2 YW Y YW BlW LW 15...

Page 1340: ...GY 8 4 BY 6 3 RY 7 2 Br 1 BBL 5 LW 29 2 1 O M A B B 33 2 1 B HEATER CORE SENSOR BrY 34 2 1 BlW WY 35 2 1 BlW 6 BlB 39 4 VB 16 3 GBr 40 2 Br 1 1 WG 15 M A B 2 1 4 1 5 2 6 3 B RIGHT MIXED DAMPER MOTOR...

Page 1341: ...rol knob stuck or damaged 31 70 Warm air water pipe blocked or damaged 31 78 Heater core assembly blocked or damaged 31 80 Wire harness or connector open or short A C no cooling Leak in system 31 64 R...

Page 1342: ...sembly mounting bolt loose 31 99 Cooling fan blade distorted Refrigerant oil too low 31 68 Pressure on low pressure side switches between normal and vacuum during operation Moisture in refrigerant exc...

Page 1343: ...pressure side is too high Surface of condenser dirty 31 102 Cooling fan not operating Refrigerant overcharged 31 66 Air in refrigerant 31 67 Engine overheating Pressure on low pressure side is too hig...

Page 1344: ...For current DTC go to step 7 For history DTC go to step 8 DTC occurs No DTC 6 Overall analysis and troubleshooting 7 Troubleshoot according to Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC chart then go to step 9 8 Tro...

Page 1345: ...is 2 seconds If there are more than one malfunctions the ten digit and single digit indicators will display as the first DTC again 5 seconds after the single digit indicator turns off The ten digit an...

Page 1346: ...he system will work based on the sensor failure alternative value Definition of sensor failure alternative value is as follows Code Content Code Content 00 No malfunction system operates properly 12 C...

Page 1347: ...r etc that will cause incorrect signals Check and clean all wire harness connectors and grounding parts related to the current DTC Remove the A C control panel assembly from the malfunctioning vehicle...

Page 1348: ...Ground or Open Circuit Left Side B2121 AC in Car Temperature Sensor Short to Ground or Open Circuit Right Side B2126 AC Ambient Temperature Sensor Short to Ground or Open Circuit B2127 AC Evaporator...

Page 1349: ...13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 W K 012...

Page 1350: ...heck if related connector pins are in good condition a Remove the sun sensor b Install the new sun sensor to vehicle c Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if DTCs are still output DTC Code DTC Def...

Page 1351: ...007 to check if there is an open in system according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connector HVAC control panel assembly sun sensor RT21311000 K 012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9...

Page 1352: ...ondition RT21311020 1 2 3 4 I 021 22 21 20 18 19 17 16 15 13 14 12 11 10 8 9 7 6 5 3 4 2 1 I 039 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition I 039 5 I 021 3 Always Continuity I 039 6 I 021 1 A...

Page 1353: ...431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to record and clear DTCs stored in the HVAC control panel assembly e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch ON g Us...

Page 1354: ...30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 W K 012 22 21 20 18 19...

Page 1355: ...a Remove the room temperature sensor b Install the new room temperature sensor to vehicle c Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if DTCs are still output DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Detection Condi...

Page 1356: ...012 and connector K 001 to check if there is an open in right room temperature sensor according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connector HVAC control panel assembly roo...

Page 1357: ...DTCs stored in the HVAC control panel assembly e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to read DTCs stored in the HVAC con...

Page 1358: ...25 27 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 W K 012 22 21 20 18 19 17 16 15 13 14 12 11 10 8 9 7 6 5 3 4 2 1 B I 039 B I 007...

Page 1359: ...protruded or corroded terminals h Check if related connector pins are in good condition a Remove the outside temperature sensor b Install the new outside temperature sensor to vehicle c Use X 431 3G...

Page 1360: ...r check for continuity between terminals of connector K 012 and connector K 007 to check if there is an open in system according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connecto...

Page 1361: ...k if there is an open in system according to the table below Standard Condition RT21311090 22 21 20 18 19 17 16 15 13 14 12 11 10 8 9 7 6 5 3 4 2 1 I 039 1 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 3 4 5 6 7 8 I 034 Mult...

Page 1362: ...e to record and clear DTCs stored in the HVAC control panel assembly e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to read DTCs s...

Page 1363: ...30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 W K 012 22 21 20 18 19 17 16...

Page 1364: ...a Remove the evaporator temperature sensor b Install the new evaporator temperature sensor to vehicle c Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if DTCs are still output DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Det...

Page 1365: ...is short to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connector HVAC control panel assembly evaporator temperature sensor RT21311120 K 012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1...

Page 1366: ...431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to record and clear DTCs stored in the HVAC control panel assembly e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch ON g Us...

Page 1367: ...0 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 W K 012 22 21 20 18 19 17 16 15 1...

Page 1368: ...are in good condition a Remove the heater core sensor b Install the new heater core sensor to vehicle c Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if DTCs are still output DTC Code DTC Definition DTC De...

Page 1369: ...is short to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connector HVAC control panel assembly heater core sensor RT21311140 K 012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14...

Page 1370: ...431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to record and clear DTCs stored in the HVAC control panel assembly e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch ON g Us...

Page 1371: ...6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 W K 012 22 21 20 18 19 17 16 15 13 14 12 11 10 8 9 7 6 5 3 4 2 1 B I 039 B I 007 2 WB B...

Page 1372: ...related connector pins are in good condition a Remove the mix damper motor b Install the new mix damper motor to vehicle c Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if DTCs are still output DTC Code DT...

Page 1373: ...ard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connector HVAC control panel assembly mix damper motor RT21311160 K 012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33...

Page 1374: ...y body ground OK RT21311180 K 012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition K 0...

Page 1375: ...1 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to record and clear DTCs stored in the HVAC control panel assembly e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch ON g Use...

Page 1376: ...0 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 W K 012 22 21 20 18 19 17 16 15 13 14 12 11 10 8 9 7 6 5 3 4 2 1 B...

Page 1377: ...related connector pins are in good condition a Remove the mode damper motor b Install the new mode damper motor to vehicle c Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if DTCs are still output DTC Code...

Page 1378: ...rt to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connector HVAC control panel assembly mode damper motor RT21311200 K 012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17...

Page 1379: ...n ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to read DTCs stored in the HVAC control panel assembly again K 012 18 Body ground Always...

Page 1380: ...F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 5 W E 069 E 063 E 063 E 069 K 008 K 004 W K 012 W K 007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 4...

Page 1381: ...d terminals g Check if related connector pins are in good condition a Remove the blower b Install the new blower to vehicle c Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if DTCs are still output DTC Code...

Page 1382: ...ontinuity between terminals of connector K 008 and connector K 004 to check if there is an open in system according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connector HVAC contro...

Page 1383: ...sing a digital multimeter check the voltage between terminal 3 of connector K 004 and body ground to check if power supply circuit is in good condition according to the table below Standard Condition...

Page 1384: ...ry cable c Turn ignition switch ON d Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to record and clear DTCs stored in the HVAC control panel assembly e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a...

Page 1385: ...23 24 25 27 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 W K 012 22 21 20 18 19 17 16 15 13 14 12 11 10 8 9 7 6 5 3 4 2 1 B I 039...

Page 1386: ...ndition a Remove the inner outer circulation damper motor b Install the new inner outer circulation damper motor to vehicle c Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if DTCs are still output DTC Code...

Page 1387: ...uter circulation damper motor according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connector HVAC control panel assembly inner outer circulation damper motor RT21311220 K 012 1 2 3...

Page 1388: ...VAC control panel assembly e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to read DTCs stored in the HVAC control panel assembly a...

Page 1389: ...line is cool and temperature difference is noticeable between both 2 Using the pressure gauge set check the refrigerant pressure a Connect the manifold pressure gauge set After the following conditio...

Page 1390: ...frigerant 12 If the slugging condition still exists after replacing the condenser replace the A C compressor assembly Refrigerant Leakage Inspection Check refrigerant for leakage 1 After recharging re...

Page 1391: ...A C pressure sensor connector and use the same procedures to check the A C pressure sensor for leakage Replace the A C pressure sensor as necessary 5 Insert the air leakage tester into the evaporator...

Page 1392: ...there is refrigerant under high pressure in the A C system it must be serviced by professional technician Otherwise a wrong service procedure may cause a serious danger or fatal injury If A C system...

Page 1393: ...ging refrigerant oil then charge refrigerant 4 Choose the charging item on machine and set the amount of charging to the specified value then choose OK and make it start to operate 5 Open the suction...

Page 1394: ...int 2 3 Open the high pressure valve and low pressure valve of refrigerant recycling machine 4 Recover the refrigerant oil according to the instructions on machine 5 Record the amount of recovered ref...

Page 1395: ...m the refrigerant oil charging procedures 2 Open the suction valve and close the exhaust valve and then open the charge valve to allow the refrigerant oil to flow into the system 3 Close the charging...

Page 1396: ...tip screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry out the console panel assembly carefully b Disconnect the audio system connectors arrow c Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from the A C control panel assem...

Page 1397: ...panel assembly switch backlight comes on OK Light comes on If result is not as specified replace the A C control panel assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21310100...

Page 1398: ...element cover and remove the A C element cover arrow from the air inlet assembly b Pull out the A C element arrow slowly from the air inlet assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order...

Page 1399: ...ach the fixing claw arrow from the blower assembly c Rotate the blower assembly lightly to remove it Inspection 1 Check the blower motor a Remove the blower assembly b Connect the positive battery lea...

Page 1400: ...the blower speed resistor c Remove the blower speed resistor Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal WARNING During normal operation the blower speed resistor may be very hot Tur...

Page 1401: ...on damper motor a Disconnect the inner outer circulation damper motor connector arrow b Detach the fixing claw and remove the inner outer circulation damper motor arrow from the air inlet assembly car...

Page 1402: ...the mode damper servo motor connector arrow b Detach the fixing claw and remove the mode damper servo motor arrow from the evaporator tank assembly carefully Installation Installation is in the revers...

Page 1403: ...the mix damper servo motor connector arrow b Detach the fixing claw and remove the mix damper servo motor arrow from the evaporator tank assembly carefully Installation Installation is in the reverse...

Page 1404: ...he HVAC assembly a Remove the fixing bolt arrow between A C high low pressure line and expansion valve and detach the A C high low pressure line Tightening torque 7 1 N m b Using snap spring calipers...

Page 1405: ...y Tightening torque for nut 7 1 N m Tightening torque for bolt 4 1 N m d Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow between HVAC assembly and body Tightening torque 7 1 N m e Remove the instrument panel wire harness...

Page 1406: ...blower speed resistor See page 31 74 4 Remove the inner outer circulation damper motor See page 31 75 5 Remove the mode damper servo motor See page 31 76 6 Remove the mix damper servo motor See page 3...

Page 1407: ...Remove the inner outer circulation damper set a Remove the air inlet assembly grommet arrow and detach the fixing claw 1 on front part b Remove the air inlet assembly rear fixing screw arrow and detac...

Page 1408: ...11 Remove the right foot fan shield a Remove the fixing screw arrow detach the fixing claw and detach the right foot fan shield 1 from the HVAC assembly Tightening torque 2 5 0 5 N m 12 Remove the ex...

Page 1409: ...y 13 Remove the blower case assembly a Detach the A C wire harness and connector arrow from the blower case assembly b Detach the evaporator temperature sensor wire harness and connector arrow from th...

Page 1410: ...part of evaporator tank assembly Tightening torque 2 5 0 5 N m f Remove 2 fixing screws arrow between blower case assembly and the lower part of evaporator tank assembly Tightening torque 2 5 0 5 N m...

Page 1411: ...tening torque 2 5 0 5 N m c Take out the evaporator core arrow from the evaporator tank assembly carefully 15 Remove the evaporator temperature sensor a Disconnect the evaporator temperature sensor co...

Page 1412: ...rrow b Remove the heater core line pressure plate fixing screw arrow Tightening torque 2 5 0 5 N m c Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from the evaporator case Tightening torque 2 5 0 5 N m d Remove 2 fixi...

Page 1413: ...ore assembly carefully 17 Remove the A C drain pipe a Remove the A C drain pipe arrow from the bottom of evaporator tank assembly 18 Remove the mode damper adjustment mechanism set a Remove 4 fixing s...

Page 1414: ...tor tank assembly carefully 19 Remove the temperature face defroster foot damper set a Detach the A C wire harness assembly arrow from the evaporator tank assembly b Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from...

Page 1415: ...row from the lower part of evaporator tank assembly Tightening torque 2 5 0 5 N m e Detach the fixing clips separate the evaporator case and remove the temperature damper set f Remove the face damper...

Page 1416: ...pecified Condition Temperature C Specified Condition Temperature C Specified Condition Terminal 1 Terminal 2 40 45636 8 8916 24 2294 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 39 43408 7 8516 25 2200 Terminal 1 Terminal 2...

Page 1417: ...al 1 Terminal 2 21 16648 11 3857 43 1156 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 20 15742 12 3708 44 1116 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 19 15058 13 3558 45 1076 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 18 14374 14 3408 46 1043 Terminal 1 Termina...

Page 1418: ...he heater core assembly a Check if the heater core assembly is cracked damaged or leaked If any problem is found replace the heater core assembly b Check the fin for bends If any fin is bent carefully...

Page 1419: ...ode damper adjustment mechanism set to ensure that it can operate smoothly Always check that inner outer circulation damper mechanism assembly operates normally after installation is completed Always...

Page 1420: ...ne Tightening torque 7 1 N m b Remove the coupling nut arrow between A C high low pressure line fixing bracket and body and disengage the A C low pressure line Tightening torque 7 1 N m c Remove the c...

Page 1421: ...in the reverse order of removal RT21310770 RT21310780 CAUTION Tighten fixing bolts and fixing nuts to specified torque It is necessary to replace the refrigerant line O ring when installing the refri...

Page 1422: ...pressure line and expansion valve and disengage the A C high pressure line I Tightening torque 7 1 N m b Remove the coupling nut arrow between A C high low pressure line fixing bracket and body and di...

Page 1423: ...r assembly Tightening torque 7 1 N m f Remove the A C high pressure line I condenser to evaporator 6 Remove the A C high pressure line II compressor to condenser a Remove the fixing nut arrow between...

Page 1424: ...ation is in the reverse order of removal RT21310830 RT21310840 CAUTION Tighten fixing bolts and fixing nuts to specified torque It is necessary to replace the refrigerant line O ring when installing t...

Page 1425: ...e the idler pulley 1 WARNING Be sure to follow the safety precautions before performing the procedure Failure to do so may result in serious personal injury or even death CAUTION Special service equip...

Page 1426: ...disengage the A C high low pressure line from the compressor assembly Tightening torque 25 2 5 N m e Remove the coupling bolt and nut arrow between rear mounting cushion assembly and rear mounting br...

Page 1427: ...order of removal 1 2 RT21070690 1 RT21310870 CAUTION Tighten the fixing bolts to specified torque It is necessary to replace the refrigerant line O ring when installing the refrigerant line Failure t...

Page 1428: ...line I from the condenser assembly Tightening torque 7 1 N m b Remove the fixing nut arrow between A C high pressure line II and condenser assembly and disengage the A C high pressure line II from the...

Page 1429: ...oning holes arrow of tank lower crossmember assembly f Carefully remove the condenser assembly w receiver drier from above Inspection 1 Check the condenser fins a If the condenser fins are dirty wash...

Page 1430: ...part of it with the positioning hole of tank lower crossmember It is necessary to replace the refrigerant line O ring when installing the refrigerant line Failure to do so may result in refrigerant l...

Page 1431: ...ic A C a Disconnect the mix damper servo motor connector arrow b Detach the fixing claw and remove the mix damper servo motor arrow from the evaporator tank assembly carefully Installation Installatio...

Page 1432: ...negative battery cable 3 Remove the room temperature sensor for automatic A C a Disconnect the room temperature sensor wire harness bands arrow b Disconnect the room temperature sensor wire harness co...

Page 1433: ...10 56 1 54 6 57 65 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 5 42 82 41 78 43 88 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 0 32 97 32 24 33 7 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 5 25 59 25 1 26 08 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 10 20 02 19 68 20 35 Terminal 1 Te...

Page 1434: ...e decreases as the temperature increases If result is not as specified replace the room temperature sensor Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION During measurement the s...

Page 1435: ...40 332 1 2 29 76 44 4 527 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 39 310 9 3 28 29 45 4 353 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 38 291 2 4 26 9 46 4 186 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 37 272 8 5 25 59 47 4 027 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 36 255 7...

Page 1436: ...erminal 1 Terminal 2 17 83 17 25 10 67 1 934 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 16 78 53 26 9 57 68 1 868 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 15 74 18 27 9 16 69 1 805 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 14 70 1 28 8 77 70 1 744 Terminal 1 T...

Page 1437: ...1 25 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 3 38 53 39 5 53 81 1 211 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 2 36 56 40 5 31 82 1 172 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 1 34 71 41 5 101 83 1 135 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 0 32 97 42 4 901 84 1 1 Termina...

Page 1438: ...1 289 1 351 1 415 71 C 0 424 0 454 0 486 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 39 C 1 242 1 303 1 366 72 C 0 411 0 441 0 472 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 40 C 1 198 1 258 1 319 73 C 0 398 0 428 0 458 Terminal 1 Terminal 2...

Page 1439: ...04 0 748 90 C 0 242 0 262 0 284 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 58 C 0 641 0 681 0 724 91 C 0 236 0 254 0 277 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 59 C 0 621 0 660 0 702 92 C 0 229 0 247 0 269 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 60 C 0 601...

Page 1440: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 31 114...

Page 1441: ...3 B0010 1B 32 23 B0010 1C 32 23 B0070 11 32 31 B0070 12 32 31 B0070 1A 32 31 B0070 1B 32 31 B0070 1C 32 31 B0072 11 32 39 B0072 12 32 39 B0072 1A 32 39 B0072 1B 32 39 B0072 1C 32 39 B1231 12 32 46 B12...

Page 1442: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 32 2 32...

Page 1443: ...nsuring that steering wheel has enough steering angle Airbag malfunction indicator After ignition switch is turned to ON if the malfunction indicator goes off after coming on for approximately 3 secon...

Page 1444: ...act When vehicle is subjected to severe collision the microprocessor in supplemental restraint system sends signals to the corresponding inflator units of airbag to deploy the airbags quickly thus pro...

Page 1445: ...RESTRAINT SYSTEM 32 5 32 Specifications Torque Specifications Description Torque N m Coupling Bolt Between Front Passenger Airbag and Instrument Panel Crossmember Assembly 10 1 Coupling Nut Between SR...

Page 1446: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 32 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 32 6 32 Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 1447: ...8 RF08 10A 23 11 R B OB O P R R OB O OB O 13 3 5 29 30 GND MICROPROCESSOR AIRBAG INSTRUMENT CLUSTER RF06 1 17 2 SRS CONTROL MODULE BATTERY 10A 6 RF23 TO CAN SYSTEM TO CAN SYSTEM INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE...

Page 1448: ...1 10 9 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 Gr I 046 SRS CONTROL MODULE I 046 B 072 W I 012 W I 035 I 035 B 059 Gr I 028 DRIVER SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER B B 034 B 034 1 2 B I 055 R B R B R...

Page 1449: ...BELT REMINDER 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1 2 1 2 SRS CONTROL MODULE I 046 B 07...

Page 1450: ...cted the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting If malfunction is intermittent perform the followings Check...

Page 1451: ...Ground Inspection Groundings are very important to the entire circuit system which are normal or not can seriously affect the entire circuit system Groundings are often exposed to moisture dirt and co...

Page 1452: ...s and short spring plate to disconnect the connection During circuit troubleshooting for the airbag system make sure to cut off the battery power source and wait for at least 90 seconds to discharge t...

Page 1453: ...32 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 32 13 32 8 Clear DTCs current DTC and history DTC 9 Check for DTCs current DTC and history DTC NEXT Go to step 5 Go to next step DTC output No DTC output 10 Confirmati...

Page 1454: ...e Below Threshold B0070 1B Belt Pretensioner Front Driver Loop Circuit Resistance Above Threshold B0070 1C Belt Pretensioner Front Driver Loop Circuit Voltage Out of Range B0072 11 Belt Pretensioner F...

Page 1455: ...p Circuit Short to Ground DTC B0001 12 Front Airbag Driver Loop Circuit Short to Battery DTC B0001 1A Front Airbag Driver Loop Circuit Resistance Below Threshold DTC B0001 1B Front Airbag Driver Loop...

Page 1456: ...055 IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START 10A RF08 INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX I 007 B I 045 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 2...

Page 1457: ...n switch to LOCK g Turn ignition switch ON and wait for at least 90 seconds h Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if the DTCs are still output DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Detection Condition Warni...

Page 1458: ...nnector terminal contact pins are in good condition a Turn ignition switch to LOCK disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 90 seconds b Disconnect the SRS control module assembly c...

Page 1459: ...ase the activation prevention mechanism built into the SRS control module assembly connector I 046 B 072 j Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between the terminals of driver airbag connec...

Page 1460: ...he terminals of connector B 055 and connector B 072 according to the table below Standard Condition 4 Check airbag wire harness and connector SRS control module assembly body wire harness connector RT...

Page 1461: ...B 072 according to the table below Standard Condition 5 Check airbag wire harness and connector SRS control module assembly spiral cable connector RT21320190 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7...

Page 1462: ...n RT21320190 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 I 046 I 012 B 072 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified C...

Page 1463: ...rcuit Short to Ground DTC B0010 12 Front Airbag Passenger Loop Circuit Short to Battery DTC B0010 1A Front Airbag Passenger Loop Circuit Resistance Below Threshold DTC B0010 1B Front Airbag Passenger...

Page 1464: ...ART 10A RF08 INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX I 007 B I 045 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 B I 007 1 2 Gr I 028 B 072...

Page 1465: ...o LOCK g Turn ignition switch ON and wait for at least 90 seconds h Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if the DTCs are still output DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Detection Condition Warning Light C...

Page 1466: ...a Turn ignition switch to LOCK disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 90 seconds b Disconnect the SRS control module assembly connector I 046 B 072 c Disconnect the front passeng...

Page 1467: ...se the activation prevention mechanism built into the SRS control module assembly connector I 046 B 072 j Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between the terminals of front passenger airba...

Page 1468: ...ween the terminals of connector B 055 and connector B 072 according to the table below Standard Condition 4 Check airbag wire harness and connector SRS control module assembly body wire harness connec...

Page 1469: ...and connector I 028 according to the table below Standard Condition 5 Check airbag wire harness and connector SRS control module assembly front passenger airbag RT21320230 1 2 I 028 32 31 30 29 28 16...

Page 1470: ...table below Standard Condition RT21320230 1 2 I 028 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 I 046 B 072 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condit...

Page 1471: ...to Ground DTC B0070 12 Belt Pretensioner Front Driver Loop Circuit Short to Battery DTC B0070 1A Belt Pretensioner Front Driver Loop Circuit Resistance Below Threshold DTC B0070 1B Belt Pretensioner F...

Page 1472: ...E AND RELAY BOX I 007 B I 045 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 B I 007 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 W...

Page 1473: ...switch ON and wait for at least 90 seconds h Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if the DTCs are still output DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Detection Condition Warning Light Condition Possible Caus...

Page 1474: ...ignition switch to LOCK disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 90 seconds b Disconnect the SRS control module assembly connector I 046 B 072 c Disconnect the driver seat belt pre...

Page 1475: ...Release the activation prevention mechanism built into the SRS control module assembly connector I 046 B 072 j Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between the terminals of driver seat belt...

Page 1476: ...of connector I 035 and connector I 046 according to the table below Standard Condition 4 Check driver seat belt pretensioner wire harness and connector SRS control module assembly instrument panel wir...

Page 1477: ...onnector I 046 B 072 according to the table below Standard Condition 5 Check wire harness and connector SRS control module assembly driver seat belt pretensioner RT21320271 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13...

Page 1478: ...the table below Standard Condition RT21320271 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 B 072 I 046 1 2 B 034 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Co...

Page 1479: ...uit Short to Ground DTC B0072 12 Belt Pretensioner Front Passenger Loop Circuit Short to Battery DTC B0072 1A Belt Pretensioner Front Passenger Loop Circuit Resistance Below Threshold DTC B0072 1B Bel...

Page 1480: ...OR START 10A RF08 INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX I 007 B I 045 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 B I 007 VW VW V V 1 2...

Page 1481: ...wait for at least 90 seconds h Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if the DTCs are still output DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Detection Condition Warning Light Condition Possible Cause B0072 11 Belt...

Page 1482: ...switch to LOCK disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 90 seconds b Disconnect the SRS control module assembly connector I 046 B 072 c Disconnect the front passenger seat belt pret...

Page 1483: ...ase the activation prevention mechanism built into the SRS control module assembly connector I 046 B 072 j Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between the terminals of front passenger seat...

Page 1484: ...o the table below Standard Condition 4 Check front passenger seat belt pretensioner wire harness and connector SRS control module assembly instrument panel wire harness connector RT21320310 32 31 30 2...

Page 1485: ...072 8 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition RT21320311 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 B 072 I 046 1 2 B 002 Mul...

Page 1486: ...tomobile Co Ltd 32 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 32 46 32 DTC B1231 12 Buckle Switch Front Passenger BLFP Circuit Short to Battery DTC B1231 1C Buckle Switch Front Passenger BLFP Circuit Voltage Out o...

Page 1487: ...I 007 B I 045 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 B I 007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 W I 006 BR...

Page 1488: ...the following procedures a Turn ignition switch to LOCK disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 90 seconds b Disconnect the front passenger seat belt switch connector B 050 and SRS...

Page 1489: ...circuit to power supply according to the table below Standard Voltage f Turn ignition switch to LOCK disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 90 seconds g Using a digital multimeter...

Page 1490: ...een the terminals of connector B 050 and connector I 046 B 072 according to the table below Standard Condition 4 Check front passenger seat belt switch wire harness and connector SRS control module as...

Page 1491: ...tomobile Co Ltd 32 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 32 51 32 DTC B1232 12 PDM Passenger Detection Mat Switch Circuit Short to Battery DTC B1232 1C PDM Passenger Detection Mat Switch Circuit Voltage Out o...

Page 1492: ...5 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 Gr I 046 SRS CONTROL MODULE I 046 IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START 10A RF08 INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX I 007 B I 045 16 1 2 3 4...

Page 1493: ...wing procedures a Turn ignition switch to LOCK disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 90 seconds b Disconnect the front passenger seat belt reminder switch connector B 049 and SRS...

Page 1494: ...circuit to power supply according to the table below Standard Voltage f Turn ignition switch to LOCK disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 90 seconds g Using a digital multimeter...

Page 1495: ...the terminals of connector B 049 and connector I 046 B 072 according to the table below Standard Condition 4 Check front passenger seat belt reminder switch wire harness and connector SRS control modu...

Page 1496: ...rn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds g Turn ignition switch ON and then select Read Code DTC B1210 00 Front Deployment DTC B1211 00 BT Deployment DTC B125A 00 Crash Counter Reached Ma...

Page 1497: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 32 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 32 57 32 DTC B1250 16 Battery Voltage Circuit Voltage Below Threshold DTC B1250 17 Battery Voltage Circuit Voltage Above Threshold...

Page 1498: ...9 30 GND MICROPROCESSOR AIRBAG INSTRUMENT CLUSTER RF06 SRS CONTROL MODULE BATTERY 10A 6 RF23 TO CAN SYSTEM INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX I 003 CAN L2 CAN H2 CAN L1 CAN H1 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14...

Page 1499: ...ctor I 007 c Disconnect the body wire harness connector B 055 and instrument panel wire harness connector I 036 2 d Check if wire harnesses are worn pierced pinched or partially broken e Check for bro...

Page 1500: ...sing a digital multimeter measure the ground circuit of SRS control module assembly connector I 046 B 072 to check if the system ground is normal according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Chec...

Page 1501: ...le d Turn ignition switch ON e Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to record and clear the DTCs stored in the supplemental restraint system f Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a...

Page 1502: ...ual vehicle configuration a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 90 seconds c Connect the negative battery cable d Turn ignition switch ON e Use X...

Page 1503: ...tomobile Co Ltd 32 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 32 63 32 g Turn ignition switch ON and then select Read Code Replace SRS control module assembly NG OK Malfunction has been solved and system operates...

Page 1504: ...sion but airbag is not deployed a Perform a diagnosis system inspection b Perform visual inspection with the driver airbag removed from vehicle Check for cuts cracks or discoloration on the outer surf...

Page 1505: ...er airbag wire harness connector 1 and horn wire harness connector 2 CAUTION Handle the airbag and airbag control module assembly carefully and never tap or strike them fiercely Removal inspection and...

Page 1506: ...cal dangerous state Failure to handle it properly will cause personal injury Do not dispose of airbag by oneself and always contact the professional service department to perform the disposal WARNING...

Page 1507: ...13 6 Remove the spiral cable a Disconnect the spiral cable wire harness connector arrow b Detach the fixing claws arrow between spiral cable and steering column c Remove the spiral cable Inspection 1...

Page 1508: ...then turn it counterclockwise until yellow ball appears in the transparent neutral window and align with the arrow marks otherwise the spiral cable may be damaged RT21320090 RT21320100 CAUTION Always...

Page 1509: ...ew one Removal 1 Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the glove box assembly See page 45 17 4 Remove the front passenger airbag RT...

Page 1510: ...harness connector arrow c Remove the instrument panel body assembly See page 45 17 d Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with protective tape slightly pry the fixing claws arrow around the front pass...

Page 1511: ...t in place Be sure to tighten fixing bolts to the specified torque during installation When installing front passenger airbag first slide the hook on one side into the locating hole in airbag box and...

Page 1512: ...lation Installation is in the reverse order of removal WARNING Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting negative battery cable to disable supplemental restraint system WARNING DO NOT damage the ai...

Page 1513: ...33 8 Removal 33 8 Inspection 33 9 Installation 33 10 Front Seat Belt Buckle Assembly 33 11 On vehicle Inspection 33 11 Removal 33 12 Installation 33 12 Height Adjuster Assembly 33 13 Removal 33 13 Ins...

Page 1514: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 33 2 33...

Page 1515: ...ORMATION Description Front Seat Belt Assembly 1 Height Adjuster Assembly 2 B pillar Upper Protector Assembly 3 Front Seat Belt Assembly 4 B pillar Lower Protector Assembly 5 Seat Belt Lower Bolt Prote...

Page 1516: ...lt unfastened the reminder will continue flashing When vehicle speed exceeds 25 km h the buzzer will sound to inform driver and front passenger to fasten their seat belts Seat belt reminder will go of...

Page 1517: ...ons Tool General Tool Description Torque N m Height Adjuster Fixing Bolt 23 2 Front Seat Belt Assembly Fixing Bolt 50 5 Front Seat Belt Retractor Fixing Screw 3 0 5 Front Seat Belt Assembly Center Fix...

Page 1518: ...10A RF06 6 11 13 IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX A I 003 3 5 B Br 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25...

Page 1519: ...lt assembly 3 Check seat belt for overstretch for example after accident If damaged replace the seat belt assembly or related components 4 Tighten and release seat belt and seat belt buckle repeatedly...

Page 1520: ...y the lower bolt protective cap arrow of front seat belt assembly b Remove the fixing bolt arrow from the lower part of front seat belt assembly Tightening torque 50 5 N m c Remove the left B pillar l...

Page 1521: ...he fixing bolt arrow from the front seat belt retractor Tightening torque 50 5 N m j Remove the front left seat belt assembly Inspection Check the front seat belt retractor HINT When the inclination o...

Page 1522: ...der of removal CAUTION Keep seat belt assembly clean avoid attaching oil and check seat belt assembly for damage when installing the front seat belt assembly Make sure to tighten all fixing bolts and...

Page 1523: ...gital multimeter measure the resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of front seat belt buckle assembly connector Under normal conditions the measured resistance is no continuity when front seat belt ass...

Page 1524: ...nnector arrow c Remove the fixing nut arrow from front seat belt buckle assembly Tightening torque 50 5 N m d Remove the front seat belt buckle assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse ord...

Page 1525: ...e the fixing bolt arrow from upper part of front seat belt assembly Tightening torque 50 5 N m b Remove the fixing bolt arrow from the height adjuster assembly Tightening torque 23 2 N m c Remove the...

Page 1526: ...the lower part of rear seat belt assembly Tightening torque 50 5 N m b Remove the left C pillar lower protector assembly See page 49 23 c Remove the left C pillar upper protector assembly See page 49...

Page 1527: ...from rear seat belt retractor When the inclination of rear seat belt retractor is over 45 check that rear seat belt locks If result is not as specified replace the rear seat belt assembly Installation...

Page 1528: ...HINT It is unnecessary to completely remove the roof assembly but it is necessary to lower the rear part of roof assembly so that the center seat belt assembly can be removed 5 Remove the center seat...

Page 1529: ...N m b Remove the center seat belt assembly Inspection Check the center seat belt retractor HINT When the inclination of center seat belt retractor is 15 or less check that the center seat belt can be...

Page 1530: ...verse order of removal CAUTION Keep seat belt assembly clean avoid attaching oil and check seat belt assembly for damage when installing the center seat belt assembly Make sure to tighten all fixing b...

Page 1531: ...seat belt buckle assembly a Remove the fixing bolt arrow from the rear center seat belt buckle assembly Tightening torque 50 5 N m b Pull out and remove the rear center seat belt buckle assembly from...

Page 1532: ...Ltd 33 SEAT BELT 33 20 33 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make sure to tighten all fixing bolts according to the specified torque when installing the rear seat be...

Page 1533: ...TESTING 34 7 Problem Symptoms Table 34 7 Engine Immobilizer System Match 34 7 Diagnostic Help 34 10 Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting 34 11 Ground Inspection 34 11 Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Chart 34...

Page 1534: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 34 2 34...

Page 1535: ...ty of being stolen Operation When the ignition key is inserted into the ignition switch the immobilizer coil can detect the data information of the ignition key and sends the data information to the i...

Page 1536: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 34 ENGINE IMMOBILIZER 34 4 34 Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 1537: ...9 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 Br W GND ANT A ANT B IMMOBILIZER COIL IMMOBILIZER COIL IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE 7 5 3 1 8 6 4 2 1 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4...

Page 1538: ...R 34 6 34 Immobilizer Control Module Terminal List No Definition Description 1 2 GND Ground 3 4 IG SW Ignition Switch Power Supply 5 6 CAN L CAN Low Diagnosis 7 8 CAN H CAN High Diagnosis B1 ANT A Coi...

Page 1539: ...nt of Chery International to get the safety code The operation procedures are as follows 1 Connect the X 431 3G diagnostic tester to the Data Link Connector DLC 2 Turn ignition switch to ON 3 Turn the...

Page 1540: ...ing ECM Programming IMMO key match Erase keys Write PIN Programming ECM Match all the systems Programming IMMO learn SK from EMS Programming IMMO learn SK from TCU After sale function System Help File...

Page 1541: ...the following steps a Input the VIN code to the diagnostic tester b Input the SC code to the diagnostic tester c Match the ECM with diagnostic tester d Input the service station code e Input program...

Page 1542: ...test and repair procedures 3 If DTC cannot be deleted the malfunction is current 4 Only use a digital multimeter to measure the voltage of the electrical system 5 Refer to any Technical Bulletin that...

Page 1543: ...y form additional resistance This additional resistance will change the way in which a circuit works Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding A loose or corroded groun...

Page 1544: ...few seconds Turn ignition switch to ON and then select Read Code If DTC is detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the mal...

Page 1545: ...current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ign...

Page 1546: ...aged a Replace the immobilizer control module and match it with X 431 3G diagnostic tester See page 34 7 b Reconnect all the wire harness connectors that are disconnected c Check if DTC still exists R...

Page 1547: ...n switch to ON and then select Read Code If DTC is detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the...

Page 1548: ...is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure a Turn...

Page 1549: ...ntrol module connector I 018 and immobilizer coil connector c Check if connectors are damaged a Turn the ignition switch to LOCK RT21380241 Repair or replace connector if necessary NG 3 Check immobili...

Page 1550: ...for open RT21340110 7 5 3 1 8 6 4 2 I 018 E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29...

Page 1551: ...nt Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure a Try to restar...

Page 1552: ...immobilizer coil connector c Check if connectors are damaged a Measure the immobilizer coil resistance 3 Check immobilizer control module connector and immobilizer coil connector RT21340100 Repair or...

Page 1553: ...21 34 b Check for the continuity of immobilizer coil connector RT21340120 1 2 3 4 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition 2 4 Always No continuity 3 4 Always No continuity Replace immobili...

Page 1554: ...ode If DTC is detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to...

Page 1555: ...Code If DTC is detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to...

Page 1556: ...not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Loosen and retighten the ground...

Page 1557: ...bilizer control module connector I 018 and immobilizer coil connector c Check if the connectors are damaged RT21380241 Repair or replace connector if necessary NG 3 Check immobilizer control module co...

Page 1558: ...2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the right lower instrument panel protector See page 45 17 4 Disconnect the connectors arrow and remove the fixing bolt 1 of the immobilizer control mo...

Page 1559: ...n 35 68 Installation 35 68 Headlight Assembly 35 69 Removal 35 69 Installation 35 70 Adjustment 35 70 Rear Combination Light Assembly Fixed Part 35 74 Removal 35 74 Installation 35 75 Rear Combination...

Page 1560: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 35 2 35...

Page 1561: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 35 LIGHTING SYSTEM 35 3 35 LIGHTING SYSTEM GENERAL INFORMATION Light Position Diagram RT21350010 11 12 5 1 3 6 7 2 4 10 9 8...

Page 1562: ...r Front Dome Light 3 Side Turn Signal Light 4 Front Door Courtesy Light 5 Front Fog Light 6 High Mounted Stop Light 7 Interior Rear Dome Light 8 Luggage Compartment Light 9 Rear Combination Light Fixe...

Page 1563: ...trol Module BCM 3 Headlight Adjustment Switch Assembly 4 Hazard Warning Light Switch 5 Instrument Panel Fuse and Relay Box B 6 Headlight Leveling Switch 7 Backlight Adjustment Switch 8 Interior Rear D...

Page 1564: ...t brake light and back up light rear fog light rear fog light and reflector license plate light high mounted stop light rear dome light and luggage compartment light The headlight assembly and rear co...

Page 1565: ...w 1 5 0 5 Rear Combination Light Assembly Fixing Nut 4 5 1 Rear Combination Light Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Front Dome Light Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Rear Dome Light Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5...

Page 1566: ...R A B C EF04 20A EF03 20A EF02 20A EF01 20A M 7 4 2 6 3 5 FRONT LEFT HEADLIGHT M 7 4 2 6 3 5 FRONT RIGHT HEADLIGHT BATTERY D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 H8 H16 H7 H15 H6 H14 H5 H13 H4 H12 H3 H11 H2 H...

Page 1567: ...R2 R1 0 1 2 3 R0 HIGH BEAM 150 330 220 150 FLASH OFF PARK LOW BEAM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT SWITCH B I 007 I 007 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3...

Page 1568: ...9 7 5 3 1 10 8 6 4 2 R E1 BATTERY 60A MF03 3 WY WY WY C7 8 6 1 1 16 POSI TION LIGHT POSI TION LIGHT POSI TION LIGHT POSI TION LIGHT B B LG LG C8 8 1 15 B LG 6 1 B ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BO...

Page 1569: ...E 070 REAR RIGHT COMBI NATION LIGHT B 016 B 022 WL WL 13 4 TURN SIGNAL LIGHT B B B 036 B 018 TURN SIGNAL LIGHT GR GR 13 4 B B B 062 E 031 E 058 W E 072 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10...

Page 1570: ...W E 072 E 072 E1 W E 068 E 068 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A...

Page 1571: ...5 5 3 FRONT FOG REAR FOG COMBINATION LIGHT SWITCH B GL LY F1 B B 046 B 046 C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C20 C19 W B 043 B 043 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A...

Page 1572: ...7 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 BCM C1 C10...

Page 1573: ...EFT LICENSE PLATE LIGHT 1 2 B 018 F1 3 B B 046 B 046 E 061 E 061 W E 072 E 072 E1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 A32 A31 A3...

Page 1574: ...19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 BCM F1 C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C2 C3 C4...

Page 1575: ...6 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 B28 B29 B30 B31 B32 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C8 LR 1 2 CLOSE OPEN 35 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 31...

Page 1576: ...9 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 B28 B29 B30 B31 B32 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1...

Page 1577: ...RB INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX F18 RF35 10A F1 F2 F3 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F4 F5 F6 F7 BRAKE SWITCH REAR LEFT COMBINATION LIGHT REAR RIGHT COMBINATION LIGHT 8 1 2 W B 060...

Page 1578: ...OMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX 7 3 RG A9 13 B F1 B 045 E 061 I 007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A1...

Page 1579: ...7 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 3 E 061 E 061 B I 0...

Page 1580: ...th sides Fuse 51 34 Low beam bulb Headlight adjustment switch assembly 35 64 Low beam relay 51 34 Wire harness or connector Body Control Module BCM High beam does not come on one side Fuse 51 34 High...

Page 1581: ...tor Body Control Module BCM Symptom Suspected Area See page Hazard warning light and turn signal light do not come on Bulb Wire harness or connector Hazard Warning Light Switch 35 90 Headlight adjustm...

Page 1582: ...bulb Wire harness or connector Body Control Module BCM Symptom Suspected Area See page Brake light does not come on all Brake light bulb Brake light switch 26 26 Wire harness or connector Only one bra...

Page 1583: ...t has changed or the DTC to be reset during the wiggle test Look for broken bent protruded or corroded terminals Inspect the mounting areas of headlight adjustment switch assembly and light assemblies...

Page 1584: ...d DTCs 2 Clear DTCs a Connect X 431 3G diagnostic tester to Data Link Connector DLC b Turn ignition switch to ON and turn X 431 3G diagnostic tester on c Enter the following menus T21 BCM Erase fault...

Page 1585: ...signal Off Inactive Front Fog Light Front fog light signal On or Off Front fog light signal On Active Front fog light signal Off Inactive Rear Fog Light Rear fog light signal On or Off Rear fog light...

Page 1586: ...proceeding to next step Welcome Lamp Active Inactive Security Indicator Active Inactive 1 Vehicle brought to workshop 2 Check battery voltage 3 Check for DTCs current DTC and history DTC Tester Part C...

Page 1587: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 35 LIGHTING SYSTEM 35 29 35 8 Check for DTCs current DTC and history DTC NEXT Go to step 4 Go to next step DTC output NO DTC output 9 Confirmation test 10 End NEXT...

Page 1588: ...Circuit Circuit Open B100219 Right Side Turn Lamp Control Circuit Circuit Current Above Threshold B100311 Left Park Light Output Control Circuit Circuit Short to Ground B100313 Left Park Light output...

Page 1589: ...EM 35 31 35 LIGHTING SYSTEM DTC B100111 Left Side Turn Lamp Control Circuit Circuit Short to Ground DTC B100113 Left Side Turn Lamp Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B100119 Left Side Turn Lamp Control...

Page 1590: ...E 061 E 061 I 011 HAZARD SWITCH I 001 E 072 I 005 B 043 B 021 FRONT LEFT HEADLIGHT E 056 B 048 E 070 B 022 WL WL 13 4 TURN SIGNAL LIGHT B B B 036 E 058 W E 072 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12...

Page 1591: ...y wire harness connectors B 048 and B 041 front left door wire harness connector F 007 and engine compartment wire harness connector E 070 e Check if wire harnesses are worn pierced pinched or partial...

Page 1592: ...check for continuity between terminal C16 of BCM connector B 043 and body ground to check if it is short to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check left turn signal light contr...

Page 1593: ...the table below Standard Condition g Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between terminal 11 of engine compartment wire harness connector E 070 and terminal 10 of front left headlight wir...

Page 1594: ...combination light wire harness connector B 021 according to the table below Standard Condition RT21350500 C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C20 C19 B 043 1 4 7 10 13 16 2...

Page 1595: ...software to record and clear the DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to r...

Page 1596: ...G SYSTEM 35 38 35 DTC B100211 Right Side Turn Lamp Control Circuit Circuit Short to Ground DTC B100213 Right Side Turn Lamp Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B100219 Right Side Turn Lamp Control Circui...

Page 1597: ...61 E 061 I 011 HAZARD SWITCH I 001 E 072 I 005 B 043 FRONT RIGHT HEADLIGHT E 034 B 048 E 070 REAR RIGHT COMBI NATION LIGHT B 016 B 018 TURN SIGNAL LIGHT GR GR 13 4 B B B 062 E 031 W E 072 A32 A31 A30...

Page 1598: ...wire harness connectors B 048 and B 061 front right door wire harness connector H 002 and engine compartment wire harness connector E 070 e Check if wire harnesses are worn pierced pinched or partiall...

Page 1599: ...r check for continuity between terminal C6 of BCM connector B 043 and body ground to check if it is short to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check right turn signal light cont...

Page 1600: ...o the table below Standard Condition g Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between terminal 12 of engine compartment wire harness connector E 070 and terminal 10 of front right headlight w...

Page 1601: ...ht combination light wire harness connector B 016 according to the table below Standard Condition RT21350570 C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C20 C19 B 043 1 4 7 10 13 16...

Page 1602: ...software to record and clear the DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to r...

Page 1603: ...YSTEM 35 45 35 DTC B100311 Left Park Light Output Control Circuit Circuit Short to Ground DTC B100313 Left Park Light output Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B100319 Left Park Light Output Control Cir...

Page 1604: ...B B 021 W B 048 B E 056 9 7 5 3 1 10 8 6 4 2 R E1 BATTERY 60A MF03 3 WY WY WY C7 8 6 1 1 16 POSI TION LIGHT POSI TION LIGHT B B ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 061 B 048 E 070 REAR LEFT COMBI...

Page 1605: ...e harness connector B 021 d Disconnect the body wire harness connector B 048 and engine compartment wire harness connector E 070 e Check if wire harnesses are worn pierced pinched or partially broken...

Page 1606: ...ter check for continuity between terminal C7 of BCM connector B 043 and body ground to check if it is short to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check left position light contro...

Page 1607: ...e table below Standard Condition g Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between terminal 16 of engine compartment wire harness connector E 070 and terminal 8 of front left headlight wire ha...

Page 1608: ...y between terminal C7 of BCM connector B 043 and terminal 8 of rear left combination light wire harness connector E 056 according to the table below Standard Condition RT21350640 C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14...

Page 1609: ...t software to record and clear the DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to...

Page 1610: ...STEM 35 52 35 DTC B100411 Right Park Light Output Control Circuit Circuit Short to Ground DTC B100413 Right Park Light output Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B100419 Right Park Light Output Control C...

Page 1611: ...B B 016 W B 048 B E 034 9 7 5 3 1 10 8 6 4 2 R E1 BATTERY 60A MF03 3 POSI TION LIGHT POSI TION LIGHT LG LG C8 8 1 15 B LG 6 1 B ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 061 B 048 E 070 FRONT RIGHT HEAD...

Page 1612: ...harness connector B 016 d Disconnect the body wire harness connector B 048 and engine compartment wire harness connector E 070 e Check if wire harnesses are worn pierced pinched or partially broken f...

Page 1613: ...er check for continuity between terminal C8 of BCM connector B 043 and body ground to check if it is short to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check right position light contro...

Page 1614: ...e table below Standard Condition g Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between terminal 15 of engine compartment wire harness connector E 070 and terminal 8 of front right headlight wire h...

Page 1615: ...uity between terminal C8 of BCM connector B 043 and terminal 8 of front right headlight wire harness connector E 034 according to the table below Standard Condition RT21350700 C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C1...

Page 1616: ...t software to record and clear the DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to...

Page 1617: ...85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 B I 007 I 007 L I 005 I 005 B1 B...

Page 1618: ...and E 072 c Disconnect the rear left fog light wire harness connector B 028 and rear right fog light wire harness connector B 037 d Check if wire harnesses are worn pierced pinched or partially broke...

Page 1619: ...eter check for continuity between terminal C13 of BCM connector B 043 and body ground to check if it is short to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check rear fog light control c...

Page 1620: ...Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between terminal C13 of BCM connector B 043 and terminal 2 of rear right fog light wire harness connector B 037 according to the table below Standard Co...

Page 1621: ...atest software to record and clear the DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic teste...

Page 1622: ...ly See page 28 10 5 Remove the combination switch cover See page 28 13 6 Remove the spiral cable See page 32 67 7 Remove the headlight adjustment switch assembly a Remove the headlight adjustment swit...

Page 1623: ...erminals as shown in the table Headlight Adjustment Switch Assembly Turn Signal Light Switch If result is not as specified replace headlight adjustment switch assembly RT21350080 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10...

Page 1624: ...reverse order of removal CAUTION Always install spiral cable correctly according to the specified operating instructions Check that the horn operates normally after installation Check SRS warning ligh...

Page 1625: ...nnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the combination light adjustment switch a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry both ends of combination light adjustment switch carefully to r...

Page 1626: ...adjustment switch Check if the backlight comes on Observe if the backlight brightness changes gradually while turning the backlight switch OK Comes on and changes gradually b Connect positive battery...

Page 1627: ...radiator grille assembly See page 48 8 4 Remove the water tank upper crossmember trim board See page 48 10 5 Remove the headlight assembly a Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow from headlight assembly Tighte...

Page 1628: ...ing to the international standard CAUTION When installing headlight assembly make sure the fitting clearance between headlight and hood front fender front bumper is appropriate Adjust as necessary No...

Page 1629: ...eft right adjustment When rotating the screwdriver clockwise the beam move to left when rotating the screwdriver counterclockwise the beam move to right b Low beam up down adjustment When rotating the...

Page 1630: ...m move upward when rotating the screwdriver counterclockwise the beam move downward Adjustment method for right headlight a Low beam left right adjustment When rotating the screwdriver clockwise the b...

Page 1631: ...he screwdriver clockwise the beam move to left when rotating the screwdriver counterclockwise the beam move to right d High beam up down adjustment When rotating the screwdriver clockwise the beam mov...

Page 1632: ...nnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the rear combination light assembly fixed part a Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up and remove the rear combination light servic...

Page 1633: ...r fixing clip Tightening torque 4 5 1 N m e Remove the rear combination light assembly fixed part Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21350260 CAUTION When installing rear c...

Page 1634: ...ove the rear combination light assembly movable part a Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up and remove the rear left combination light service cover on back door b Disconne...

Page 1635: ...Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION When installing rear combination light assembly make sure the fitting clearance between rear combination light assembly and back do...

Page 1636: ...nition switch 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the front wheel house protector assembly See page 48 24 4 Remove the front fog light assembly a Disconnect the front fog light assembly w...

Page 1637: ...n switch 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the rear bumper assembly See page 48 30 4 Remove the rear fog light reflector assembly a Disconnect the rear fog light reflector assembly wire...

Page 1638: ...Open the glasses box in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration b Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with protective tape remove the front dome light assembly cover c Remove 3 fixing cr...

Page 1639: ...terminals of front dome light assembly as shown in the table If result is not as specified replace front dome light assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21350340 1 3...

Page 1640: ...cable 3 Remove the rear dome light assembly a Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with protective tape remove the rear dome light assembly cover b Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from rear dome light as...

Page 1641: ...battery negative to terminal 1 Check operation of rear dome light when turn rear dome light assembly switch to ON OFF and DOOR position Standard Condition Switch ON Does not come on Switch OFF Does no...

Page 1642: ...e battery cable 3 Remove the front door protector assembly See page 47 23 4 Remove the front door courtesy light a Disconnect the front door courtesy light wire harness connector arrow b Turn the fron...

Page 1643: ...page 47 47 4 Remove the high mounted stop light assembly a Disconnect the high mounted stop light assembly wire harness connector arrow b Remove the rear spoiler assembly See page 48 43 c Remove 3 fix...

Page 1644: ...negative battery cable 3 Remove the license plate light assembly a Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry out the license plate light assembly b Disconnect the license plate lig...

Page 1645: ...cable 3 Remove the luggage compartment light assembly a Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry out the luggage compartment light assembly cover right side b Disconnect the lugga...

Page 1646: ...oving back up light switch assembly Use a container to collect the oil Inspection 1 Check back up light switch assembly a Using ohm band of digital multimeter check for continuity between terminals of...

Page 1647: ...stalling the back up light switch assembly Then install and tighten the back up light switch Tightening torque 20 2 N m 2 Check if the transmission oil level is in the proper position after installati...

Page 1648: ...e claws arrow on both ends of the hazard warning light switch by hand and push outward forcefully to remove it Inspection 1 Check hazard warning light switch a Using ohm band of digital multimeter che...

Page 1649: ...rminal 5 then check that the switch illumination comes on OK LED comes on b Connect the positive battery lead to terminal 4 and negative battery lead to terminal 5 then check that the switch illuminat...

Page 1650: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 35 92...

Page 1651: ...36 23 Front Wiper Arm Assembly 36 24 Removal 36 24 Installation 36 25 Front Wiper Motor Assembly 36 26 Removal 36 26 Inspection 36 27 Installation 36 28 Front Washer Nozzle Assembly 36 29 Removal 36 2...

Page 1652: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 36 2 36...

Page 1653: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 36 WIPER AND WASHER 36 3 36 WIPER AND WASHER GENERAL INFORMATION Description RT21360010 12 2 4 3 3 6 2 3 1 9 8 7 5 4 14 13 17 15 10 11 16 12 18 19 20 21...

Page 1654: ...Wiper Arm Trim Cap 2 Rear Wiper Arm Assembly 3 Rear Wiper Arm Blade 4 Rear Washer Nozzle Assembly 5 Rear Wiper Motor Assembly 6 Grommet 7 Sub Wiper Arm Blade 8 Sub Wiper Arm Assembly 9 Main Wiper Arm...

Page 1655: ...ing Bolt 10 1 Front Wiper Motor Assembly Fixing Screw 10 1 Front Wiper Motor Assembly Fixing Nut 10 1 Rear Wiper Arm Assembly Upper Fixing Nut 10 1 Rear Wiper Motor Assembly Fixing Bolt 10 1 Guide Pip...

Page 1656: ...TOR REAR WIPER MOTOR 1 12 11 G G B B C1 E 032 1 2 M 7 FRONT WASHER MOTOR G G B C10 1 2 M 8 1 2 3 3 E 061 E 061 E 071 B I 007 I 007 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3...

Page 1657: ...CM W 10 A11 BG 7 A22 G 9 A6 LW 1 A4 L B 2 3 A19 A32 AUTO RETURN WIPER WASHER AUTO RETURN WIPER WASHER AUTO RETURN WIPER WASHER AUTO RETURN WIPER WASHER AUTO RETURN WIPER WIPER WIPER FRONT WIPER SW AUT...

Page 1658: ...assembly 36 26 BCM Wire harness or connector Front wiper system does not operate in INT Wiper switch assembly 36 22 Front wiper motor assembly 36 26 BCM Wire harness or connector Front wiper system d...

Page 1659: ...lowing procedures Turn ignition switch to LOCK Connect the X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to the Data Link Connector DLC and make it communicate with the vehicle electronic module by d...

Page 1660: ...the circuit diagrams to look for any common ground circuit or power supply circuit applied to the DTC Refer to the Technical Bulletin that is applied to the malfunction Ground Inspection Ground point...

Page 1661: ...tep 6 For history DTC go to step 7 DTC occurs No DTC 5 Problem repair no DTC then go to step 8 6 Troubleshoot according to Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC chart then go to step 8 7 Troubleshoot according...

Page 1662: ...ontrol Circuit Actuator Stuck B101571 Front Wiper HI Control Circuit Actuator Stuck B101671 Rear Wiper Control Circuit Actuator Stuck B101713 Front Washer Control Circuit Circuit Open B101771 Front Wa...

Page 1663: ...tion Warning Light Condition Possible Cause B101471 Front Wiper Lo Control Circuit Actuator Stuck Ignition switch ON ON Wiper switch assembly Front wiper motor assembly Front washer pump Rear wiper mo...

Page 1664: ...t to a new vehicle to perform a test a Remove the front washer pump from malfunctioning vehicle and install it to a new vehicle to perform a test a Remove the rear washer pump from malfunctioning vehi...

Page 1665: ...ment panel wire harness and connector A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 RT21360400 I 005 I 014...

Page 1666: ...according to the value s in the table below 7 Check body wire harness and connector RT21360410 1 2 3 4 5 11 12 13 14 15 6 7 8 9 10 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C2 C3 C4...

Page 1667: ...ss connector B 046 and ground B 045 l Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between body wire harness connector B 046 and ground B 045 according to the value s in the table below RT21360430...

Page 1668: ...check for continuity between engine compartment wire harness connectors E 069 and E 040 according to the value s in the table below 8 Check engine compartment wire harness and connector OK RT21360460...

Page 1669: ...the value s in the table below k Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness connector E 040 and ground E 032 l Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between engine compartment wire harn...

Page 1670: ...digital multimeter check for continuity between back door wire harness connectors T 004 and T 007 according to the value s in the table below RT21360510 E 032 E 039 1 2 Multimeter Connection Condition...

Page 1671: ...ed in Body Control Module BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch ON g Use the X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to read DTCs stored in Body C...

Page 1672: ...h assembly connector arrow b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape press the claws of wiper switch assembly and remove the wiper switch assembly by gently sliding outward CAUTION Be sure to...

Page 1673: ...T21360040 Multimeter Connection Switch Condition Specified Condition Terminal 1 Terminal 3 MIST Continuity Terminal 2 Terminal 3 INT Continuity Terminal 1 Terminal 3 LO Continuity Terminal 1 2 Termina...

Page 1674: ...the illustration 4 Remove the front wiper arm assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape remove the front wiper arm trim caps 1 b Remove 2 fixing nuts arrow from front wiper arm asse...

Page 1675: ...nt on front windshield assembly during assembly Wiper arm blade should be pressed against the locating point as shown in the illustration CAUTION Always operate carefully to prevent other components f...

Page 1676: ...c Remove the wiper motor and link rod assembly 6 Remove the front wiper motor assembly a Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow from front wiper motor assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the fixing nut...

Page 1677: ...itive and connect negative battery lead to terminal 4 to run the motor to the original position at low speed LO Check if front wiper motor assembly can stop automatically after running to the original...

Page 1678: ...ont wiper motor assembly Adjust and make sure wiper motor and wiper link rod are at the original position before installing front wiper motor assembly Otherwise wiper system will not operate normally...

Page 1679: ...b Disconnect the joint arrow between washer line and front washer nozzle assembly and remove the front washer nozzle assembly Inspection 1 Check front washer nozzle assembly a Check front washer nozzl...

Page 1680: ...of removal CAUTION Always operate carefully to prevent components from being damaged when installing front washer nozzle assembly Install washer line joint in place when installing front washer nozzle...

Page 1681: ...n in the illustration 4 Remove the rear wiper arm assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape remove the rear wiper arm trim cap 1 b Remove 2 fixing nuts 2 from rear wiper arm assembly...

Page 1682: ...er of removal CAUTION Always operate carefully to prevent other components from being damaged when installing rear wiper arm assembly Make sure to tighten fixing nuts to the specified torque when inst...

Page 1683: ...motor assembly connector 1 b Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow from rear wiper motor assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m c Remove the rear wiper motor assembly d Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective...

Page 1684: ...make the motor run again Check that motor can reset automatically OK Motor can reset automatically If result is not as specified replace rear wiper motor assembly 2 Check grommet for deterioration de...

Page 1685: ...washer line and rear washer nozzle assembly b As shown in the illustration press the rear washer nozzle assembly claws arrow and remove the rear washer nozzle assembly Inspection 1 Check rear washer n...

Page 1686: ...r of removal CAUTION Always operate carefully to prevent components from being damaged when installing rear washer nozzle assembly Install washer line joint in place when installing rear washer nozzle...

Page 1687: ...er pump and the joint 4 between washer line and rear washer pump c Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape remove the front washer pump assembly 1 and rear washer pump assembly 2 CAUTION Be s...

Page 1688: ...er pump and negative battery lead to terminal 2 c Check that washer fluid flows out of washer pump OK Washer fluid flows out of washer pump If result is not as specified replace washer pump assembly C...

Page 1689: ...See page 48 11 5 Remove the washer pump assembly See page 36 37 6 Remove the washer fluid reservoir assembly a Detach the washer lines arrow from groove on the washer fluid reservoir assembly b Remov...

Page 1690: ...k internal and external sides of washer fluid reservoir for dirt Remove dirt or replace washer fluid reservoir assembly if necessary c Check the grommet for damage Replace the grommet if necessary Ins...

Page 1691: ...sound absorbing pad a Remove the clips arrow from hood sound absorbing pad and remove the hood sound absorbing pad 7 Remove the service cover a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up...

Page 1692: ...g a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the rubber cover 1 e Detach the washer hose from clips arrow f Remove the washer line assembly from clips Installation Installation is in the revers...

Page 1693: ...ntrol Module ECM See page 06 256 7 Remove the TCU See page 18 129 8 Remove the rain gutter rail reinforcement assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape loosen the rubber bush 1 and c...

Page 1694: ...forcement assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21360380 CAUTION Always operate carefully to prevent components from being damaged when ins...

Page 1695: ...Lock Assembly 37 39 Removal 37 39 Installation 37 40 Front Door Lock Assembly 37 41 Removal 37 41 Inspection 37 42 Installation 37 43 Front Door Key Cylinder 37 44 Removal 37 44 Installation 37 45 Fro...

Page 1696: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 37 2 37...

Page 1697: ...l Module BCM Then Body Control Module BCM sends these request signals to the lock fastener of each door in order to lock unlock all doors simultaneously After inserting the mechanical key into the dri...

Page 1698: ...or DLC and make it communicate with vehicle electronic module by the data network Then select corresponding model T21 on X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to enter system and select IMMO...

Page 1699: ...Write data Read data stream Erase fault code Read fault code SELECT FUNCTION RT21370030 Reprogramming IMMO Key match Erase keys Reprogramming ECM Programming IMMO learn SK from TCU Programming IMMO le...

Page 1700: ...the key All doors engine hood and back door are closed All doors are locked by the lock button on wireless key Input Please enter again 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 bs Q W E R T Y U I O P A S D F G H J K L Z...

Page 1701: ...or the vehicle will return to the locking state If the following conditions occur within 30 s after the doors are unlocked by wireless key the vehicle will not return to the locking state and the door...

Page 1702: ...signal from the center controls is input to execute the lock command and then lock command is executed after 1 second delay Unlock success unlock signal from the center controls is input to execute t...

Page 1703: ...Add the old keys on Perform routine program screen Front Right Door Lock Assembly Rear Left Door Lock Assembly Rear Right Door Lock Assembly Lock unlock front right door with a fastener Lock unlock r...

Page 1704: ...Y U I O P A S D F G H J K L Z X Tab Caps OK Cancel Space Ins Del C V B N M lt rt ENTER X X X X X X X X RT21370043 Input Please enter again 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 bs Q W E R T Y U I O P A S D F G H J K L...

Page 1705: ...und When engine hood is not closed fully turn signal lights blink twice doors are locked and horn does not sound When back door is not closed fully turn signal lights blink twice doors are locked and...

Page 1706: ...arm mode Press the unlock button on PEPS controller Press the front door handle button REK of PEPS in the detecting range of this door handle antenna Back door open mode In the lock mode if the back d...

Page 1707: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 37 DOOR LOCK 37 13 37 Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 1708: ...SUPPLY 7 3 RG A9 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2...

Page 1709: ...3 B 036 5 1 RR LH ACT RL DR SW M REAR LEFT DOOR CONTACT SWITCH A B C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C20 C19 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18...

Page 1710: ...CK BACK DOOR SWITCH B F1 B 045 F1 B B 046 B 046 C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C20 C19 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23...

Page 1711: ...door lock unlock functions do not operate Power door unlock lock switch button Front left door lock assembly 37 41 Passive Entry Passive Start PEPS controller Wire harness or connector Body Control M...

Page 1712: ...te with vehicle electronic module by the data network Turn ignition switch to ON Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM Turn ignition switc...

Page 1713: ...ircuit diagrams to look for any common ground circuit or power supply circuit applied to the DTC Refer to Technical Bulletin that is applied to the malfunction Ground Inspection Groundings are very im...

Page 1714: ...6 DTC occurs For history DTC go to step 7 5 Problem repair no DTC then go to step 8 6 Troubleshoot according to Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC chart then go to step 8 7 Troubleshoot according to Diagnos...

Page 1715: ...ition B101D11 Siren Output Control Circuit Circuit Short to Ground B101D13 Siren Output Control Circuit Circuit Open B101D12 Siren Output Control Circuit Circuit Short to Battery B102471 Trunk Lock Co...

Page 1716: ...Output Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B101D12 Siren Output Control Circuit Circuit Short to Battery ET21370040 B BCM ANTI THEFT HORN R G G E1 C4 2 1 BATTERY 60A MF03 3 6 E1 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 11 12 13...

Page 1717: ...ction Condition Warning Light Condition Possible Cause B101D11 Siren Output Control Circuit Circuit Short to Ground Ignition switch ON ON Fuse Anti theft horn Wire harness or connector Body Control Mo...

Page 1718: ...061 and E 072 d Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between engine compartment wire harness connectors E 061 and E 072 according to the table below 3 Check body wire harness and connector...

Page 1719: ...the negative battery cable c Turn ignition switch to ON d Use the X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to record and clear the DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM e Turn the ignition...

Page 1720: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 37 DOOR LOCK 37 26 37 Result Proceed to DTC B101D11 B101D13 and B101D12 are output NG No DTC is output OK Replace Body Control Module BCM NG System is normal OK...

Page 1721: ...R CONTACT SWITCH W W B21 6 16 BY RY RY BY 2 B B 5 2 3 B 036 5 1 RR LH ACT RL DR SW M REAR LEFT DOOR CONTACT SWITCH A B C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C20 C19 B1 B2 B3 B4...

Page 1722: ...RR RH ACT RR DR SW M REAR RIGHT DOOR CONTACT SWITCH A B B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 B28 B29 B30 B31 B32 L B 047 B 047 1 2 3 4 5 6...

Page 1723: ...on Possible Cause B102471 Trunk Lock Control Circuit Actuator Stuck Ignition switch ON ON Front door lock assembly Rear door lock assembly Wire harness or connector Body Control Module BCM B102711 Bat...

Page 1724: ...1 according to the table below 3 Check body wire harness and connector RT21370501 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17 3 6 9 12 15 18 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20B21...

Page 1725: ...to the table below RT21370520 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 B28 B29 B30 B31 B32 B 047 1 2 7 13 14 8 3 9 4 10 11 12 15 16 5 6 B 026 M...

Page 1726: ...e table below RT21370550 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17 3 6 9 12 15 18 B 061 C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C20 C19 B 043 Multimeter Connection Terminal Condition Specifi...

Page 1727: ...eter check for continuity between body wire harness connectors B 040 and B 005 according to the table below RT21370580 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17 3 6 9 12 15 18 B 040 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17...

Page 1728: ...e body wire harness connector B 026 and ground B 036 ad Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between body wire harness connector B 026 and B 036 according to the table below RT21370610 1 4...

Page 1729: ...ding to the table below RT21370640 1 2 7 8 13 14 3 4 9 10 5 6 11 12 15 16 B 005 B 062 Multimeter Connection Terminal Condition Specified Condition B 005 5 B 062 Always Continuity Repair or replace bod...

Page 1730: ...ccording to the table below 5 Check front right door wire harness and connector RT21370660 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 7 10 13 16 17 5 8 11 14 17 18 6 9 12 15 18 H 002 1 2 3 4 5 6 H...

Page 1731: ...urn the ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use the X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to read DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM agai...

Page 1732: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 37 DOOR LOCK 37 38 37 Replace Body Control Module BCM NG System is normal OK...

Page 1733: ...d the fixing nut 1 from tank upper crossmember deflector Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the tank upper crossmember deflector 6 Remove the engine hood lock assembly a Remove 2 fixing nuts arrow fr...

Page 1734: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 37 DOOR LOCK 37 40 37 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Check if engine hood operates properly after installing engine hood lock assembly...

Page 1735: ...racket assembly See page 47 41 5 Remove the front left door protective film assembly See page 47 41 6 Remove the front left door glass rear guide rail assembly See page 43 51 7 Remove the front left d...

Page 1736: ...ection 1 Check front door lock assembly fastener assembly a Apply battery voltage to terminals of front door lock assembly fastener assembly connector and check if front door lock assembly works prope...

Page 1737: ...ondition Specified Condition Battery positive Terminal 4 Battery negative Terminal 5 Lock Battery positive Terminal 5 Battery negative Terminal 4 Unlock CAUTION Check if connector is installed correct...

Page 1738: ...inder protective cover a Disconnect the clip arrow between front door lock assembly and front door lock key cylinder lever b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape remove the trim plug arrow...

Page 1739: ...a Detach the clip arrow from front door key cylinder lever b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape disengage the claws arrow to separate the front door key cylinder protective cover from fr...

Page 1740: ...ock striker assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the front left door lock striker assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to the wear safety equip...

Page 1741: ...he rear left door assist grip mounting bracket assembly See page 47 41 5 Remove the rear left door protective film assembly See page 47 41 6 Remove the rear left door lock assembly a Disconnect the co...

Page 1742: ...or lock assembly works properly according to the table below Rear Left Door Lock Assembly Rear Right Door Lock Assembly If result is not as specified replace rear door lock assembly RT21370190 RT21370...

Page 1743: ...s in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Check if connector is installed correctly when installing rear door lock assembly Install the cable in place when installing rear door lock assembly Check if...

Page 1744: ...lock striker assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the rear left door lock striker assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to the wear safety equip...

Page 1745: ...the connector 1 from back door lock assembly c Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow from back door lock assembly and remove the back door lock assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m 5 Remove the back door lock m...

Page 1746: ...r Lock Assembly If result is not as specified replace back door lock assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21370241 1 2 3 4 5 6 Measurement Condition Switch Condition...

Page 1747: ...embly Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the back lock latch Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to the wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removi...

Page 1748: ...rotective tape pry up the claws on auxiliary fascia console rear cover plate assembly and remove the auxiliary fascia console rear cover plate assembly 4 Remove the low medium frequency antenna a Disc...

Page 1749: ...cy antenna b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the clip on front low frequency antenna and remove the front low frequency antenna 7 Remove the rear low frequency antenna a Remove...

Page 1750: ...t grip mounting bracket assembly See page 47 29 12 Remove the front left door protective film assembly See page 47 30 13 Remove the front left door key cylinder protective cover See page 37 44 14 Remo...

Page 1751: ...e the front door handle sensor 1 and front door outside handle 2 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21370451 RT21370460 1 2 CAUTION Clip on low frequency antenna and antenn...

Page 1752: ...O NOT push the terminals with your hands when removing wireless key cover Install battery positive and negative correctly when removing wireless key cover DO NOT pry up the battery forcibly when remov...

Page 1753: ...ke out the battery in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration 2 Remove the wireless key w o passive entry passive start a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry out the wirel...

Page 1754: ...ghtening torque 0 4 0 1 N m d Remove the wireless key upper cover e Remove the wireless key billet 1 f Remove the wireless key chip 2 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT213...

Page 1755: ...ion Procedure 38 13 Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting 38 13 Ground Inspection 38 14 Diagnosis Procedure 38 14 Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Chart 38 16 B1100 13 38 17 B1100 16 38 17 B1100 17 38 17 B1101...

Page 1756: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 38 2 38...

Page 1757: ...Low Fuel Level Warning Light 13 Speedometer 14 Fuel Gauge 15 Cruise Indicator if equipped 16 Tachometer 17 High Coolant Temperature Warning Light 18 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 19 Low Engine Oil...

Page 1758: ...located above the upper left of instrument panel assembly which is used to monitor and display the operation status of each system and component in vehicle Instrument cluster receives signals from ea...

Page 1759: ...3 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX A B I 007 I 007 L I 015 I 015 B I 050 I 050 MICROPROCESSOR SRS...

Page 1760: ...Y B 2 1 2 E 078 DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH BREAK FLUID LEVEL SENSOR OIL PRESSURE SWITCH PARKING BRAKE SWITCH 1 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 3 4 5 6 7 8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER I 015 L I 015 B E 038 E 038 E 007 W I 0...

Page 1761: ...24 29 5 10 15 20 25 30 Br B 032 21 16 VB V V V VB 12 6 22 1 2 Q ALTERNATOR 31 6 1 W FUEL PUMP MOTOR 1 2 3 4 SPIRAL CABLE CONNECTOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER I 015 L I 015 B E 038 E 038 E 007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8...

Page 1762: ...I 018 I 029 MICROPROCESSOR 6 8 PSE CONNECTION J1 I 029 J105 J106 3 2 EPS B CONNECTOR IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE I 018 I 057 A30 A31 A14 A15 BCM A I 005 11 3 DIAGNOSTIC INTERFACE I 050 CAN L1 CAN H1 CA...

Page 1763: ...3 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1 38 25 B E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 1...

Page 1764: ...nd 19 Driver Seat Belt Unfasten Indication Signal 4 20 5 Ground 21 Fuel Level Indication Signal 6 22 7 23 8 24 9 Engine Oil Pressure Indication Signal 25 10 26 Brake System Malfunction Indication Sign...

Page 1765: ...connector Instrument cluster 38 42 Engine Control Module ECM 06 256 Fuel gauge abnormal Fuel level sensor Wire harness or connector Instrument cluster 38 42 Position indicator abnormal Position light...

Page 1766: ...in tank Fuel level sensor Wire harness or connector Instrument cluster 38 42 Coolant temperature warning light abnormal High engine coolant temperature Coolant temperature sensor 06 243 Wire harness...

Page 1767: ...w seconds Turn ignition switch to ON and select Read Code If DTC is detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not detected the malfunc...

Page 1768: ...will seriously affect the normal operation of the circuit The operations to check the ground points are as follows 1 Remove the ground bolt or nut 2 Check all contact surfaces for tarnish dirt and ru...

Page 1769: ...DTC then go to step 8 6 Troubleshoot according to Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC chart then go to step 8 7 Troubleshoot according to Problem Symptoms Table then go to step 8 8 Adjust repair or replace 9...

Page 1770: ...n B1103 00 LED Airbag Fault No Subtype Information B1104 41 EEPROM Checksum Error U0100 87 Lost Communication with EMS U0101 87 Lost Communication with TCM U0114 87 Lost Communication with TMM U0126 8...

Page 1771: ...ve Threshold ET21380050 BATTERY R P RF23 10A INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 23 10A RF06 6 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 IGNITION...

Page 1772: ...100 13 Power Supply Circuit Open Ignition switch ON Charging system Wire harness or connector Instrument cluster B1100 16 Power Supply Circuit Voltage Below Threshold B1100 17 Power Supply Circuit Vol...

Page 1773: ...ive battery cable i Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness connectors I 015 and I 007 j Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between instrument panel wire harness connectors I 015 and...

Page 1774: ...e instrument panel control system e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to read the DTCs in the in...

Page 1775: ...cuit Short to Battery or Open 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 Br B 032 21 VB VB 12 1 2 Q FUEL PUMP MOTOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER I 015 L I 015 1 2 3 4...

Page 1776: ...multimeter measure the resistance between terminal 1 and terminal 2 of fuel level sensor h Check if fuel level sensor is normal according to the correspondence between fuel amount segments and standa...

Page 1777: ...tors B 003 and B 038 according to the table below Fuel Gauge Position Multimeter Connection Specification E 1 2 275 5 1 4 1 2 165 5 1 2 1 2 97 4 3 4 1 2 79 3 F 1 2 32 3 3 Check instrument panel wire h...

Page 1778: ...to record and clear the DTCs stored in the instrument panel control system e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the...

Page 1779: ...L I 015 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 Gr I 046 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23...

Page 1780: ...tion Possible Cause B1103 00 LED Airbag Fault No Subtype Information Ignition switch ON Airbag system Wire harness or connector Instrument cluster CAUTION When performing circuit diagnosis and test al...

Page 1781: ...for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to read the DTCs in the instrument cluster control system again h Read the DTCs RT21380210 32 31 30...

Page 1782: ...c tester the latest software to read the DTCs in the instrument cluster control system again e Read the DTCs DTC B1104 41 EEPROM Checksum Error DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Detection Condition Possible...

Page 1783: ...87 Lost Communication with TCM DTC U0129 87 Lost Communication with BSM DTC U0131 87 Lost Communication with EPS DTC U0140 87 Lost Communication with BCM DTC U0151 87 Lost Communication with ICM DTC...

Page 1784: ...5 J116 I 018 I 029 MICROPROCESSOR 6 8 I 029 I 005 J105 J106 3 2 IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE I 018 I 057 A30 A31 A14 A15 6 14 11 3 DIAGNOSTIC INTERFACE I 050 CAN L1 CAN H1 CAN L1 CAN H1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8...

Page 1785: ...3 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 E 027 MICROPROCESS...

Page 1786: ...l Module ECM Transmission Control Module TCM ABS control module EPS control module Body Control Module BCM SRS control module Anti theft control module Instrument cluster CAN line communication U0101...

Page 1787: ...or and terminals for deformation bend or damage a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the negative battery cable c Disconnect the EPS control module connector I 057 d Check the wire harness conn...

Page 1788: ...isconnect the negative battery cable c Disconnect the SRS control module connector I 046 d Check the wire harness connector and terminals for deformation bend or damage a Turn ignition switch to LOCK...

Page 1789: ...according to the table below 9 Check instrument panel wire harness and connector RT21380160 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 I 015 A32 A31 A30 A29...

Page 1790: ...12 13 14 15 3 4 5 6 7 8 I 034 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 I 005 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Co...

Page 1791: ...80200 7 5 3 1 8 6 4 2 I 018 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 I 005 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condi...

Page 1792: ...10 11 12 13 14 15 16 I 050 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 RT21380163 I 005 Multimeter Connection Condition Spec...

Page 1793: ...tion switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to read the DTCs in the instrument cluster control system again h Read...

Page 1794: ...38 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 38 40 38 Result Proceed to DTC U0100 87 U0101 87 U0129 87 U0131 87 U0140 87 U0151 87 U0167 87 U0214 87 and U0073 88 are output NG No DTC is output OK Replace instrument cluster...

Page 1795: ...ftware to read the DTCs in the instrument cluster control system again e Read the DTCs DTC U1300 55 Software Configuration Error Not Configured DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Detection Condition Possible...

Page 1796: ...ver See page 28 13 5 Remove the instrument cluster a Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from instrument cluster Tightening torque 1 5 0 5 N m b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the cl...

Page 1797: ...0 CAUTION When installing instrument cluster be sure to align instrument cluster positioning hole with instrument panel dowel pin and clips are clamped in place When installing instrument cluster be s...

Page 1798: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 38 44...

Page 1799: ...9 13 Tweeter Assembly 39 14 Removal 39 14 Inspection 39 14 Installation 39 14 Front Woofer Assembly 39 15 Removal 39 15 Inspection 39 15 Installation 39 16 Rear Woofer Assembly 39 17 Removal 39 17 Ins...

Page 1800: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 39 2 39...

Page 1801: ...Disc DVD Control Panel 3 No Disc DVD Assembly 4 Multi function Interface 5 Right Tweeter Assembly 6 Front Right Woofer Assembly 7 Rear Right Woofer Assembly 8 Left Tweeter Assembly 9 Antenna Assembly...

Page 1802: ...with 6 speakers which includes 2 tweeter assemblies and 4 woofer assemblies Operation Essentially radio receiver is a tuner Radio receiver demodulates the radio frequency signal received from antenna...

Page 1803: ...86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 R5 MODE MUTE RADIO BUTTONS VOL VOL R4 R3 R2 R1 R8 SPIRAL CABLE CONNECTOR ILLUMINTION INSTRUMENT CLUSTER B I 003 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7...

Page 1804: ...B13 B12 B11 B10 B9 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B I 020 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 W I 035 I 035 B 059 W I 006 I 006 B 003 1 4 7...

Page 1805: ...NA POWER SUPPLY I 037 1 2 1 2 B L 003 L 003 B R 005 R 005 B16 B15 B14 B13 B12 B11 B10 B9 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B I 020 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1...

Page 1806: ...D1 6 1 2 8 11 B 018 TO BACK UP SWITCH CAN L2 CAN H2 OB L O D3 D2 TO CAN SYSTEM AUDIO C10 C8 C6 C4 C2 C9 C7 C5 C3 C1 D10 D8 D6 D4 D2 D9 D7 D5 D3 D1 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D15 D16 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10...

Page 1807: ...ight Speaker Audio Signal 6 RL Rear Left Speaker Audio Signal 7 RL Rear Left Speaker Audio Signal 8 RR Rear Right Speaker Audio Signal 9 RR Rear Right Speaker Audio Signal 10 Steer button power Steeri...

Page 1808: ...e Reverse Signal DC High is effective 2 CAN_H CAN High Signal 3 CAN_L CAN Low Signal 4 RVC_CVBS Camera Video 5 RVC_CVBS Camera Video 6 RVC_VCC Camera Power Supply 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Steer butt...

Page 1809: ...ation 39 17 No disc DVD assembly malfunction 39 12 No disc DVD assembly does not operate Fuse blown 51 36 No disc DVD control panel 39 22 No disc DVD assembly malfunction 39 12 Wire harness and connec...

Page 1810: ...panel assembly connectors arrow and remove the DVD panel assembly 4 Remove the no disc DVD assembly CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing no disc DVD assembly Ap...

Page 1811: ...2 Check antenna and connectors for damage Replace if necessary 3 Check no disc DVD assembly house for deformation or damage Replace if necessary Installation Installation is in the reverse order of r...

Page 1812: ...ly Inspection 1 Check tweeter connector for damage and terminals for bend or poor connection Replace if necessary Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear s...

Page 1813: ...asure resistance of front woofer assembly according to the table below Standard Resistance If result is not as specified replace the front woofer assembly 2 Check cone paper of front woofer assembly f...

Page 1814: ...arefully to prevent components from being damaged when installing front woofer assembly Be sure to tighten fixing screws to the specified torque when installing front woofer assembly Install connector...

Page 1815: ...ure resistance of rear woofer assembly according to the table below Standard Resistance If result is not as specified replace the rear woofer assembly 2 Check cone paper of rear woofer assembly for da...

Page 1816: ...ate carefully to prevent components from being damaged when installing rear woofer assembly Be sure to tighten fixing screws to specified torque when installing rear woofer assembly Install connector...

Page 1817: ...so that antenna can be removed 4 Remove the antenna assembly w antenna amplifier a Disconnect the antenna 1 and connectors arrow from antenna assembly b Remove the fixing nut arrow from antenna assemb...

Page 1818: ...installing antenna assembly align the boss at end of antenna assembly with the groove on fixing nut as shown in the illustration and then firmly install the antenna assembly RT21390110 RT21390120 CAU...

Page 1819: ...stallation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing multi function interface Appropriate force should be applied when...

Page 1820: ...nel assembly connectors arrow and remove the DVD panel assembly 4 Remove the no disc DVD control panel a Remove 4 fixing screws arrow from no disc DVD control panel Tightening torque 2 0 5 N m b Remov...

Page 1821: ...nstallation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Operate carefully to prevent components from being damaged when installing no disc DVD control panel Check no disc DVD for proper op...

Page 1822: ...nector arrow b Cut the wire harness band arrow WARNING Be sure to read precautions for SRS airbag before removing steering wheel quick button See page 32 4 CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to...

Page 1823: ...ton trim cover 5 Remove the steering wheel quick button a Remove 6 fixing screws arrow from steering wheel quick button and remove the steering wheel quick button Tightening torque 0 7 0 2 N m 3 4 5 6...

Page 1824: ...ck for continuity of wire harness between steering wheel quick button connector and audio unit no disc DVD assembly Replace if necessary Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CA...

Page 1825: ...cuit Diagram 40 5 Reversing Radar Control Module Assembly Terminal List 40 8 DIAGNOSIS TESTING 40 9 Problem Symptoms Table 40 9 Self checking Function 40 9 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 40 10 Reversing Radar Sen...

Page 1826: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 40 2 40...

Page 1827: ...system is activated when shift lever is shifted to reverse range When the reversing radar sensor detects obstacles behind the instrument cluster built in buzzer will sound This can help driver to eli...

Page 1828: ...e response way of reversing radar system is buzzer response The table below shows the correspondence between buzzer response frequency and actual obstacle distance Specification Torque Specification T...

Page 1829: ...3 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 31 35 39 40 41 42 32 33 36 37 38 34 27 28 29 30 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START 20A EF34 10A EF28 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AN...

Page 1830: ...3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE A...

Page 1831: ...REAR LEFT RADAR SENSOR RW WG RB B B B B B LEFT CENTER RADAR SENSOR 7 1 2 8 15 16 1 2 RIGHT CENTER RADAR SENSOR 1 2 GW B REAR RIGHT RADAR SENSOR 4 1 2 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 W B 020 RE...

Page 1832: ...erminal Definition Pin No Terminal Definition 1 Reversing Signal 9 2 10 3 Ignition Signal 11 4 Center Right Reversing Radar Sensor Signal 12 5 13 Data Signal to Body Control Module BCM 6 14 7 Left Rev...

Page 1833: ...ensor body the instrument cluster will alarm after turning ignition switch ON and shifting the shift lever to R Specific alarms are as follows 1 When system is normal the buzzer does not sound and rev...

Page 1834: ...radar sensor connector arrow has been disconnected when removing the rear bumper assembly 4 Remove the reversing radar sensor a Press the claws on reversing radar sensor b Remove the reversing radar...

Page 1835: ...sensor align the boss at the end of reversing radar sensor with the groove on rear bumper assembly and then firmly install the reversing radar sensor as shown in the illustration RT21400030 CAUTION In...

Page 1836: ...view monitor camera and remove the rear view monitor camera Tightening torque 6 0 1 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment...

Page 1837: ...and body and remove the reversing radar control module assembly Tightening torque 5 1 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear necessary safety equipme...

Page 1838: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 40 14...

Page 1839: ...41 3 Description 41 3 Specification 41 4 Tool 41 4 Circuit Diagram 41 5 DIAGNOSIS TESTING 41 6 Problem Symptoms Table 41 6 Horn Fuse Inspection 41 6 Horn Relay Inspection 41 7 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 41 8...

Page 1840: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 41 2 41...

Page 1841: ...nents Horn high pitched horn and low pitched horn are installed on front pump crossmember Horn switch horn switch is installed on steering wheel Horn fuse horn fuse is located in engine compartment fu...

Page 1842: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 41 HORN 41 4 41 Specification Torque Specification Tool General Tool Description Torque N m Horn Fixing Bolt 16 2 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 1843: ...T FUSE AND RELAY BOX 2 5 1 3 3 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 W E 067 W E 068 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 H8...

Page 1844: ...ine compartment fuse and relay box 2 Check horn fuse a Using a fuse puller remove the horn fuse 15 A b Check if the fuse is blown Replace the fuse if it is blown Symptom Suspected Area See page Horn d...

Page 1845: ...ance according to the table below If result is not as specified replace the relay RT21410031 1 4 2 5 3 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition Terminal 3 Terminal 5 When battery voltage is...

Page 1846: ...hed horn Tightening torque 16 2 N m 5 Remove the low pitched horn a Disconnect the low pitched horn wire harness connector 1 b Remove the fixing bolt arrow from the low pitched horn bracket and remove...

Page 1847: ...heck wire harness Using a digital multimeter check for an open short or ground failure in the horn system wire harness Replace if necessary Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal...

Page 1848: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 41 10...

Page 1849: ...2 OTHER SYSTEM GENERAL INFORMATION 42 3 Description 42 3 Circuit Diagram 42 4 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 42 5 Cigarette Lighter Assembly 42 5 Removal 42 5 Installation 42 6 Backup Power Supply Assembly 42 7 R...

Page 1850: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 42 2 42...

Page 1851: ...power supply which is located on the USB panel assembly for charging at any time 1 Auxiliary Fascia Console Assembly 2 Cigarette Lighter End 3 Cigarette Lighter Fixing Bush 4 Cigarette Lighter Housing...

Page 1852: ...NITION SEITCH ACC OR ON BATTERY RF14 15A RF45 10A E20 E19 E18 E17 E12 E11 E10 E9 E4 E3 E2 E1 E8 E7 E6 E5 E16 E15 E14 E13 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14...

Page 1853: ...ive tape pry off the clips on USB panel assembly and remove the cigarette lighter panel c Disconnect the cigarette lighter connector arrow CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents...

Page 1854: ...sing in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration and remove the cigarette lighter housing Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal HINT When installing cigarette lighter...

Page 1855: ...ape pry off the backup power supply assembly c Disconnect the backup power supply connector arrow and remove the backup power supply assembly CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accide...

Page 1856: ...in the reverse order of removal HINT When installing backup power supply assembly align the protrusion of backup power supply assembly end with the slot on USB panel and install the backup power supp...

Page 1857: ...embly 43 49 Removal 43 49 Installation 43 50 Front Door Glass Rear Guide Rail Assembly 43 51 Removal 43 51 Installation 43 52 Front Door Power Glass Regulator Assembly 43 53 Removal 43 53 Inspection 4...

Page 1858: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 43 2 43...

Page 1859: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 43 WINDSHIELD WINDOW GLASS 43 3 43 WINDSHIELD WINDOW GLASS GENERAL INFORMATION Description RT21430010 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8...

Page 1860: ...ont Windshield Assembly 2 Front Left Door Glass Assembly 3 Rear Left Door Glass Assembly 4 Left Triangular Window Glass Assembly 5 Rear Windshield Assembly 6 Right Triangular Window Glass Assembly 7 R...

Page 1861: ...master switch or any power glass regulating switch to transmit the UP DOWN signal to corresponding power glass regulator motor thus controlling the UP DOWN operation of corresponding power window gla...

Page 1862: ...l UP function Power window glass goes up when power glass regulating control master switch or any power glass regulating switch is pulled up and stops when switch is released Manual DOWN function Powe...

Page 1863: ...d rear door glass regulating switch when power window lock switch is pressed again OK Front passenger side power glass regulating switch and rear door glass regulating switch can be operated 2 Check m...

Page 1864: ...UP close Pushed DOWN open Rear left side Pulled UP close Pushed DOWN open Rear right side Pulled UP close Pushed DOWN open Description Torque N m Power Glass Regulating Control Master Switch Assembly...

Page 1865: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 43 WINDSHIELD WINDOW GLASS 43 9 43 Tools Special Tool General Tool Interior Crow Plate RCH0000025 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 1866: ...WER WINDOW REGULATOR MOTOR W JAM PROTECTION FUNCTION FRONT RIGHT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR MOTOR 3 M 8 11 Y Y P P 1 2 D4 D3 M 8 11 LY LY GY GY 1 2 D6 D8 M 4 10 BL BL RY RY 1 2 D11 D12 M 1 4 7 10 13 16 2...

Page 1867: ...IN SW DOWN 220 UP FR WIN SW DOWN 220 UP FL WIN SW DOWN 220 8 6 B9 5 3 4 2 1 7 13 8 B10 11 B12 17 B11 14 B24 15 B7 12 B19 6 3 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17 3 6 9 12 15 18 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17...

Page 1868: ...B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 B28 B29 B30 B31 B32 A ILLUMINATION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 B 047 L B 047 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17 3 6 9 12 15 1...

Page 1869: ...ce DTC Confirmation Procedure Confirm that battery voltage is normal before performing the following procedures Turn ignition switch to LOCK Connect X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to D...

Page 1870: ...s and grounding parts related to the current DTC Remove the Body Control Module BCM from the malfunctioning vehicle and install it to a new vehicle and perform a test If DTC cannot be cleared the Body...

Page 1871: ...fore proceeding to next step 1 Vehicle brought to workshop 2 Check battery voltage 3 Customer problem analysis 4 Check for DTCs current DTC and history DTC NEXT NEXT NEXT For current DTC go to step 6...

Page 1872: ...FR Window Up Control Circuit Circuit Open B100E71 FR Window Up Control Circuit Actuator Stuck B100F13 FR Window Down Control Circuit Circuit Open B100F71 FR Window Down Control Circuit Actuator Stuck...

Page 1873: ...OW GLASS 43 17 43 DTC B100C13 FL Window Up Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B100C71 FL Window Up Control Circuit Actuator Stuck DTC B100D13 FL Window Down Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B100D71 FL W...

Page 1874: ...W B 044 Gr F 006 a F 006 a W B 040 FRONT LEFT POWER WINDOW SWITCH L L UP FL WIN SW DOWN 220 8 6 B9 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17...

Page 1875: ...it Open Ignition switch ON ON Glass regulating control master switch Power glass regulator assembly Wire harness or connector Body Control Module BCM B100C71 FL Window Up Control Circuit Actuator Stuc...

Page 1876: ...check for continuity between body wire harness connector B 040 and ground B 036 according to the table below RT21430550 D1 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11D12 D2 D3 D4 D5 B 044 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17 3 6 9...

Page 1877: ...n switch to ON d Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to record and clear DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds 4 Check fro...

Page 1878: ...on switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to read DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM again Result Proceed to DTC B100C13 B100C71 B100D13 and B100D71 are output NG No...

Page 1879: ...OW GLASS 43 23 43 DTC B100E13 FR Window Up Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B100E71 FR Window Up Control Circuit Actuator Stuck DTC B100F13 FR Window Down Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B100F71 FR W...

Page 1880: ...DOWN 220 B B B 3 B 061 H 002 B 061 B 062 H 002 H 003 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17 3 6 9 12 15 18 W B 061 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 B H 003 B 047 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17...

Page 1881: ...rcuit Circuit Open Ignition switch ON ON Glass regulating control switch Power glass regulator assembly Wire harness or connector Body Control Module BCM B100E71 FR Window Up Control Circuit Actuator...

Page 1882: ...e harness connectors B 047 and B 041 according to the table below RT21430570 D1 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11D12 D2 D3 D4 D5 B 044 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17 3 6 9 12 15 18 B 061 Multimeter Connection Condit...

Page 1883: ...and ground B 036 l Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between body wire harness connector B 040 and ground B 036 according to the table below RT21430670 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17 3 6...

Page 1884: ...ctors H 002 and H 003 according to the table below 4 Check front left door wire harness and connector RT21430720 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 7 10 13 16 17 5 8 11 14 17 18 6 9 12 15...

Page 1885: ...dule BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to read DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM...

Page 1886: ...OW GLASS 43 30 43 DTC B101013 RL Window Up Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B101071 RL Window Up Control Circuit Actuator Stuck DTC B101113 RL Window Down Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B101171 RL W...

Page 1887: ...I 005 W E 072 W B 044 Gr L 004 REAR LEFT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR MOTOR L 004 W B 040 Y B 026 FRONT LEFT POWER WINDOW SWITCH B R R 11 UP RL WIN SW 220 4 B11 14 B 040 B 036 F 007 F 009 3 9 1 6 WV WV B14...

Page 1888: ...3 RL Window Up Control Circuit Circuit Open Ignition switch ON ON Glass regulating switch Power glass regulator assembly Wire harness or connector Body Control Module BCM B101071 RL Window Up Control...

Page 1889: ...continuity between body wire harness connectors B 047 and B 026 according to the table below 3 Check body wire harness and connector RT21430600 D1 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11D12 D2 D3 D4 D5 B 044 1 2 7 13 14...

Page 1890: ...multimeter check for continuity between body wire harness connector B 026 and ground B 036 according to the table below RT21430620 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B2...

Page 1891: ...door wire harness connectors L 005 and L 002 according to the table below 4 Check front left door wire harness and connector OK RT21430750 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 7 10 13 16 17...

Page 1892: ...ored in the Body Control Module BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to read DTCs stored in t...

Page 1893: ...OW GLASS 43 37 43 DTC B101213 RR Window Up Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B101271 RR Window Up Control Circuit Actuator Stuck DTC B101313 RR Window Down Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B101371 RR W...

Page 1894: ...R 001 W B 040 Y B 005 4 10 3 11 9 1 6 G G B15 Lg Lg UP DOWN 220 B B B 5 B 062 REAR RIGHT POWER WINDOW SWITCH R 003 B 005 R 002 B 005 R 002 6 11 FRONT LEFT POWER WINDOW SWITCH B BG BG UP RR WIN SW DOWN...

Page 1895: ...l Circuit Circuit Open Ignition switch ON ON Glass regulating switch Power glass regulator assembly Wire harness or connector Body Control Module BCM B101271 RR Window Up Control Circuit Actuator Stuc...

Page 1896: ...dy wire harness connectors B 047 and B 041 according to the table below RT21430630 D1 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11D12 D2 D3 D4 D5 B 044 1 2 7 8 13 14 3 4 9 10 5 6 11 12 15 16 B 005 Multimeter Connection Condit...

Page 1897: ...005 and ground B 062 l Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between body wire harness connector B 005 and ground B 062 according to the table below RT21430660 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17...

Page 1898: ...ntinuity between rear right door wire harness connectors R 001 and R 002 according to the table below 4 Check front left door wire harness and connector RT21430780 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13...

Page 1899: ...dule BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to read DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM...

Page 1900: ...torque 2 0 5 N m c Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the power glass regulating control master switch assembly d Disconnect the connector arrow from power glass regulating contr...

Page 1901: ...ccording to the table below If result is not as specified replace power glass regulating control master switch RT21430080 1 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10111213141516 RT21430090 Area Multimeter Connection Switch...

Page 1902: ...g to the table below If result is not as specified replace power glass regulating control master switch Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal 1 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10111213141516 RT...

Page 1903: ...not necessary to remove the front left door frame weatherstrip completely There is a fixing screw in the front door frame weatherstrip b Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from front door outer weather bar...

Page 1904: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 43 WINDSHIELD WINDOW GLASS 43 48 43 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal...

Page 1905: ...28 6 Remove the front left door glass run a Lower the front door glass assembly and pull out the front left door glass run from the slot 7 Remove the front left door glass assembly a Raise the front d...

Page 1906: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 43 WINDSHIELD WINDOW GLASS 43 50 43 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal...

Page 1907: ...7 23 4 Remove the front left door assist grip mounting bracket assembly See page 47 28 5 Remove the front left door protective film assembly See page 47 28 6 Remove the front left door glass rear guid...

Page 1908: ...lass rear guide rail assembly from the slot Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21430130 CAUTION After glass regulating system is installed make sure that the window glass c...

Page 1909: ...t left door protective film assembly See page 47 28 6 Remove the front left door glass assembly See page 43 49 7 Remove the front left door power glass regulator assembly a Disconnect the connector 1...

Page 1910: ...the table below If result is not as specified replace front door power glass regulator assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21430150 1 2 Measurement Condition Speci...

Page 1911: ...rubber 1 from power glass regulating switch assembly b Remove the fixing screw 2 from power glass regulating switch assembly Tightening torque 2 0 5 N m c Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective t...

Page 1912: ...ating switch assembly and remove the left power glass regulating switch assembly 4 Remove the left power glass regulating switch a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws arr...

Page 1913: ...Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 10 RT21430240 Area Multimeter Connection Switch Condition Specified Condition Front right door glassregulating switch 6...

Page 1914: ...door weatherstrip b Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from rear door outer weather bar Tightening torque 1 3 0 2 N m c Remove the rear left door outer weather bar in the direction of arrow as shown in the...

Page 1915: ...r assist grip mounting bracket assembly See page 47 39 6 Remove the rear left door protective film assembly See page 47 39 7 Remove the rear door glass rear guide rail assembly See page 43 61 8 Remove...

Page 1916: ...bly to the proper position b Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from rear door glass assembly and remove the rear left door glass assembly Tightening torque 9 1 N m Installation Installation is in the revers...

Page 1917: ...the rear left door frame weatherstrip completely There is a fixing screw in the rear door frame weatherstrip b Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from rear door glass rear guide rail assembly Tightening to...

Page 1918: ...r left door protective film assembly See page 47 39 7 Remove the rear door glass rear guide rail assembly See page 43 61 8 Remove the rear left door glass assembly See page 43 59 9 Remove the rear lef...

Page 1919: ...the table below If result is not as specified replace rear door power glass regulator assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21430290 1 2 Measurement Condition Specif...

Page 1920: ...body and triangular window glass assembly d Tie wooden blocks or similar objects to both piano wire ends cut off adhesive by pulling the piano wire around triangular window glass assembly and remove...

Page 1921: ...adhesive sticking to glass with a scraper b Clean the outer edges of glass with glass cleaner Adhesive RT21430320 CAUTION Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched when cutting the adhesi...

Page 1922: ...assembly and body at the positions shown in the illustration d Remove the triangular window glass assembly 2 Apply a coat of primer M to the contact surface of body a Using a brush apply a coat of pr...

Page 1923: ...angular window glass assembly a Using a brush or sponge apply a coat of primer G to the glass rim and contact surface b Use a piece of clean cloth to wipe off the excess primer before drying c Width o...

Page 1924: ...rtridge to sealer gun c Apply adhesive evenly to the triangular window glass assembly as shown in the illustration Adhesive width 8 10 mm Adhesive height 11 13 mm 7 Install the triangular window glass...

Page 1925: ...ound the triangular window glass and remove them when the adhesive becomes hard 8 Install the triangular window glass trim board 9 Check and repair the sealing of glass a Check the glass for leakage a...

Page 1926: ...garnish assembly See page 48 39 7 Remove the front windshield weatherstrip 8 Remove the front windshield assembly a Cut the adhesive with a knife b Apply protective tape to the outer surface of body t...

Page 1927: ...ans are required DO NOT drop the front windshield assembly when removing it Leave as much adhesive on body as possible when cutting the adhesive When separating the front windshield assembly from vehi...

Page 1928: ...ld assembly a Align the clip with installation hole on roof panel b Check if whole contact surface of glass rim is perfectly even c Place matchmarks on the front windshield and body at the positions s...

Page 1929: ...f the front windshield assembly a Remove any residue on the contact surface of front windshield assembly with a piece of clean cloth soaked with glass cleaner CAUTION Allow primer to dry for at least...

Page 1930: ...fore drying c Width of primer is 13 15 mm 5 Mix the adhesive a Using solvent thoroughly clean the mixing board and scraper b Using a scraper thoroughly mix the 500 g main adhesive and 75 g hardener on...

Page 1931: ...indshield assembly a Align the matchmarks on windshield and vehicle body and gently press in the windshield along the rim b Uniformly apply adhesive to the windshield rim with a scraper c Remove any e...

Page 1932: ...of the glass a Check the glass for leakage after adhesive has completely hardened b If it leaks seal the leaks by adding adhesive 10 Install the front windshield lower garnish assembly 11 Install the...

Page 1933: ...move the rear wiper motor assembly See page 36 33 6 Remove the rear spoiler assembly See page 48 43 7 Remove the defroster wire harness assembly a Disconnect the left defroster wire harness connector...

Page 1934: ...as shown in the illustration b Clean the contact surface of vehicle body with cleaner RT21430341 CAUTION When removing the rear windshield assembly 2 technicians are required DO NOT drop the rear wind...

Page 1935: ...windshield assembly a Align the clip with installation hole on roof panel b Check if whole contact surface of glass rim is perfectly even c Place matchmarks on the rear windshield and body at the pos...

Page 1936: ...ct surface of rear windshield a Remove any residue on the contact surface of rear windshield with a piece of clean cloth soaked with glass cleaner CAUTION Allow primer to dry for at least 3 minutes DO...

Page 1937: ...er thoroughly mix 500 g main adhesive and 75 g hardener on the mixing board 6 Apply the adhesive a Cut off the tip of the cartridge nozzle and add adhesive b Install the cartridge to sealer gun c Appl...

Page 1938: ...s hard 8 Install the rear windshield weatherstrip 9 Check and repair the sealing of glass a Check the glass for leakage after adhesive has completely hardened b If it leaks seal the leaks by adding ad...

Page 1939: ...ter vapors on rear windshield thus realizing a clear view To turn on the rear window defogger it is necessary to turn ignition switch to ON and press rear window defogger switch The rear window defogg...

Page 1940: ...33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 1 BATTERY DEFOGER RELAY RRLY02 85 30 86 87 RF33 25A IGNITION SEITCH ON OR ACC RF13 7 5A A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9...

Page 1941: ...djust as necessary Symptom Suspected Area See page Rear window defogger switch is turned on but does not operate indicator on Fuse 51 37 Rear window defogger switch Rear window defogger wire Wire harn...

Page 1942: ...Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the clips on DVD panel assembly b Disconnect the connectors arrow from DVD panel assembly and remove the DVD panel assembly CAUTION Make sure to...

Page 1943: ...ontrol panel c Disconnect the connector arrow from A C control panel and remove the A C control panel Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21430520 RT21430530 CAUTION Install...

Page 1944: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 43 88...

Page 1945: ...LE SERVICE 44 7 Outside Rear View Mirror Assembly 44 7 Removal 44 7 Inspection 44 8 Installation 44 8 Outside Rear View Mirror Housing Assembly 44 9 Removal 44 9 Installation 44 9 Outside Rear View Mi...

Page 1946: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 44 2 44...

Page 1947: ...left protector assembly With ignition switch ON press power outside rear view mirror adjustment switch L or R to select the left or right outside rear view mirror that you want to adjust and then pre...

Page 1948: ...VIEW MIRROR 44 4 44 Specifications Torque Specifications Tool General Tool Description Torque N m Outside Rear View Mirror Assembly Fixing Bolt 6 1 Inside Rear View Mirror Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 0...

Page 1949: ...12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4...

Page 1950: ...se is damaged 2 Check if wire harnesses and connectors related to rear view mirror are worn pierced pinched or partially broken 3 Check wire harnesses and connectors related to rear view mirror for br...

Page 1951: ...23 4 Remove the left outside rear view mirror assembly a Disconnect the outside rear view mirror connector 1 b Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow from outside rear view mirror assembly Tightening torque 6 1...

Page 1952: ...ion is in the reverse order of removal 1 2 3 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 5 6 7 RT21440040 Measurement Condition Specified Condition Battery positive Terminal 3 Battery negative Terminal 2 UP Battery po...

Page 1953: ...apped with protective tape remove the clip from outside rear view mirror housing assembly and remove the left outside rear view mirror housing assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse orde...

Page 1954: ...tside rear view mirror frame c Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws arrow of outside rear view mirror lens assembly d Remove the left outside rear view mirror lens assembl...

Page 1955: ...ew mirror assembly in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Appropriate force should be applied when removing inside...

Page 1956: ...tch unit panel b Disconnect the rear view mirror adjustment switch connector arrow c Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape detach the claws arrow of rear view mirror adjustment switch assem...

Page 1957: ...sembly according to the table below If result is not as specified replace rear view mirror adjustment switch assembly L R 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 RT21440150 Multimeter Connection Switch Condition Specifi...

Page 1958: ...Always operate carefully to prevent components from being damaged when installing the rear view mirror adjustment switch assembly Install each connector in place when installing rear view mirror adjus...

Page 1959: ...ools 45 8 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 45 9 Auxiliary Fascia Console Assembly 45 9 Removal 45 9 Disassembly 45 13 Assembly 45 16 Installation 45 16 Instrument Panel Assembly 45 17 Removal 45 17 Disassembly 45 2...

Page 1960: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 45 2 45...

Page 1961: ...tomobile Co Ltd 45 INSTRUMENT PANEL 45 3 45 INSTRUMENT PANEL GENERAL INFORMATION Description Auxiliary Fascia Console Assembly RT21450010 2 4 10 9 4 4 2 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 8 15 16 13 11 12 18 17 19 2...

Page 1962: ...Front Left Protector 7 Auxiliary Fascia Console Front Right Protector 8 Auxiliary Fascia Console Assembly 9 Auxiliary Fascia Console Rear Cover Plate Assembly 10 Parking Brake Garnish 11 Cup Holder As...

Page 1963: ...Panel Assembly 7 No Disc DVD Assembly 8 DVD Panel Assembly 9 Fuse Box Cover 10 Combination Light Adjust Switch Panel 11 Instrument Panel Lower Left Protector Assembly 12 Instrument Cluster 13 Hazard...

Page 1964: ...system 1 Instrument Panel Crossmember Assembly 2 Instrument Panel Crossmember Lower Left Bracket Assembly 3 Instrument Panel Crossmember Lower Right Bracket Assembly 4 Left Defroster Duct Assembly 5...

Page 1965: ...mbly Fixing Bolt 10 1 Instrument Panel Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 1 Face Air Duct Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Defroster Duct Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Center Defroster Duct Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5...

Page 1966: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 45 INSTRUMENT PANEL 45 8 45 Tools Special Tools Steering Wheel Remover Interior Crow Plate RCH0000014 RCH0000025...

Page 1967: ...n in the illustration 4 Remove the parking brake garnish a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws on parking brake garnish and remove the parking brake garnish CAUTION Be su...

Page 1968: ...USB panel assembly and remove the USB panel assembly 6 Remove the gearshift cover plate assembly for CVT model a Pull out the shift knob in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration b Using...

Page 1969: ...as an example a Remove the fixing bolt arrow from auxiliary fascia console front left protector Tightening torque 5 1 N m b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws on auxili...

Page 1970: ...m d Pull up the seat adjusting handle and move the front seat assembly to the foremost position e Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from rear part of auxiliary fascia console assembly Tightening torque 5 1...

Page 1971: ...m i Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly Disassembly 1 Remove the anti theft coil for CVT model a Disengage the claws arrow and remove the anti theft coil 2 Remove the auxiliary fascia consol...

Page 1972: ...auxiliary fascia console assembly 3 Remove the armrest box cover assembly and armrest inner storage box a Pull out the hinge shaft in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration b Remove the...

Page 1973: ...e front trim ring from auxiliary fascia console assembly 7 Remove the auxiliary fascia console front inner protector assembly a Remove the auxiliary fascia console front inner protector assembly from...

Page 1974: ...ce from USB panel assembly Assembly Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal iPod AUX RT21450280 iPod AUX CAUTION Make sure to tight...

Page 1975: ...nel assembly all components related to airbag should be operated with battery power source off It is forbidden to operate them with power source on Because within 60 seconds after vehicle stops or fus...

Page 1976: ...ips on DVD panel assembly b Disconnect the connectors arrow from DVD panel assembly and remove the DVD panel assembly 5 Remove the no disc DVD assembly See page 39 12 6 Remove the A C control panel as...

Page 1977: ...eft side as an example a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws on instrument panel left end panel assembly and remove the instrument panel left end panel assembly 11 Remove...

Page 1978: ...he instrument cluster See page 38 42 23 Remove the A pillar upper protector assembly See page 49 17 24 Remove the instrument panel assembly a Disconnect the front passenger airbag connector 1 b Remove...

Page 1979: ...ng light as shown in the illustration b Remove the hazard warning light from instrument panel assembly 3 Remove the damper assembly a Press the claws arrow as shown in the illustration b Remove the da...

Page 1980: ...defroster duct assembly Tightening torque 1 5 0 5 N m b Remove the center defroster duct assembly from instrument panel assembly 7 Remove the instrument panel left outlet assembly a Using a screwdriv...

Page 1981: ...nger airbag b Remove the front passenger airbag from instrument panel assembly Assembly Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT2...

Page 1982: ...N m 5 Loosen the connector mounting bracket a Disconnect the connectors 1 from the inner part of connector mounting bracket b Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from connector mounting bracket and loosen the...

Page 1983: ...he anti theft module Tightening torque 7 1 N m 9 Remove the instrument panel crossmember lower bracket assembly a Remove 6 fixing bolts arrow from instrument panel crossmember lower bracket assemblies...

Page 1984: ...e Tightening torque 15 2 N m c Remove the clips arrow from lower part of instrument panel wire harness d Remove the clips from upper part of instrument panel wire harness and separate the instrument p...

Page 1985: ...ossmember bracket assembly take left side as an example a Remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from instrument panel crossmember bracket assembly Tightening torque 23 2 N m b Remove the instrument panel crossm...

Page 1986: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 45 28...

Page 1987: ...t Diagram 46 11 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 46 12 Front Seat Assembly 46 12 Removal 46 12 Disassembly 46 14 Assembly 46 22 Installation 46 22 Inspection 46 22 Rear Seat Assembly 46 25 Removal 46 25 Disassembly...

Page 1988: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 46 2 46...

Page 1989: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 46 SEAT 46 3 46 SEAT GENERAL INFORMATION Description Driver Seat Assembly RT21460010 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 1 3 6 7 8 9 2 4 5 15 10 11 12 13 14...

Page 1990: ...le Assembly 6 Driver Seatback Assembly 7 Driver Seat Rear Mounting Foot Cover Assembly 8 Driver Seat Outer Shield Assembly 9 Driver Seat Reclining Adjuster Handle 10 Driver Seat Reclining Adjuster Han...

Page 1991: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 46 SEAT 46 5 46 Front Passenger Seat Assembly RT21460020 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 7 1 2 8 5 6 13 14 15 12 10 9 11...

Page 1992: ...Passenger Seat Inner Shield Assembly 7 Front Passenger Seat Rear Mounting Foot Cover Assembly 8 Front Passenger Seat Track Assembly 9 Front Passenger Seat Front Mounting Foot Cover Assembly 10 Front...

Page 1993: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 46 SEAT 46 7 46 Rear Seat Assembly RT21460030 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 3 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 10 20 16 19 21 13 12 11 17 18 15 14...

Page 1994: ...Seatback Unlock Mechanism Cover 5 Rear Seatback Unlock Mechanism Assembly 6 Child Seat Upper Fixing Point Trim Cover 7 Rear Left Seatback Assembly 8 Rear Left Seat Folder Mechanism Assembly Outer Cove...

Page 1995: ...5 Seat Inner Shield Assembly Fixing Screw 4 8 0 5 Seat Track Assembly Fixing Bolt 24 2 4 Rear Seat Assembly Fixing Bolt 50 5 Attachment Trim Cover Fixing Screw Between Rear Seat Cushion and Seatback...

Page 1996: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 46 SEAT 46 10 46 Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Page 1997: ...1 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F4 F5 F6 F7 W B 060 B 060 18 I 035 B 059 I 006 B 003 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 W B 059 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 B B I 044 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 I 044 B 065 B 071 B 06...

Page 1998: ...ly a As shown in the illustration press the seat headrest guide w button and remove the driver seat headrest assembly 4 Remove the driver seat assembly a As shown in the illustration pull up the seat...

Page 1999: ...own in the illustration pull up the seat track unlock handle and move the seat assembly to the foremost position e Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the seat rear mounting foot c...

Page 2000: ...lining adjuster handle and move the seatback to the upright position and remove the driver seat assembly Disassembly HINT Use the same procedures for the front passenger seat assembly and driver seat...

Page 2001: ...cover assembly a Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from the seat rear mounting foot cover assembly and remove the driver seat rear mounting foot cover assembly Tightening torque 4 8 0 5 N m 4 Remove the s...

Page 2002: ...a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the seat reclining adjuster handle cover 1 b Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from the seat reclining adjuster handle and remove the driver seat r...

Page 2003: ...ghtening torque 4 8 0 5 N m b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws on the seat outer shield assembly and remove the seat outer shield assembly 9 Remove the seat outer shie...

Page 2004: ...buckle assembly Tightening torque 50 5 N m b Remove the clips arrow from the seat belt buckle assembly and remove the driver seat belt buckle assembly 11 Remove the driver seat inner shield assembly...

Page 2005: ...and seat cushion assembly 13 Remove the driver seat headrest guide a Remove 9 hog rings arrow from the seatback assembly b Press and hold the lower part of seat headrest guide in the direction of arr...

Page 2006: ...ion assembly b Remove the driver seat cushion assembly 15 Remove the seat cushion assembly for front passenger side a Remove 11 hog rings arrow from the seat cushion assembly b Disengage the clip arro...

Page 2007: ...e the passenger side seat belt reminder 1 17 Remove the seat track assembly for front passenger side a Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow from the left seat track assembly Tightening torque 24 2 4 N m b Remo...

Page 2008: ...epair or replace in time b Adjust the seatback reclining to the maximum and minimum angle by pulling up the seat reclining adjuster handle and check if the seat is difficult to move stuck etc If the a...

Page 2009: ...r replace in time e Check if the fixing bolts are set in position Tighten to the specified torque as necessary f Check the passenger side seat belt reminder for front passenger side Disconnect passeng...

Page 2010: ...pair or replace in time b Adjust the seatback reclining to the maximum and minimum angle by pulling the seatback reclining adjust switch and check if the seatback is difficult to move stuck etc If the...

Page 2011: ...rest guide w button and remove the rear left seat headrest assembly 2 Remove the rear left seat assembly a Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from the front part of rear left seat assembly Tightening torque...

Page 2012: ...achment trim cover between rear left seat cushion and seatback take left side as an example a Remove the attachment trim cover fixing screw arrow between rear left seat cushion and seatback Tightening...

Page 2013: ...the illustration b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claw on the rear seat armrest trim cover and remove the rear seat armrest trim cover c Remove the fixing screw 1 from th...

Page 2014: ...xing screw arrow from the child seat upper fixing point trim cover Tightening torque 4 8 0 5 N m c Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claw on the child seat upper fixing point...

Page 2015: ...he lower part of rear seat headrest guide in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration and remove the rear left seat headrest guide 5 Remove the rear seatback unlock mechanism assembly a Usi...

Page 2016: ...tening torque 4 8 0 5 N m c Disconnect the rear seatback unlock mechanism cables arrow and remove the rear seatback unlock mechanism assembly 6 Remove the rear seatback unlock mechanism cable a Remove...

Page 2017: ...row from the rear seat mounting foot cover assembly and remove the rear seat mounting foot cover assembly Tightening torque 4 8 0 5 N m b Remove the snap ring in the direction of arrow as shown in the...

Page 2018: ...right side of seatback assembly Tightening torque 48 4 8 N m f Separate the rear seat cushion assembly and seatback assembly 8 Remove the rear left seat folder mechanism assembly outer cover take left...

Page 2019: ...eft side of rear seat bracket assembly Tightening torque 48 4 8 N m b Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from the right side of rear seat bracket assembly Tightening torque 48 4 8 N m c Remove the rear seat...

Page 2020: ...or replace as necessary 2 Press the headrest guide w button move the headrest up and down and check if the headrest is difficult to move stuck etc If the above conditions occur repair or replace in ti...

Page 2021: ...mrest assembly forward or backward and check if the rear seat armrest assembly is difficult to move stuck etc If the above conditions occur repair or replace in time 4 Check if the fixing bolts are se...

Page 2022: ...itch b Disconnect the seat heater switch connectors arrow and remove the driver seat heater switch 1 and front passenger seat heater switch 2 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of remov...

Page 2023: ...nt Door Protector Assembly 47 23 Removal 47 23 Installation 47 27 Front Door Assembly 47 28 Removal 47 28 Installation 47 33 Adjustment 47 33 Inspection 47 35 Rear Door Protector Assembly 47 36 Remova...

Page 2024: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 47 2 47...

Page 2025: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 47 ENGINE HOOD DOOR 47 3 47 ENGINE HOOD DOOR GENERAL INFORMATION Description Hood Assembly RT21470010 MAX MAX MIN MIN 14 6 5 7 8 1 2 3 4...

Page 2026: ...D DOOR 47 4 47 1 Hood Assembly 2 Hood Upper Adjustment Block 3 Hood Right Air Spring Assembly 4 Hood Right Hinge Assembly 5 Hood Left Hinge Assembly 6 Hood Left Air Spring Assembly 7 Hood Sound absorb...

Page 2027: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 47 ENGINE HOOD DOOR 47 5 47 Front Left Door Assembly RT21470020 3 3 6 3 2 2 3 9 1 4 6 10 7 8 21 22 24 25 20 19 18 5 17 26 12 13 14 15 11 27 16 23...

Page 2028: ...oor Buffer Block 13 Front Door Glass Rear Guide Rail Assembly 14 Front Door Power Glass Regulator Assembly 15 Front Door Low Pitched Speaker 16 Front Door Lower Hinge Assembly 17 Front Door Outside Ha...

Page 2029: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 47 ENGINE HOOD DOOR 47 7 47 Back Door Assembly RT21470030 2 3 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 1 13 14 11 12 10...

Page 2030: ...Back Door Locating Block 3 Back Door Hinge Assembly 4 Back Door Left Air Spring Assembly 5 Back Door Right Air Spring Assembly 6 Back Door Locating Seat 7 Back Door Left Protector Assembly 8 Back Doo...

Page 2031: ...ng Screw 1 5 0 5 Front Door Outside Handle Base Assembly Fixing Screw 5 1 Fixing Bolt Between Front Door Hinge Assembly and Door 70 3 Fixing Bolt Between Front Door Hinge Assembly and Body 70 3 Front...

Page 2032: ...Door Hinge Assembly Fixing Nut 23 2 Back Door Lock Striker Assembly Fixing Screw 10 1 Back Door Upper Trim Board Assembly Fixing Screw 3 1 Back Door Upper Trim Board Assembly Fixing Nut 5 1 Back Door...

Page 2033: ...ocks 1 4 Remove the hood lower adjustment block a Turn the hood lower adjustment blocks counterclockwise and remove the hood lower adjustment blocks 1 WARNING When removing hood assembly an assistant...

Page 2034: ...er wrapped with protective tape pry up the rubber cover 1 b Remove the washer hose from the clips arrow 8 Release the hood air spring assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up...

Page 2035: ...hen installing hood assembly an assistant is needed to hold hood Prevent hood from dropping or sudden closing to cause accidents during operation CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent ac...

Page 2036: ...tween hood assembly and radiator grille 6 4 1 5 mm Clearance between hood assembly and front headlight assembly 6 5 1 5 mm Clearance between hood assembly and front fender assembly 4 0 1 0 mm c After...

Page 2037: ...g nuts of hood lock assembly and adjust the hood lock assembly in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration b Tighten the hood lock assembly fixing nuts to the specified torque after adjustm...

Page 2038: ...dshield lower garnish left cover plate b Remove the front windshield lower garnish left cover plate 4 Remove the hood left hinge assembly a Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow between hood hinge assembly and...

Page 2039: ...move the hood hinge Assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21480250 RT21470150 WARNING When installing hood hinge assembly an assistant is needed to hold hood Prevent...

Page 2040: ...arrow and the fixing nut 1 from the water tank upper crossmember deflector Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the water tank upper crossmember deflector 6 Remove the hood lock assembly a Remove 2 fix...

Page 2041: ...ing torque 1 5 0 5 N m b Disengage the hood grip assembly in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration c Disengage the hood cable arrow to separate it from the hood grip assembly 8 Remove th...

Page 2042: ...tion Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched when installing hood cable assembly After installation of hood cable assembly is com...

Page 2043: ...ective tape pry up the fixing clip on the lower part of hood air spring and remove the hood left air spring assembly 4 Remove the hood air spring ball pin arrow Tightening torque 10 1 N m WARNING When...

Page 2044: ...assembly an assistant is needed to hold hood Prevent hood from dropping or sudden closing to cause accidents during operation CAUTION Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched when insta...

Page 2045: ...bly and remove the front left door inner triangular block assembly 4 Remove the front left door inside handle assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the front door inside h...

Page 2046: ...r glass regulating control master switch assembly See page 43 44 7 Remove the front left door protector assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the front door protector scre...

Page 2047: ...Tightening torque 1 5 0 5 N m e Using an interior crow plate pry off the clips from the front door protector assembly and release the front door protector assembly in the direction of arrow as shown...

Page 2048: ...door inside handle assembly Tightening torque 1 5 0 5 N m b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws on front door inside handle assembly c Remove the front door inside handl...

Page 2049: ...tor assembly 12 Remove the anti theft indicator a Press the claws arrow on anti theft indicator as shown in the illustration b Remove the anti theft indicator from the front door protector assembly In...

Page 2050: ...m board garnish b Remove the front left door trim board garnish 4 Remove the front left door trim board assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the clips on front door trim...

Page 2051: ...t left door connector arrow 6 Remove the front left door frame weatherstrip a Remove the clip from the front door frame weatherstrip and remove the front left door frame weatherstrip 7 Remove the fron...

Page 2052: ...p mounting bracket assembly 10 Remove the front left door protective film assembly a Disengage the wire harness clips arrow RT21470350 CAUTION Avoid damage to front door protective film when removing...

Page 2053: ...fer assembly See page 39 15 12 Remove the left outside rear view mirror assembly See page 44 7 13 Remove the front left door key cylinder protective cover See page 37 44 14 Remove the front left door...

Page 2054: ...e front left door outside handle rear gasket a Disengage the claws from the front door outside handle rear gasket and remove the front left door outside handle rear gasket 18 Remove the front left doo...

Page 2055: ...RNING Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing front door assembly When installing front door assembly an assistant is needed to hold front door to prevent front door from...

Page 2056: ...n positions of front door assembly and each part are as follows Clearance between front door assembly and rear door assembly 4 0 1 0 mm Clearance between front door assembly and front fender assembly...

Page 2057: ...striker to the specified torque after adjustment Tightening torque 10 1 N m Inspection After front left door assembly is adjusted perform the following inspections 1 Check front door assembly for wear...

Page 2058: ...er 1 b Remove the fixing screw 2 from the rear door inside handle assembly Tightening torque 1 5 0 5 N m 4 Remove the rear left door assist grip cover a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tap...

Page 2059: ...0 5 N m b Using an interior crow plate pry off the clips from the rear door protector assembly and remove the rear door protector assembly in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration c Dise...

Page 2060: ...ector assembly 8 Remove the rear door assist grip assembly a Remove 4 fixing screws arrow from the rear door assist grip assembly Tightening torque 1 5 0 5 N m b Remove the rear door assist grip assem...

Page 2061: ...im board garnish b Remove the rear left door trim board garnish 4 Remove the rear left door trim board assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the clips on rear door trim bo...

Page 2062: ...ws on connector c Disconnect the rear left door connector arrow 6 Remove the rear left door frame weatherstrip a Remove the clip from the rear door frame weatherstrip and remove the rear left door fra...

Page 2063: ...left woofer assembly See page 39 17 11 Remove the rear left door protective film assembly a Remove the rear left door protective film assembly by gently pulling it along edges from one corner of the r...

Page 2064: ...ar door because it is integrated with the protective cover without key cylinder of rear door 13 Remove the rear left door outside handle a Slide and pull the rear door outside handle in the direction...

Page 2065: ...power glass regulator assembly See page 43 62 21 Remove the rear left door lock assembly See page 37 47 22 Remove the rear left door assembly a Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow between rear door hinge asse...

Page 2066: ...ARNING Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing rear door assembly When installing rear door assembly an assistant is needed to hold rear door to prevent rear door from dr...

Page 2067: ...r assembly and front door assembly is within the standard range Standard alignment 0 mm g After adjustment make sure alignment between rear door assembly and rear body outer panel is within the standa...

Page 2068: ...bly is adjusted perform the following inspections 1 Check rear door assembly for wear or deformation during installation and repair as necessary 2 Check if fixing bolts and fixing screws are set in po...

Page 2069: ...eft side as an example a Using an interior crow plate pry off the clips from the back door left protector assembly b Remove the back door left protector assembly 5 Remove the back door lock mechanical...

Page 2070: ...er 2 7 Remove the back door grip assembly a Remove the fixing screw arrow from the back door grip assembly Tightening torque 7 1 N m b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claw...

Page 2071: ...assembly c Remove the back door lower protector assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21470760 CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when ins...

Page 2072: ...e remove the back door buffer blocks 2 5 Remove the back door locating seat a Remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from the back door locating seat Tightening torque 1 5 1 N m b Remove the left back door locat...

Page 2073: ...im board assembly See page 48 45 13 Remove the back door lock assembly See page 37 51 14 Remove the back door opener switch assembly See page 47 56 15 Remove the rear combination light assembly movabl...

Page 2074: ...from the back door hinge assembly Tightening torque 23 2 N m b Remove the back door hinge assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal 1 RT21470800 RT21470810 WARNING When ins...

Page 2075: ...m c Loosen the fixing bolts on back door assembly and adjust the position of back door assembly in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration d Tighten the fixing bolts on back door assembly...

Page 2076: ...g After adjustment tighten fixing bolts between back door hinge and body to the specified torque Tightening torque 23 2 N m 2 Adjust the height of back door with the back door adjustment block a Lowe...

Page 2077: ...back door lock striker assembly to the specified torque after adjustment Tightening torque 10 1 N m Inspection After back door assembly is adjusted perform the following inspections 1 Check back door...

Page 2078: ...remove the back door opener switch assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when r...

Page 2079: ...ape pry off the back door air spring lower clip and remove the back door left air spring assembly 4 Remove the back door air spring ball pin arrow Tightening torque 10 1 N m WARNING When removing back...

Page 2080: ...assistant is needed to hold back door Prevent back door from dropping or sudden closing to cause accidents during operation CAUTION Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched when installi...

Page 2081: ...Wheel House Protector Assembly 48 24 Removal 48 24 Installation 48 24 Fender Assembly 48 25 Removal 48 25 Installation 48 28 Engine Lower Protector Assembly 48 29 Removal 48 29 Installation 48 29 Rea...

Page 2082: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 48 2 48...

Page 2083: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 48 EXTERIOR 48 3 48 EXTERIOR GENERAL INFORMATION Description 9 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 21 16 12 13 10 11 17 18 19 20 14 15 RT21480010 6 3 3 3 6 3 8 2 4 6 18 14 12...

Page 2084: ...r Stiffener Bracket Assembly 9 Front Bumper Upper Left Mounting Bracket Assembly 10 Front Bumper Crossmember Assembly 11 Front Bumper Energy Absorber 12 Radiator Grille Assembly 13 Front Bumper Assemb...

Page 2085: ...heel 10 Rear Bumper Left Mounting Bracket Assembly 11 Rear Left Wheel House Protector Assembly 12 Rear Bumper Crossmember Assembly 13 Rear Bumper Energy Absorber 14 Rear Bumper Assembly 15 Rear Right...

Page 2086: ...mbly Fixing Screw 2 5 0 5 Front Bumper Upper Grille Fixing Screw 2 5 0 5 Front Bumper Assembly Fixing Screw 3 1 Front Bumper Assembly Fixing Bolt 10 1 Front Fog Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Front Bum...

Page 2087: ...Bolt 9 1 Rear Spoiler Assembly Fixing Nut 5 1 High Mounted Stop Light Fixing Nut 3 5 0 5 Back Door Locating Seat Fixing Bolt 1 5 1 Rear Bumper Energy Absorber Fixing Bolt 23 2 Rear Fog Light Fixing S...

Page 2088: ...move the front name plate CAC assembly a Remove 6 fixing crews arrow from the front name plate CAC assembly Tightening torque 3 1 N m b Remove the front name plate CAC assembly from the radiator grill...

Page 2089: ...ly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21480043 CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing radiator grille assembly Try to prevent body pa...

Page 2090: ...CAUTION Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing water tank upper crossmember trim board Appropriate force should be applied when removing water tank upper crossmember tr...

Page 2091: ...rt of front bumper assembly c Remove 2 fixing screws 1 from the lower part of front bumper assembly Tightening torque 3 1 N m d Remove 2 fixing bolts 2 from the lower part of front bumper assembly Tig...

Page 2092: ...mper assembly Disassembly RT21480070 CAUTION Avoid breaking the claws when removing the front bumper assembly RT21480080 CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when disassemblin...

Page 2093: ...rber b Remove the front bumper energy absorber from the front bumper assembly 3 Remove the front bumper upper center grille a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws on front...

Page 2094: ...front left fog light cover garnish b Remove the front left fog light cover garnish from the front bumper assembly 7 Remove the front left fog light cover take left side as an example a Using a screwdr...

Page 2095: ...ar safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing front bumper assembly Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched when installing front bumper assembly Make sure that front bumper...

Page 2096: ...cket assembly a Remove 2 fixing nuts arrow from the front bumper lower stiffener bracket assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the front bumper lower stiffener bracket assembly Installation Ins...

Page 2097: ...s arrow from the front bumper left mounting bracket assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the front bumper left mounting bracket assembly 5 Remove the front bumper center stiffener bracket asse...

Page 2098: ...g bracket assembly take left side as an example a Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from the front bumper lower mounting bracket assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the front bumper lower left moun...

Page 2099: ...htening torque 23 2 N m c Remove the front bumper crossmember assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when r...

Page 2100: ...ove the front left wheel flare assembly 2 Remove the rear left wheel flare assembly a Remove the clips from the rear left wheel flare assembly b Remove the rear left wheel flare assembly CAUTION Be su...

Page 2101: ...TION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing wheel flare assembly Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched when installing wheel flare assembly Make sure da...

Page 2102: ...bly c Using an interior crow plate pry off the clip from the left apron plate cover assembly d Remove the left apron plate cover assembly in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration 3 Remov...

Page 2103: ...tallation is in the reverse order of removal RT21480331 CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing apron plate assembly Try to prevent body paint surface from being...

Page 2104: ...ly d Remove the front left wheel house protector assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing front...

Page 2105: ...mounting bracket assembly See page 48 17 7 Remove the front windshield lower garnish left cover plate a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws on front windshield lower garn...

Page 2106: ...ening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the fixing bolt arrow between fender assembly and engine hood hinge Tightening torque 10 1 N m c Remove the fixing bolt arrow between fender assembly and body Tightening...

Page 2107: ...dy Tightening torque 10 1 N m f Remove the fixing bolt arrow between lower part of fender assembly and body Tightening torque 10 1 N m g Remove the clip from the front windshield lower garnish weather...

Page 2108: ...Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing front fender Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched when installing front fender Make sure that front fender is in...

Page 2109: ...m c Remove 2 plastic clips arrow from the engine lower left protector assembly and remove the left engine lower left protector assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CA...

Page 2110: ...e with a lifter and remove the fixing screw 1 between rear bumper assembly and rear wheel house protector assembly take left side as an example Tightening torque 3 1 N m b Remove 3 plastic clips arrow...

Page 2111: ...move 2 fixing bolts 1 from the upper part of rear bumper assembly Tightening torque 3 1 N m f Disengage the claws from the rear bumper assembly take left side as an example g Disconnect the connectors...

Page 2112: ...torque 1 5 0 5 N m b Remove the rear left fog light 1 and rear right fog light 2 from the rear bumper assembly 3 Remove the reversing radar sensor a Press the claws on the reversing radar sensor b Re...

Page 2113: ...bumper assembly Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched when installing rear bumper assembly CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing rear bumper as...

Page 2114: ...rear bumper left mounting bracket assembly Tightening torque 3 1 N m b Remove the rear bumper left mounting bracket assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be su...

Page 2115: ...ghtening torque 1 5 0 5 N m 5 Remove the back door handle sensor a Disconnect the back door handle sensor arrow b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the clip and remove the back d...

Page 2116: ...bly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21480450 CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing rear bumper crossmember assembly Try to preven...

Page 2117: ...heel house protector assembly of rear left wheel Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing front wheel ho...

Page 2118: ...tening torque 3 1 N m d Remove the rear left wheel house protector assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents w...

Page 2119: ...indshield lower garnish weatherstrip a Remove the clip from the front windshield lower garnish weatherstrip b Remove the front windshield lower garnish weatherstrip 4 Remove the front windshield lower...

Page 2120: ...ion is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing front windshield lower garnish assembly Try to prevent body paint surface from bein...

Page 2121: ...er wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws on roof rack front rear trim cover and remove the roof rack front rear trim cover c Remove 5 fixing bolts arrow from the roof rack assembly and remove...

Page 2122: ...ow on roof rack front cushion b Remove the roof rack front cushion from the roof rack assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21480531 CAUTION Be sure to wear safety eq...

Page 2123: ...r 1 b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the inside rubber covers 2 c Remove 4 fixing nuts arrow from the rear spoiler assembly Tightening torque 5 1 N m d Using a screwdriver wra...

Page 2124: ...g torque 3 5 0 5 N m b Remove the high mounted stop light from the rear spoiler assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21480542 CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipmen...

Page 2125: ...m the back door upper trim board assembly Tightening torque 3 1 N m b Remove 6 fixing nuts arrow from the back door upper trim board assembly Tightening torque 5 1 N m c Using a screwdriver wrapped wi...

Page 2126: ...late light a Press the claws on license plate light in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration b Remove the license plate light from the back door upper trim board assembly 6 Remove the ca...

Page 2127: ...llation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing back door upper trim board assembly Try to prevent body paint surface from bein...

Page 2128: ...on the body b Wipe off all tape adhesive residues with cleaner 2 Clean name plate CHERY if name plate CHERY is to be reused a Using a heat light heat name plate and remove double sided tape on name pl...

Page 2129: ...ance b between lower side of name plate CAC and lower side of back door upper trim board is 4 4 2 mm 6 Installation distance ranges for name plate Tiggo5 are as follows a When attaching Tiggo5 name pl...

Page 2130: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 48 50...

Page 2131: ...ssembly 49 17 Removal 49 17 Installation 49 18 A pillar Lower Protector Assembly 49 19 Removal 49 19 Installation 49 19 B pillar Lower Protector Assembly 49 20 Removal 49 20 Installation 49 20 B pilla...

Page 2132: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 49 2 49...

Page 2133: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 49 INTERIOR 49 3 49 INTERIOR GENERAL INFORMATION Description RT21490010 11 7 1 2 4 6 8 9 3 5 17 21 22 13 16 14 18 12 10 19 20 23 24 15 2 3 3 3 5 5...

Page 2134: ...ll Pressure Plate Assembly 11 Right C pillar Upper Protector Assembly 12 Right C pillar Lower Protector Assembly 13 Back Doorsill Pressure Plate Assembly 14 Back Door Baffle Plate Assembly 15 Left C p...

Page 2135: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 49 INTERIOR 49 5 49 RT21490020 8 9 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 12 13 10 14 11 2 2 3 2...

Page 2136: ...Passenger Grip Assembly 5 Rear Left Passenger Grip Assembly 6 Right Sun Visor Holder B 7 Right Sun Visor Assembly 8 Left Sun Visor Holder B 9 Left Sun Visor Assembly 10 Interior Front Dome Light Asse...

Page 2137: ...passenger grip assembly pillar protector assembly tonneau cover assembly and carpet assembly etc 1 Front Right Door Opening Weatherstrip 2 Rear Right Door Opening Weatherstrip 3 Front Floor Carpet As...

Page 2138: ...sembly Fixing Screw 1 5 1 C pillar Upper Protector Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 1 Sun Visor Assembly Fixing Screw 3 0 5 Sun Visor Holder B Fixing Screw 3 0 5 Front Seat Belt Assembly Lower Fixing Bolt 50...

Page 2139: ...remove the front left door scuff plate assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the front doo...

Page 2140: ...he rear left door scuff plate assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the rear door scuff pl...

Page 2141: ...UTION Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the front door scuff plate assembly Appropriate force should be applied when removing the front door scuff plate assembly Be...

Page 2142: ...s in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the rear doorsill pressure plate assembly Appropriate force should be applied when remov...

Page 2143: ...the back doorsill pressure plate assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the back doorsill p...

Page 2144: ...ip Appropriate force should be applied when removing the front door opening weatherstrip and avoid operating roughly DO NOT damage the front door opening weatherstrip when removing it RT21490180 CAUTI...

Page 2145: ...strip Appropriate force should be applied when removing the rear door opening weatherstrip and avoid operating roughly DO NOT damage the rear door opening weatherstrip when removing it RT21490190 CAUT...

Page 2146: ...id operating roughly DO NOT damage the back door weatherstrip when removing it RT21490200 CAUTION The back door weatherstrip and body should be properly fitted with a certain degree of gripping force...

Page 2147: ...peaker connector arrow and remove the left A pillar protector assembly c Remove 3 fixing screws arrow from the high pitched speaker assembly Tightening torque 3 0 5 N m d Remove the high pitched speak...

Page 2148: ...assembly is installed in place when installing A pillar upper protector assembly A pillar upper protector assembly and front door opening weatherstrip should be fitted closely after installing A pill...

Page 2149: ...interior crow plate pry up the claws of A pillar lower protector assembly and remove the A pillar lower protector assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make su...

Page 2150: ...stallation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the B pillar lower protector assembly Appropriate force should be applied wh...

Page 2151: ...rt of front seat belt assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry off the front seat belt assembly lower bolt protective cap arrow b Remove the fixing bolt arrow from the lower par...

Page 2152: ...pillar upper protector assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21490130 CAUTION Make sure damaged clip are replaced and B pillar upper protector assembly is installed...

Page 2153: ...back door baffle plate assembly Tightening torque 1 5 1 N m b Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from the back door baffle plate assembly and remove the back door baffle plate assembly Tightening torque 1...

Page 2154: ...screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry off the back door light cover for right side d Disconnect the back door light connector arrow and remove the back door light e Using a screwdriver wrapped...

Page 2155: ...clips from the C pillar lower protector assembly and remove the left C pillar lower protector assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21490153 RT21490150 RT21490151 CAU...

Page 2156: ...e left C pillar upper protector assembly a Remove 3 fixing screws arrow from the C pillar upper protector assembly Tightening torque 1 5 1 N m b Using an interior crow plate pry off the clips from the...

Page 2157: ...bly is installed in place when installing C pillar upper protector assembly C pillar upper protector assembly and rear door opening weatherstrip should be fitted closely after installing C pillar uppe...

Page 2158: ...fixing screw from the sun visor holder B Tightening torque 3 0 5 N m b Remove the left sun visor holder B Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make sure to wear safety...

Page 2159: ...ont right passenger grip assembly Tightening torque 5 1 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing t...

Page 2160: ...g a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape remove the interior front dome light cover c Remove 3 fixing screws arrow from the interior front dome light assembly Tightening torque 1 5 0 5 N m CAUTION...

Page 2161: ...r rear dome light assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape remove the interior rear dome light cover b Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from the interior rear dome light assembly Tighte...

Page 2162: ...edges from one corner of the sunroof weatherstrip 7 Remove the sun visor assembly See page 49 28 8 Remove the passenger grip assembly See page 49 29 9 Remove the front doorsill pressure plate assembl...

Page 2163: ...ion Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21490320 CAUTION Make sure damaged clips are replaced and roof assembly is installed in place when installing roof assembly Roof assembly and pill...

Page 2164: ...2 6 Remove the rear seat assembly See page 46 25 7 Remove the front doorsill pressure plate assembly See page 49 11 8 Remove the front door opening weatherstrip See page 49 14 9 Remove the rear doorsi...

Page 2165: ...e driver side foot rest assembly counterclockwise b Remove the driver side foot rest assembly 2 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21490351 1 2 RT21490350 CAUTION Always pa...

Page 2166: ...d in the rear center part of luggage compartment carpet and remove the luggage compartment carpet assembly by pulling it outward Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21490360...

Page 2167: ...the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the tonneau cover assembly Appropriate force should be applied when removing the tonneau cov...

Page 2168: ...4 Remove the front left doorsill pressure plate assembly See page 49 11x 5 Remove the rear doorsill pressure plate assembly See page 49 12 6 Remove the left B pillar lower protector assembly See page...

Page 2169: ...ening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the fuel filler cap cable from the fuel tank opening bracket assembly in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration c Remove the fuel filler cap cable on the ot...

Page 2170: ...lation is in the reverse order of removal RT21490430 CAUTION Prevent interior and body paint from being scratched when installing fuel filler cap cable Make sure damaged clips are replaced and fuel fi...

Page 2171: ...lation pad a Remove the fixing nut 1 from the ground wire harness Tightening torque 15 2 N m b Remove the clips arrow from the rear wheel house sound insulation pad c Remove the clamping washer 2 from...

Page 2172: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 49 42...

Page 2173: ...nt Dimensions 50 4 Body Opening Dimensions Front View 50 5 Body Opening Dimensions Side View 50 6 Body Opening Dimensions Rear View 50 7 Body Opening Dimensions Top View 50 8 Body Frame Dimensions 50...

Page 2174: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 50 2 50...

Page 2175: ...l Remove the trim and bumper covers as necessary Repair the badly damaged areas before taking measurements for underbody alignment Monitor the upper body structure for excessive stress or movement whi...

Page 2176: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 50 BODY DIMENSIONS 50 4 50 Engine Compartment Dimensions RT21500010 1127 1 mm 1545 mm 1545 mm 874 mm 275 mm 1517 mm...

Page 2177: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 50 BODY DIMENSIONS 50 5 50 Body Opening Dimensions Front View RT21500020 790 mm 1484 mm 1484 mm...

Page 2178: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 50 BODY DIMENSIONS 50 6 50 Body Opening Dimensions Side View RT21500030 947 m m 1 4 2 5 7 m m 923 7 mm 898 8 mm 9 2 2 6 m m 1 2 5 5 7 m m...

Page 2179: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 50 BODY DIMENSIONS 50 7 50 Body Opening Dimensions Rear View RT21500040 1080 mm 1003 mm 1254 m m 1 2 5 4 m m...

Page 2180: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 50 BODY DIMENSIONS 50 8 50 Body Opening Dimensions Top View RT21500050 2 2 2 2 3 m m 2 2 2 2 3 m m 1237 4 mm 927 3 mm...

Page 2181: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 50 BODY DIMENSIONS 50 9 50 Body Frame Dimensions RT21500090 912 9 mm 890 mm 952 6 mm 2 0 5 8 1 m m 460 mm 354 mm 2 1 5 5 1 m m...

Page 2182: ...is indicated by the standard distance measurement symbol 2 Flush measurement method and instructional symbol description a Reference surface is indicated by b Pointed surface is indicated by c If the...

Page 2183: ...y Dimensions Flush between roof and front windshield at A 1 4 0 2 0 mm RT21500710 A 22 A 4 A 8 A 30 A 29 A 3 A 5 A 26 A 23 A 24 A 1 A 19 A 20 A 31 A 12 A 11 A 18 A 17 A 15 A 16 A 14 A 9 A 10 A 1 3 A 6...

Page 2184: ...4 4 0 mm Flush between front door and rear door at A 4 0 mm Clearance between front door trim board and rear door trim board at A 5 7 8 2 0 mm Flush between front door trim board and rear door trim b...

Page 2185: ...between front door and fender at A 8 4 0 mm Flush between front door and fender at A 8 0 mm Clearance between fender and hood at A 9 4 0 1 0 mm Flush between fender and hood at A 9 0 1 0 mm FRONT DOO...

Page 2186: ...el flare trim board and front bumper at A 11 0 1 0 mm Clearance between fender and front bumper at A 12 0 5 0 5 mm Flush between fender and front bumper at A 12 0 7 1 0 mm Clearance between fender and...

Page 2187: ...headlight at A 15 6 5 1 5 mm Clearance between front bumper and headlight at A 16 2 2 1 2 mm Clearance between front fog light cover and front bumper at A 17 0 5 0 5 mm RT21500380 2 4 1 0 FENDER HEAD...

Page 2188: ...tor grille and front bumper at A 20 2 0 1 0 mm Clearance between trim panel garnish and rear view mirror base at A 21 5 0 1 5 mm Flush between trim panel garnish and rear view mirror base at A 21 0 1...

Page 2189: ...3 1 2 mm Flush between side body outer panel and fender at A 23 0 1 2 mm Flush between rear view mirror base and front door weather bar at A 24 1 2 1 5 mm Clearance between front door handle and fron...

Page 2190: ...t A 27 2 0 1 0 mm Clearance between fender and front apron plate at A 28 0 mm Clearance between front door trim board and front apron plate at A 29 5 6 1 0 mm Flush between front door trim board and f...

Page 2191: ...apron plate and rear apron plate at A 30 0 mm Clearance between front towing hook cover plate and front bumper at A 31 0 8 0 5 mm Flush between front towing hook cover plate and front bumper at A 31 0...

Page 2192: ...between rear spoiler and back door at B 2 1 5 mm Flush between rear spoiler and back door at B 2 1 5 1 0 mm RT21500720 B 10 B 17 B 13 B 6 B 28 B 8 B 14 B 18 B 25 B 2 2 B 7 B 15 B 16 B 24 B 27 B 26 B 1...

Page 2193: ...arance between rear spoiler and high mounted stop light at B 5 1 0 1 0 mm Flush between rear spoiler and high mounted stop light at B 5 1 0 1 0 mm Clearance between side body outer panel and rear spoi...

Page 2194: ...ar block at B 8 1 0 0 7 mm Clearance between rear windshield and back door upper trim board at B 9 3 0 1 5 mm Clearance between rear combination light and rear fog light at B 10 4 0 2 0 mm Flush betwe...

Page 2195: ...at B 12 1 0 12 0 mm Clearance between rear combination light and side body outer panel at B 13 2 0 1 0 mm Flush between rear combination light and side body outer panel at B 13 0 8 1 0 mm Clearance be...

Page 2196: ...r and side body outer panel at B 17 3 0 0 8 mm Flush between fuel filler door and side body outer panel at B 17 1 0 mm Clearance between side body outer panel and rear bumper at B 18 0 5 0 5 mm Flush...

Page 2197: ...B 20 0 5 0 5 mm Clearance between rear fog light and rear bumper at B 21 1 3 1 0 mm Clearance between rear wheel flare trim board and rear bumper at B 22 1 0 1 0 mm Flush between rear wheel flare trim...

Page 2198: ...rd and rear apron plate at B 24 3 0 1 0 mm Clearance between rear door trim board and rear apron plate at B 25 4 6 2 0 mm Clearance between rear door trim board and rear apron plate at B 26 6 0 1 8 mm...

Page 2199: ...arance between rear door and rear door trim board at B 27 0 mm Clearance between side body outer panel and rear windshield at B 28 4 0 1 5 mm RT21500520 REAR DOOR REAR DOOR TRIM BOARD 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 4...

Page 2200: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 50 28...

Page 2201: ...n 51 26 Circuit Diagram 51 27 Ground Distribution 51 27 VEHICLE FUSE RELAY 51 33 General Information 51 33 Description 51 33 Fuse Relay 51 34 Engine Compartment Fuse and Relay Box 51 34 Instrument Pan...

Page 2202: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 51 2 51...

Page 2203: ...tor terminal etc will appear in the circuit diagram and be introduced in detail For example the information of Engine Control Module ECM is mainly introduced in chapter 6 If the component wire harness...

Page 2204: ...1 2 3 4 1 2 G B SENSOR CONTROL MODULE A D1 D2 D3 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D4 D5 W E 049 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 W I 013 W I 003 1 2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 049 EF05 30A...

Page 2205: ...te the terminal numbers of the relay 5 Color It indicates the color of this wire The color codes are as follows B Black W White R Red G Green L Blue Y Yellow Br Brown O Orange Gr Gray P Pink V Violet...

Page 2206: ...o It indicates the terminal number in the connector of this component 14 Ignition Switch It indicates the power supply from ignition switch to electrical equipment 15 Connected to It indicates that th...

Page 2207: ...uit for proper operation Voltage Test 1 Ground the negative probe black of voltmeter 2 Connect the positive probe red of voltmeter to the selected measuring point turn ignition switch on as necessary...

Page 2208: ...he test component and the negative probe black to the negative lead or body ground 3 Ohmmeter Ohmmeter is used to measure resistance between two points in a circuit or to check the circuit for an open...

Page 2209: ...repaired lead with insulating tape Fuse Replacement 1 Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch before servicing 2 Remove the blown fuse with a fuse puller 3 Replace the fuse with a n...

Page 2210: ...the sensor switch or relay to avoid damaging components during servicing 3 Connector a Disconnect the connector Hold the connector by hand and press the connector clip to disconnect it RT21020200 RT21...

Page 2211: ...terminal As shown in the illustration 1 insert a suitable tool into the terminal to lift up the fixing clip and then pull out the terminal from behind During installation push the terminal from the ba...

Page 2212: ...escription Power distribution system provides secure reliable and efficient power for all electrical equipment on the vehicle Power distribution system consists of the following components Battery Eng...

Page 2213: ...L CONNECTOR A PSE CONNECTION 30 85 86 87 30A EF41 150A MF07 L1 F13 ALTERNATOR WIRE HARNESS H5 A ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX W E 067 E 067 W E 069 E 069 H8 H16 H7 H15 H6 H14 H5 H13 H4 H12 H3...

Page 2214: ...ONTROL EMS 2 30 85 86 87 30A EF41 150A MF07 L1 F13 ALTERNATOR WIRE HARNESS H5 B A ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX W E 067 E 067 W E 069 E 069 H8 H16 H7 H15 H6 H14 H5 H13 H4 H12 H3 H11 H2 H10 H1...

Page 2215: ...9 A2 F14 A6 A7 86 30 85 87 C ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 Gr E 076 W E 06...

Page 2216: ...ARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX VARIABLE CAMSHAFT TIMING INTAKE VARIABLE CAMSHAFT TIMING EXHAUST C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 L E 023 E 023 INJECTOR 1 INJECTOR 2 INJECTOR 3 INJECTOR 4 C3 15A EF08 HIGH HO...

Page 2217: ...RESSOR FUEL PUMP MOTOR FAN CONTROLLER FUEL PUMP RELAY F21 86 30 85 87 MF02 60A FAN RELAY F22 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 076 E 078 E 069 E 023 E 073 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 A1 A2 A3...

Page 2218: ...MODULE FRONT LEFT HEADLIGHT FRONT RIGHT HEADLIGHT ENGING COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX HIGH BEAM RELAY LOW BEAM RELAY D2 D4 D3 D5 H1 H2 EF04 20A EF03 20A EF02 20A EF01 20A E 067 E 068 BCM D1 D2 D3 D4...

Page 2219: ...LAY ERLY03 E 061 E 068 E 067 B B A A D E 80A MF09 6 60A MF04 4 6 E 064 E 064 E 062 3 E 061 W E 068 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 W E 067 H8 H16 H7 H15 H6 H14 H5 H13 H4 H12 H3 H11 H2 H10 H1 H9 4 E 062...

Page 2220: ...TMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 065 E 067 E 069 E 073 E 074 E 078 ACC RELAY ERLY13 85 30 86 F18 F17 I2 87 EF48 20A E 078 IGN1 RELAY ERLY10 85 30 86 H6 H7 K1 87 EF43 20A E 078 B E 065 Gr E 074 W E 067 W E 0...

Page 2221: ...PARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 063 E 069 7 F TCU 2 ALTERNATOR WIRE HARNESS EMS A4 C7 EF17 10A EF29 10A A10 B7 C8 EF34 20A EF36 10A EF28 10A E 076 ABS CONTROL MODULE BACK UP LIGHT SWITCH E 023 E 073 G F...

Page 2222: ...ON START 1 2 3 6 5 4 120W 120W 120W ACC AM2 IG2 ST2 AM1 3 RF03 7 5A 12 IGNITION SWITCH 1 I 004 E 071 G G 3 2 1 6 5 4 Lg I 013 I 013 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14...

Page 2223: ...F5 F6 F7 W B 060 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 B I 007 RF10 7 5A DEFOGER RELAY RRLY02 85 30 86 87 RF33 25A RF42 10A H RF1...

Page 2224: ...17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 B I 007 E20 E19 E18 E17 E12 E11 E10 E9 E4 E3 E2 E1 E8 E7 E6 E5 E16 E15 E14 E13 W I 031 I 031 INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX I 007 RF23 10A RF22 15A 22 RF35 10A F...

Page 2225: ...4 7 5A RF15 DIAGNOSTIC INTERFACE CIGARETTE LIGHTER 10A RF08 8 14 15 REAR VIEW MIRROR ADJUSTMENT SWITCH HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT SWITCH 1 RF01 10A RF02 10A RF07 7 5A REVERSE RADAR MODULE PSE CONNECTION 2 2...

Page 2226: ...tion Description Ground distribution system provides the centralized and convenient information about ground positions for electrical equipment on entire vehicle Technicians can find relevant electric...

Page 2227: ...019 E 004 A C COMPRESSOR E 002 2 2 FRONT WASHER MOTOR E 032 E 039 REAR WASHER MOTOR E 040 1 ANTI THEFT HORN E 053 1 64 63 ECM 2 E 026 E 033 48 47 ECM 1 E 028 E 035 38 13 ABS CONTROL MODULE E 042 E 08...

Page 2228: ...1 5 6 9 1 FRONT LEFT HEADLIGHT E 058 E 056 FRONT LEFT FOG LIGHT E 055 1 HOOD CONTACT SWITCH E 044 F13 2 2 2 F18 2 F22 F4 2 H6 E 078 E 069 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX H E 067 2 BREAK LIQUID...

Page 2229: ...012 3 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER I 015 5 4 DIAGNOSTIC INTERFACE I 050 5 2 HAZARD SWITCH I 001 5 1 4 1 AUDIO B I 037 I 020 4 J116 PSE CONNECTION J1 I 029 2 1 REAR VIEW MIRROR ADJUSTMENT SWITCH I 008 8 HVAC CON...

Page 2230: ...I 047 1 1 REAR WIPER MOTOR BACK DOOR SWITCH T 006 T 007 BACKUP POWER SUPPLY CIGARETTE LIGHTER I 041 I 049 DEFROSTER NEGATIVE T 002 2 1 B 018 8 B 012 T 004 REAR RIGHT COMBINATION LIGHT B 016 RIGHT LICE...

Page 2231: ...E REAR RIGHT RADAR SENSOR B 020 B 023 2 REAR LEFT RADAR SENSOR B 027 2 LEFT CENTER RADAR SENSOR B 030 2 RIGHT CENTER RADAR SENSOR B 033 3 9 8 11 12 4 B 036 FUEL PUMP MOTOR B 038 5 3 B 040 F 007 FRONT...

Page 2232: ...VER SEAT BELT SWITCH B 039 2 CLUTCH SWITCH B 051 9 COMMAND GEAR SHIFT B 004 2 B 005 R 002 REAR RIGHT DOOR CONTACT SWITCH R 004 4 POWER REAR VIEW MIRROR MOTOR H 008 3 9 B 062 2 5 B 061 H 002 FRONT RIGH...

Page 2233: ...fuses and relays are integrated into fuse and relay boxes which are installed in the following specific positions of vehicle Engine compartment fuse and relay box located on the left side of engine c...

Page 2234: ...4 20A EF30 10A EF29 10A EF28 10A EF27 10A EF26 10A EF25 15A EF37 10A EF36 10A EF33 EF32 EF31 EF24 EF23 EF22 EF21 Fuel relay ACC relay Cooling fan relay Blower relay TCU relay CVT model Main relay IGN1...

Page 2235: ...29 Alternator Excitation EF06 EF30 Back up Light Reversing Radar for CVT Model EF07 Ignition Coil EF31 EF08 Injector Camshaft Timing EF32 EF09 EF33 EF10 A C Compressor EF34 IGN Power Supply EF11 EF35...

Page 2236: ...luster Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder Light Diagnosis Connector Engine Immobilizer ESP Indication RF19 RF07 BCM EPS PEPS RF20 RF08 Airbag RF21 Automatic A C Control Panel RF09 Brake Switch RF22 Au...

Page 2237: ...Power Seat Adjustment RF45 Backup Power Supply RF33 Rear Defroster RF46 Ignition Switch RF34 Left Seat Heater RF47 PEPS RF35 Brake Light Switch RF48 RF36 Reserve RF49 Sunroof RF37 Right Seat Heater RF...

Page 2238: ...graphic Entire vehicle wire harnesses are divided into the following parts Engine Wire Harness Engine Compartment Wire Harness Instrument Panel Wire Harness Body Wire Harness Front Left Door Wire Harn...

Page 2239: ...T21510191 Engine Wire Harness Engine Compartment Wire Harness Instrument Panel Wire Harness Body Wire Harness Front Left Door Wire Harness Rear Left Door Wire Harness Front Right Door Wire Harness Rea...

Page 2240: ...o Ltd 51 WIRE HARNESS 51 40 51 Engine Wire Harness ET21510200 E 007 E 006 E 005 E 004 E 003 E 002 E 001 E 008 E 009 E 010 E 011 E 012 E 013 E 014 E 015 E 016 E 017 E 018 E 019 E 021 E 020 E 022 E 023...

Page 2241: ...le Camshaft Timing Exhaust E 009 B 6 Electronic Throttle E 010 B 2 Injector 1 E 011 B 2 Injector 2 E 012 B 2 Injector 3 E 013 B 2 Injector 4 E 014 B 1 Starter Control E 015 B 3 Camshaft Position Senso...

Page 2242: ...074 E 075 E 076 E 077 E 078 E 079 E 080 E 081 E 082 E 065 E 064 E 063 E 067 E 068 E 069 E 070 E 066 E 062 E 061 E 060 E 071 E 026 B 048 I 034 E 033 E 030 E 031 E 032 E 034 E 035 E 036 E 037 E 038 E 0...

Page 2243: ...007 E 039 Gr 2 Front Washer Motor E 040 Gr 2 Rear Washer Motor E 041 B 3 A C Pressure Sensor E 042 Ground E 043 B 4 Downstream Oxygen Sensor E 044 W 3 Hood Contact Switch E 045 Gr 2 High Pitched Horn...

Page 2244: ...71 B 14 to Instrument Panel Wire Harness Connector I 004 E 072 W 1 BCM E E 073 Y 10 Engine Compartment Fuse and Relay Box B E 074 Gr 2 Engine Compartment Fuse and Relay Box I E 075 L 2 EPS E 076 Gr 10...

Page 2245: ...033 I 034 I 005 E 027 I 004 I 035 B 059 I 003 B 055 B 003 I 036 I 002 I 057 I 001 I 011 I 013 I 054 I 055 I 012 I 056 I 053 I 014 I 052 I 015 I 051 I 016 I 050 I 017 I 049 I 018 I 048 I 019 I 047 I 02...

Page 2246: ...g 6 Ignition Switch w o Passive Entry Passive Start I 014 B 10 Wiper Switch I 015 L 32 Instrument Cluster I 016 B 2 Key Lamp w o Passive Entry Passive Start I 017 W 8 Engine Switch w Passive Entry Pas...

Page 2247: ...8 Passenger Seat Heater Switch I 045 Ground I 046 Gr 32 SRS Control Module belong to Instrument Panel Wire Harness I 047 Ground I 048 G 2 Immobilizer Coil w o Passive Entry Passive Start I 049 W 3 Cig...

Page 2248: ...B 029 B 030 B 031 B 032 B 033 B 034 B 036 B 035 B 037 B 038 B 062 B 059 B 039 B 002 B 001 B 003 B 004 B 006 B 007 B 005 B 008 B 009 B 012 B 014 B 013 B 015 B 046 B 045 B 044 B 043 B 042 B 041 B 040 B...

Page 2249: ...ctor T 004 B 013 B 1 Antenna B 014 W 1 Antenna Power Supply B 015 Gr 1 GPS B 016 B 6 Rear Right Combination Light B 017 Ground B 018 Ground B 019 B 1 Parking Brake Switch B 020 W 16 Reverse Radar Modu...

Page 2250: ...49 W 2 Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder Switch B 050 B 2 Front Passenger Seat Belt Switch B 051 B 2 Clutch Switch B 052 Lg 4 Brake Switch B 053 B 4 Electronic Accelerator Pedal B 054 W 22 to Engine...

Page 2251: ...eat Heater B 066 B 4 Steering Angle Sensor B 067 B 8 Driver Seat Heater switch B 068 Ground B 069 B 2 Front Left Doorsill Light B 070 B 4 Driver Seat Power Adjustment Switch B 071 B 4 Driver Seat Heat...

Page 2252: ...F 004 W 2 Anti theft Indicator F 005 W 16 Power Rear View Mirror Motor F 006 a Gr 2 Front Left Power Window Regulator Motor w o jam protection function F 006 b Gr 6 Front Left Power Window Regulator M...

Page 2253: ...w Regulator Motor H 002 W 32 to Body Wire Harness Connector B 061 H 003 B 10 Front Right Power Window Switch H 004 B 2 Right Handle Sensor H 005 B 6 Front Right Door Contact Switch H 006 W 2 Front Rig...

Page 2254: ...nector Color Pin Connector Name L 001 B 6 Rear Left Door Contact Switch L 002 B 10 Rear Left Power Window Switch L 003 B 2 Rear Left Door Speaker L 004 Gr 2 Rear Left Power Window Regulator Motor L 00...

Page 2255: ...ctor Color Pin Connector Name R 001 Gr 2 Rear Right Power Window Regulator Motor R 002 W 16 to Body Wire Harness Connector B 005 R 003 B 10 Rear Right Power Window Switch R 004 B 6 Rear Right Door Con...

Page 2256: ...2 Right License Plate Light T 004 W 15 to Body Wire Harness Connector B 012 T 005 W 2 High Mounted Stop Light T 006 B 2 Back Door Switch T 007 W 3 Rear Wiper Motor T 008 W 2 Left License Plate Light...

Page 2257: ...e K 001 B 6 Mode Damper Motor K 002 W 40 HVAC Control Panel K 003 B 6 Mixed Damper Motor K 004 B 6 Speed Resistor K 005 W 2 Evaporator Temperature Sensor K 006 B 6 Inner and Outer Circulation Motor K...

Page 2258: ...Mixed Damper Motor K 004 B 6 Speed Resistor K 005 W 2 Evaporator Temperature Sensor K 006 B 6 Inner and Outer Circulation Motor K 007 W 22 to Instrument Panel Wire Harness Connector I 039 K 008 W 2 B...

Page 2259: ...Color Pin Connector Name P 001 Alternator P 002 Starter P 003 Battery Positive P 004 Body Ground P 005 Battery Negative P 006 Engine Compartment Fuse Box Power Supply 2 P 007 Alternator Power Supply N...

Page 2260: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 51 60...

Page 2261: ...ons 04 25 D Diagnosis Testing Air Conditioning 31 15 Diagnosis Testing Audio System 39 11 Diagnosis Testing Axle 22 8 Diagnosis Testing Brake 26 9 Diagnosis Testing Brake Control System 25 14 Diagnosi...

Page 2262: ...ft Service Specifications 04 26 E Electronic Power Steering 30 1 Electronic Power Steering Preparation 03 34 Electronic Power Steering Service Specifications 04 40 Engine Hood Door 47 1 Engine Hood Do...

Page 2263: ...n SQR484F Ignition System 14 3 General Information SQR484F Intake System 10 3 General Information SQR484F Lubrication System 13 3 General Information SQR484F Starting System 15 3 General Information S...

Page 2264: ...rake 27 8 On vehicle Service QR019CHB CVT 18 110 On vehicle Service QR525MHE Transmission 17 14 On vehicle Service Rear View Mirror 44 7 On vehicle Service Reversing Radar System 40 10 On vehicle Serv...

Page 2265: ...ce Specifications 04 21 SQR484F Cooling System 12 1 SQR484F Cooling System Preparation 03 16 SQR484F Cooling System Service Specifications 04 16 SQR484F Emission Control System 09 1 SQR484F Emission C...

Page 2266: ...spension Preparation 03 28 Suspension Service Specifications 04 30 T Tire And Wheel 24 1 Tire And Wheel Service Specifications 04 33 V Vehicle Fuse Relay Wire Harness 51 33 Vehicle Ground Distribution...

Reviews:

No comments